Category Archives: Interesting

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Lori Kaufman
How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal fileLori Kaufman
Writer

Lori Kaufman is a technology expert with 25 years of experience. She’s been a senior technical writer, worked as a programmer, and has even run her own multi-location business. Read more.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Notepad has been the standard text editor included in Windows for many years, allowing you to create and edit plain text files. But, did you know you can also use Notepad to keep a dated log or journal? It’s very easy and we’ll show you how.

Open Notepad and type .LOG in all caps on the first line of the new text file.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Select “Save As” from the “File” menu.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Navigate to the folder in which you want to save your log or journal file. Enter a name for the file in the “File name” box and click “Save”. You can give the file any name you want.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

The time and date are not added to the file until you close and reopen the file, so click on the “X” button in the upper-right corner of the Notepad window to close it.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Reopen the text file you saved. The time and date are entered automatically, and the cursor is placed on the next line ready for you to start typing your log or journal entry. Save the file when you’re done and close Notepad.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

The next time you open the file again, the time and date are added to the end of the file. Your file will start looking like the image at the beginning of this article. You can move or rename the file and the date and time will still be inserted every time you open the file.

  • › How To Replace Notepad with Another Text Editor in Windows
  • › Every Microsoft Windows Logo From 1985 to 2022
  • › What’s New in Chrome 101, Arriving Today
  • › Samsung T7 Shield Review: The Best Portable SSD, Now Rugged
  • › The 5 Most Ridiculously Expensive Phones of All Time
  • › Roborock Q5+ Review: A Solid Self-Emptying Robot Vacuum
  • › What Does “Touch Grass” Mean?

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file Lori Kaufman
Lori Kaufman is a technology expert with 25 years of experience. She’s been a senior technical writer, worked as a programmer, and has even run her own multi-location business.
Read Full Bio »

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

There are Utorrent obviously some other code editors that are extensively used, for example Atom, but in this write-up, we are going to focus on Sublime Text and Notepad++. The software even offers standout features of other code editors without making a big fuss about and can be extended to pretty much anything you need. All of that for the price of nothing – how great is that?! No wonder so many of you requested to hear more about it. Note, however, that the plugin manager is currently not included in the 64-bit version of Notepad++. That’s because it is by a third party who are lacking behind in the development.

Unfortunately, Mac users find it unfair as there is no such application is available for them. According to the Notepad++ manual, the text editor can support around 80 programming languages. It is a cross-platform source code editor with the Python application programming interface. It is partly written in Python and C++ and it is available in all major operating systems including Windows, Mac and Linux.

  • Here you can pick one of the standard fill and font colors or choose a custom combination.
  • Personally, I use NP++ EVERYDAY. Missed the HTML preview feature from PSPad but fortunately I don’t use this feature often.
  • After changing comparison colors, you must refresh any open comparison reports to see the updated colors.
  • However, if there are no previous versions available, you have to resort to other professional software.

Unfortunately, it’s not as simple as just hitting the Delete key. Even if you’re logged on with an administrator account, you can’t just delete system files like Notepad. Fortunately, it’s still possible to take control of a file and delete it without resorting to nasty hacks like disabling UAC. There are a ton of great Notepad replacements out there. Notepad2and Metapad are both freeware favorites that work with the technique we’re describing in this article.

How To Run Notepad++ On Mac?

It is a smaller edition of the BBEdit IDE. TextWrangler comes with all the advanced features of the BBEdit IDE that one requires to develop codes. Some of the prominent features of TextWrangler include syntax highlighting, Shebang menu, auto-language prediction, and language modules creation. UltraEdit can be purchased through app bundles. This package assists users to compare files and folders and in development team arrangement. One of the exciting bundles to buy is UltraEdit and UltraCompare.

It’s like magic. Creating a .LOG file has never been easier. And all you need is Notepad on your Windows PC. After creating this LOG file, Notepad automatically inserts the current date and time after the last line. Check it out. If you’ve ever wondered about LOG file types, this Notepad trick is must.

Notepad is a very simple and easy to use text editor in Microsoft Windows. It is generally used to create simple text file (files which have .txt extension). It has very basic formatting tools such as font, font size, font style, finding and replacing text, cut, copy, paste and select all and save option. In Notepad you can save file with ANSI, UTF-8, Unicode, big-endian formats.

There are lots of notepad tricks that are available. Creating a LOG file by using Notepad is one of them. This is the step-by-step process to achieve a LOG file:

Step 1: Open Notepad (Start : Programs : Accessories)

Step 2: Type .LOG into Notepad (.LOG must be in capital letters and also at the very beginning / first line)

Step 3: Save this file by Save option in the File menu

Step 4: Close Notepad

Step 5: Open the saved file. Notepad automatically inserts current date and time after last line.

Step 6: You can type your data there for that time and date and save the file again.

Note : If you put a space before (.LOG) then this trick won’t work.

Whenever you open this file, Notepad automatically inserts system date and time after last line.

Want to master Microsoft Excel and take your work-from-home job prospects to the next level? Jump-start your career with our Premium A-to-Z Microsoft Excel Training Bundle from the new Gadget Hacks Shop and get lifetime access to more than 40 hours of Basic to Advanced instruction on functions, formula, tools, and more.

There are many excellent mobile and desktop apps for tracking to-dos, taking notes, and setting goals. Still, many of us prefer pen and paper. What the pen and paper approach lacks is convenient tagging, reminders, and search capabilities of digital tools. Combine the bullet journal paper method of note-taking with the digital powers of OneNote to enjoy the best of both worlds.

Instructions in this article apply to OneNote for Microsoft 365, OneNote 2019, OneNote 2016, and OneNote for Windows 10.

Bullet Journals

Bullter journals organize a paper notebook to capture and quickly find tasks, notes, events, and more so that you can stay structured and be more productive. OneNote is ideal for this note-taking method because it’s the closest to looking and acting like a physical notebook.

A few basics about the Bullet Journal system:

  • On each page, you quickly jot down the information you’re trying to capture, which is called rapid logging.
  • Pages can include tasks, notes, and events.
  • For tasks, create a page of the current month’s events (for example, meetings or birthdays) and another page for the month’s to-dos. After those pages, create a daily calendar, moving your tasks from the month list to the current date.
  • Use a check box to denote a task, a bullet for a regular note, an exclamation mark to note a great idea, an eye symbol for research, and a star to mark an item as a priority.
  • Bullet journals have an index page at the beginning of the notebook where you mark the page numbers for different topics. You don’t need to create an index page in OneNote, as the program does the work for you.

Create a OneNote Bullet Journal

Applying the bullet journal discipline to OneNote requires a bit of setup.

Go to the View tab.

In the Page Setup group, select Paper Size.

In the Paper Size pane that opens on the left, select the Size drop-down menu, and choose A4.

Change the sizes in the Print Margins section if desired, then select Save current page as a template to make it the default paper size.

Enter a name for the template, select Set as default template for new pages in the current section, then choose Save.

Select to File > Print > Print Preview.

Select Scale content to paper width and choose Close.

After you set this template as the default for the section, create custom tags that match the shortcuts (or change the tags to whatever you prefer). Go to the Home tab.

In the Tags group, select the More arrow next to the Tags box.

Select Customize Tags at the bottom of the list.

Choose the tag you want to change and select Modify Tag.

Make any desired changes to the tag’s display name, symbol, font color, or highlight color, and then select OK. Repeat for any other customizations you wish to make.

Get the Most Out of Your Bullet Journal

With the template and the tags set up, you’re ready to use OneNote as an electronic journal. Here are a few suggestions for making the most of this tool.

Topics and Entries

Use short one-line entries with the recommended notation (the OneNote tags) to keep notes, events, and tasks effectively sorted. If you add general entries, don’t use the date as a title because OneNote does that automatically. This technique works great in tandem with the Onetastic OneCalendar add-in so that you can check each day’s notes with a minimum of clicks.

However, if it’s a specific topic, use the title space on the OneNote page. Labeling the page will help when you search for these entries. When it grows into a complex topic (for example, with many spreads or pages), consider creating a section with a different name.

Page Numbers and Sorting

Page numbers are mostly irrelevant if you use OneNote because it’s powerful search (Ctrl+E) does the sorting for you.

You can organize your pages by dragging pages in any order you like. You could group pages in subpages to avoid creating sections for topics somewhere between simple (one-page) and complex (one-section) ones.

Another useful feature is using OneNote’s internal hyperlinks. Right-click any entry and copy the link to it. Then, right-click and link (or press Ctrl+K) anywhere else and paste it.

Monthly, Weekly, and Daily Calendars

The best way to emulate a Bullet Journal monthly or daily calendar is to use the Onetastic OneCalendar tool. Combine it with the OneNote Tag Summary. To use the Tag Summary, go to the Home tab and, in the Tags group, select Find Tags. A Tags Summary pane appears.

Migration or Irrelevant

At the beginning of each month, check last month’s task entries, migrate tasks to the new month’s page, and mark those tasks as Migrated. This step keeps the previous month’s entries accounted for, so you know you didn’t leave anything behind. If any task is not relevant anymore, tag it so. This way, when you recheck past entries, you realize that these entries will not reappear in the future because the entries lost meaning.

To keep a sense of hierarchy, consider grouping sections into another OneNote notebook. Since OneNote searches through every open book, you won’t lose track of entries in different notebooks. Keep the main one (usually the default Personal Notebook) as your regular entry journal.

Go Further With OneNote

OneNote is a powerful tool. Pairing it with the Bullet Journal system is a smart way to organize your notes and schedule. One of the best parts of this system is combining OneNote with Outlook to get reminders for tasks and events.

It’s even better if you have a Windows tablet PC with a stylus as you can write in your OneNote notebook just like you would with a paper one—only with the advantages of search, tagging, syncing across devices, handwriting recognition, and similar benefits.

It is a very easy tutorial, yet very useful. You may need to create a log file or diary like thing, which will allow you to add date and time automatically.

We do not need any third party software, we will use the Notepad in Windows 7 to create such log file.

Open notepad, write ” .LOG ” (without the quotation marks), like this:

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Save it with the name as you like:

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Close it. Now, go to the location you have saved it (Desktop in our example) double click and open it:

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

The date and time will be added automatically, each time you open it. Do not forget to save it every time by pressing CTRL + S (Or click File > Save).

This Article Has Been Shared 627 Times!

About Abhishek Ghosh

Abhishek Ghosh is a Businessman, Surgeon, Author and Blogger. You can keep touch with him on Twitter – @AbhishekCTRL.

Here’s what we’ve got for you which might like :

Articles Related to How to create a basic log file or diary with notepad

Hiding any drive in Windows 7 / Windows Vista machine is very easy and simple. Follow the following steps to hide any drive on Microsoft Windows 7 / Windows Vista without any software.

Although the copy of Windows 7 is completely legal and genuine,not cracked,hacked or pirated, it is possible that after an update,a notice says “This copy of Windows is not genuine”. Solve this problem in easy steps.

Tutorial on how to create a shortcut to run any specific software, program or application using keyboard shortcut in Microsoft Windows 7

With Windows 7 default application IExpress 2.0, you can create your own portable applications. Here is tutorial on how to create your own portable applications without using any third party extra software.

After following this tutorial, you will be able to change the default yellow colored folders that appears in left side of explorer pane in Windows 7.

Take The Conversation Further .

We’d love to know your thoughts on this article.
Meet the Author over on Twitter to join the conversation right now!

If you want to Advertise on our Article or want a Sponsored Article, you are invited to Contact us.

Comments

generic cozaar says

Great post, I think I can actually use this.

I missed this article. Great tip that could come in very handy.

Thank you very much, it is a blog about log 🙂

Subscribe To Our Free Newsletter

Please Confirm the Subscription When Approval Email Will Arrive in Your Email Inbox as Second Step.

Join a panel of BetterCloud customers for a conversation about how zero touch IT can improve employee experience at scale. Register Now

Journaling With OneNote

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Throughout history, great figures like Benjamin Franklin, Winston Churchill, and Helen Keller each had a habit of journaling. Even today, business and thought leaders are advocates and practitioners of journaling, as the Harvard Business Review shares.

You understand that journaling is important, but sometimes it can be difficult to find the right tools and develop the right habits. Did you know OneNote is an ideal tool for journaling?

Unlike a physical journal, your OneNote journal can expand as large as you need. Hand written text, typed text, audio recordings, video recordings, drawings, and doodles can all be added to the journal with ease, making it a multimedia option that is far more robust than its paper counterpart. Plus, your journal in OneNote is available on the desktop, tablet, or phone: with or without internet.

Becoming one of those historic people that impact the world in revolutionary ways won’t happen overnight, if at all, but with processes like journaling, you can become the best version of yourself. This post suggests tips to help you get jump-started with journaling in OneNote. Use the comments section below to suggest any other tips you have to share with other readers.

Organizing a journal in OneNote

OneNote has an organization structure that mimics an actual three-ring binder. There are pages within sections, and sections within notebooks. My suggestion is to create a new notebook that will be your journaling notebook.

Within your journal notebook, there are two best practices:

1) Create a section for each year, or 2) create a section group of each year with a section for monthly entries and sections for general topics like finances, spiritual, and travel topics. This is the approach I take to journaling: a more categorical reflection.

If you decide to create a section for each year, it may look something like this:

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

As you can see, each month has its own page with a sub-page for each day. For the page of each month, it can be blank, with just the name of the month, or you can more details to your monthly journal.

If you decide to create a section group of each year with sections of journaling topics, it might look something like this:
How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

To take advantage of the diverse amount of features you can add to your OneNote notebook, you could summarize the month with links to pages that have more details on events. Maybe you went on a vacation or made a career change. These things can be added neatly in a summary with links to the specific date of entry. If you like to re-read your journals, you will love this option.

There are many other additional features you can add to your notebook that involve multimedia. Maybe you will want to record a monthly three-minute reflection, or, a quick web camera video recording, reality TV style. These other forms of media might help you open up in different ways than through writing. Seeing or hearing your thoughts will give you even more insight into your historic moments, when and if you choose to reminisce in the future. Here’s a video to learn how to capture audio and video with OneNote.

Password protect sections

When I published a journaling post on my personal site, some readers commented and emailed me with concern about privacy. I can understand that. Your journal should be a safe place for your thoughts, hopes, and dreams.

Fortunately, any section in OneNote can be password protected. This will prevent any content in a section from being viewable, unless you have the correct password. Watch this video on how to password protect a section with OneNote 2013. The process is essentially the same in OneNote 2016.

Formatting your entries

Journals vary from blank pages to rigidly formatted questions and answers. Your personal preference will dictate which format you choose. Fortunately, there are a few OneNote tricks to help with any format you prefer.

If you prefer a blank page to jot down your thoughts, I have two quick tips.

Quick Tip #1:

Each day you journal, use the shortcut ALT + SHIFT + D (on a PC), which will enter the date formatted: 1/3/2016. Using ALT + SHIFT + F will even add the time of day in this format: 1/3/2016 7:42 AM.

Quick Tip #2:

Adjust your page view. Click on the top right arrow of your OneNote page to expand to full page view, without distractions. Or, on the View ribbon, select the Rule Lines command and make your page have lines, just like a notebook. This can be especially helpful if you prefer to write your notebook with a “pen and paper,” or in this case a stylus and OneNote.

For a more structured format, using templates can be extremely helpful. Templates allow a page format to be duplicated again and again. To create templates, check out this step-by-step tutorial.

Sometimes, deciding on what type of template to use can be challenging. For inspiration, see The Five Minute Journal, or peruse the planners and journals in your local book store. Create a template just for you, that helps you accomplish your goals.

The best journal is one that is used

I deeply believe OneNote is the best journaling tool out there, but maybe not all of you will. That’s okay. The best journal is the one that is used.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Last week I wrote about the importance of keeping a personal record in my article “Tell YOUR Story Too!” Today I’m sharing the way that I have set up my personal journal using Microsoft OneNote. Remember, there is no one right way to keep a journal. This is what works for me. Pick something that works for you and you will be much more likely to stick with it!

To set up a digital journal similar to what I use, navigate to OneNote and sign in using your Microsoft credentials. You can create an account if you don’t have one. If you plan on using a tablet or a smartphone, you will also want to download the OneNote app on your device. To access all the features OneNote has to offer, you can download the desktop app. I use the mobile app for my daily journaling most of the time, so I will demonstrate how to use the app first, with tips on the computer version at the end of the article.

The first step is to sign in to OneNote using your Microsoft User ID and password, or you can create login credentials if you don’t have them. Once you are signed in, create your first notebook. To make printing easier, I’ve decided to create a new notebook for every year, so I named mine 2020 Journal, but you can be as creative as you want with the name of your notebook.

Once your notebook is created, you will be able to add sections. Do this by tapping the + symbol at the top right of the screen, then highlighting the text “New Section 1” that appears and typing in the name of the section. Each section appears with a different-color tab on the left of the screen.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

You can see that I have added each of the sections I wrote about in my article “Tell YOUR Story Too” to my journal:

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Here’s a look inside my “Planning With Purpose” section.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

You can add pages within a section by tapping the purple + icon on the bottom right of the screen. I start each year with a yearly planning page and include monthly and weekly planning pages. This helps me pace myself throughout the year and accomplish things a little at a time. You can indent page headings for a more organized look by tapping “Edit” in the top right corner, then selecting an entry and tapping the indent icon at the bottom of the screen. You can also rearrange entries by dragging using the three lines next to any entry. Tap “Done” at the top right when everything is arranged the way you want it.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

I have created a template for my daily planning pages:

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

I keep a copy of the template at the bottom of my list of pages. I make a copy of the template each day and give it a heading at the end of the day based on what I think a standout item from the day is. I will use these headings to create a table of contents at the beginning of my journal before I print it next January. *Note: These images are from a mock journal I created for this article, so I don’t have entry headings – just dates.

Here is a screenshot of what all of this looks like on the web app on my computer. It is basically the same but your sections and pages show up on the same screen once you open your Journal Notebook. Add pages or sections by clicking the +Page or +Section tab in the appropriate column. Indent by right-clicking on an entry heading and selecting “Make Subpage.”

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Finally, it is easy to print a page of your OneNote journal at any time! To print the entire journal with one click, download the desktop app where you can print right from OneNote or “Send” your entries to a word processing application if you want to do a little formatting. Don’t forget to create a table of contents and add it to your journal every year!

Other great features of OneNote that you can play around with:

Speech-to-text capability – You can speak your entries when you don’t feel like typing. I sometimes do this when using my phone because typing on a phone can get tedious.

The ability to add photos – This is a feature I want to use more often this year.

Adding audio to entries or links to websites – obviously this won’t translate over to your printed journal but can be fun within the digital version.

Sharing and Collaborating – You can share notebooks with others, which would be fun if you were working together on a family recipe book, preparing materials, memories, etc. for a family reunion, or anything else you want to collaborate with others on.

The more I use OneNote, the more I love it, and the more I find it is capable of, but I know it isn’t for everyone. I hope that you will find what works for you, because the most important thing is for you to keep your own record. Remember, you have a story, and your story matters!

A file with the LOG file extension is a Log Data file (sometimes called a logfile) used by all kinds of software and operating systems to keep track of something that has occurred, usually complete with an event detail, date, and time. It could really be used for anything that the application deems appropriate to write down.

For example, antivirus software might write information to a LOG file to describe the last scan results, like the files and folders that were scanned or skipped, and which files were marked as containing malicious code.

A file backup program could use a LOG file too, which could be opened later to review a previous backup job, read through any errors that were encountered, or see where the files were backed up to.

A much simpler purpose for some LOG files is to merely explain the newest features that were included in the most recent update of a piece of software. These are normally called release notes or changelogs.

How to Open a LOG File

The data contained in these files are usually regular text files. You can read a LOG file with any text editor, like Windows Notepad.

You might be able to open one in your web browser, too. Just drag it directly into the browser window, or use the Ctrl+O keyboard shortcut to open a dialog box to browse for the file.

How to Convert a LOG File

To change a logfile format into something like CSV, PDF, or an Excel format like XLSX, your best bet is to copy the data into a program that supports those file formats, and then save it as a new file.

For example, you could open it with a text editor and then copy all the text, paste it into a spreadsheet program like Excel or OpenOffice Calc, and then save the file to CSV or XLSX.

After you’ve saved it to the CSV format, use this online CSV to JSON converter.

What a LOG File Looks Like

This LOG file, created by EaseUS Todo Backup, is what most LOG files look like:

As you can see, there’s a message that the program wrote to the LOG file, and it includes the EXE file location and the exact time that each message was written.

Some might not be so nicely structured, though, and could be hard to read, like this one created by a video converter tool:

Others might even appear to be complete gibberish since there aren’t any timestamps. In cases like this one, the log is written to a file with the .LOG file extension but doesn’t adhere to the standard that most LOG files abide by:

More Information on LOG Files

You can build your own LOG file in Windows using the built-in Notepad application, and it doesn’t even need to have this file extension. Just type .LOG in the very first line and then save it as a regular TXT file.

Each time you open it, the current date and time will be appended to the end of the file. You can add text under each line so that when it’s closed, saved, and then reopened, the message remains and the next current date and time is available.

You can see how this simple example begins to look like the much fuller LOG files shown above:

With Command Prompt, you can also make a LOG file automatically through the command line while installing an MSI file.

Still Can’t Open It?

If you get a permissions error or are told that you can’t view the LOG file, chances are it’s either still being used by the program and won’t open until it’s released, or that it was created temporarily and has already been deleted since the time you tried opening it.

It might instead be the case that the LOG file is stored in a folder that you don’t have permissions to.

At this point, if your file still doesn’t open like you think it should, double-check that you’re reading the extension correctly. It should read “.LOG” but not .LOG1 or .LOG2.

Those latter two file extensions are associated with the Windows Registry as Hive Log files, and as such are stored in binary and unreadable with a text editor. They are located in the config subfolder of the System32 folder.

Elsewhere I have described how my current flow is based around a log (aka journal, aka diary) kept in time based order. That’s the part of my current system that works – capturing stuff. But I want to get better at tracking stuff, e.g. in GTD lists.

I have also posted questions about whether people have been able to use OneNote’s tags and FindTag feature to automatically extract lists that can be manipulated into GTD form – without too much hassle. (And I have mentioned occasional OneNote crasyes and file corruption.)

This post is more specific:

Q: how do you manage a time based LOG (diary or journal) in OneNote?

Currently, my OneNote LOG is a section in a notebook.

I create a new page for every new day, typically titled “** Monday Sept 24, 2018”.
Using the double asterisk to make the new day stand out in the list of pages in the section.

I then record some items in the “** page”. Sometimes inline, if short.
More often, as [[topic]], which is OneNote’s trick to create and link to a new page.
Longer notes in the new page.

Annoyingly, OneNote can get confused by multiple pages with the same name. So I often have to make the name unique, e.g. [[topic 9/24/2018]]

I may use sub-pages and sub-sub-pages. But, annoyingly, I cannot easily make all topics for a day sub-pages of the “**” LOG entry for that day – because OneNote only allows sub-pages, and sub-sub-pages.

This section can get very, very, long. Occasionally I take all of the older entries, and put them into a section called something like [[LOG older than 9/1/2018]]. Sometimes I may say [[LOG Aug-Sept 2018]], but that takes more work. Multiple such old LOGs into section groups, etc.

—++ Other things I have seen and tried

Some folks (like the OneTastic macros for OneNote) do things like putting multiple days on the same page. That doesn’t work for me, since I often need 10 to 100 pages per day.

Others go to the opposite extreme, creating a section per day, with section groups for weeks/months. I have tried that, but it seems to have to much clutter. I find looking through the page title list for the last week or so helpful.

Some create calendars with boxes fr each day, and list topics in each day’s box. Nice, but again I record too much.

—++ Stuff I have wondered about

Sometimes I wonder about giving up on time based, chronlogical order LOG / diary/journal

Creating pages randomly in GTD context lists (OneNote sections) or project sectuions.

And possibly faking out a tie based LOG by using a OneNote macro to extract page titles and dates, and sort by date.

A Registration file contains data from the Windows Registry

  • Emporia State University
  • Tweet
  • Share
  • Email
  • Tweet
  • Share
  • Email
  • File Types
  • Apps
  • Windows
  • MS Office
  • Linux
  • Google Drive
  • Backup & Utilities
  • Design
  • Cryptocurrency

What to Know

  • REG files are text files: Create them within a text editor when you save a file with the .reg extension.
  • On Windows, right-click a REG file and open it with Notepad, or the text editor of your choice, to edit it.
  • To use a REG file, simply open it and its contents will be added to the Windows Registry.

A file with the .reg file extension is a Registration file used by the Windows Registry. These files can contain hives, keys, and values. These files can be created from scratch in a text editor or can be produced by the Windows Registry when backing up parts of it.

What REG Files Are Used For

There are two major ways to edit the Windows registry:

    and then make registry changes manually.
  • Use a REG file.

Think of a REG file as a set of instructions for changing the Windows Registry. Everything in it explains the changes that should be made to the current state of the registry.

In other words, and in general, any differences between the REG file being executed and the Windows Registry will result in an addition or removal of whatever keys and values are involved.

Example REG File

For example, here are the contents of a simple 3-line REG file that adds value to a specific key in the registry. In this case, the goal is to add the data necessary for the classic fake Blue Screen of Death:

Although neither the contents of a REG file nor the keys in the Windows Registry are case sensitive, some registry values are, so keep that in mind when authoring or editing them.

How to Import/Merge/Open REG Files

To “open” a REG file could mean opening it for editing or opening it to execute it. If you want to edit one, see the section above. If you want to execute the file (actually do what the file is written to do), keep reading.

Executing means to merge it with, or import it to, the Windows Registry. You literally combine the contents of the file with the other registry keys and values that already exist. Whether your intention is to use the file to add, delete, and/or change one or more keys or values, merging/importing is the only way to do it.

Always back up the Windows Registry before merging your custom-made or downloaded REG file with it. You can skip this step if you’re restoring a previous backup with this file but please don’t forget this important step in all other cases.

To merge/import it with the Windows Registry, just double-click or double-tap the file. This process is the same no matter the contents—a previously made backup you’re restoring, a registry tweak you authored, a downloaded “fix” for a problem, etc.

Depending on how your computer is set up, you may see a User Account Control message that you need to accept in order to import the file.

If you’re sure that the file you’ve chosen is safe to add to the registry, then select Yes on the prompt that follows to confirm that that’s what you want to do. Depending on the changes that the REG file made to the Windows Registry, you may need to restart your computer.

If you need more detailed help than the quick outline we have above, see How to Restore the Registry in Windows for a more thorough how-to. That piece is focused more on the restore-from-a-backup process but in reality, it’s the same procedure as merging a REG file.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal fileBy Rahul October 21, 2017 2 Mins Read Updated: August 25, 2021

This tutorial will help you to create files and directories with the name of the current date-time on the Windows system. For example, you are writing a script that creates backup regularly, Now you want to organize daily backups with the current date and time name, so it will be easier to identify, which folder containers backups of which date.

Let’s go through the tutorial and understand the process to accomplish this.

Get Date & Time in Batch Script

Windows takes the date in the format like Thu 11/02/2017. So use following commands to extract the date in YYYY format, month in MM format and date in DD format and stored in CUR_YYYY, CUR_MM, and CUR_DD variables correspondingly.

Next is to parse the time which is available in 15:41:36.39 (Hours, Minutes, Seconds, and Micro Seconds) format. Now extract the hours, minutes, seconds, and microseconds and store them in variables.

Now, you have variables having current date and time in variables. You can use and create any file name as per your requirements like:

If your current date time is Nov 02, 2017 15:41:36, then the above example will create a file in the current directory with name “access_20171102-154136.log”.

A Sample Batch Script with Date & Time

The complete windows batch script will look like below. To test this create a file test.bat with the following content. Save the file and execute the script.

Open a terminal and execute the above batch script.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

You will find that a directory is created with the name “20171102-154136”. Also, a file created in the current directory with the name “access_20171102-154136.log” (Filename will be according to current date and time and will change during your testing)

Conclusion

In this tutorial, you have learned to create directories or filenames based on the current date time in the Windows system.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

As a Data Scientist Programmer, you might have to build a project based on machine learning, deep learning, and other related projects. It’s easy to compile and see the output of a project are according to your requirement. But what does the compiler doing (Debugging) we ignored that? At the developing phase, it does not matter much. But in the production phase, it’s very important to keep track of logs in a file while the program is running. Otherwise, you will not be able to know which modules or lines of code have got errors and problems. This leads to high time consuming to fix the errors if the program crashes. In this post, you will know how to use logging in python to keep records of the occurred events within a program.

Before coding the custom logging lets understand the basic logging

Basic Logging in Python

For the logging, you use the logging module that is already available in the python standard library. You can import using the import logging statement. In python logging, there are 5 ways you can record the log messages. These are :

  1. logging.debug()
  2. logging.error()
  3. logging.info()
  4. logging.warning()
  5. logging.critical()
  1. logging.debug() : – Gives you the diagnostic information useful for debugging.
  2. logging.error(): – It tells you that certain operation cannot be performed due to some problem.
  3. logging.info(): – General information that contains the results of program execution.
  4. logging.warning(): It warns that there can be a future problem if you have not solved it.
  5. logging.critical() : – Serious error. The program cannot continue or run.

Coding the Basic Logging in Python

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

By default logging module only outputs the warning messages as the other levels are high from loggin.warning(). You can see I have written all the messages but in the output, I am not getting the info and debug messages. Without the Debug Level

You can set the minimum level in the logging.basicConfig() method to output all messages. Pass the level argument with the logging.DEBUG and you are able to see all the messages. The best practice is to create a separate log file inside for it. To do so you have to specify the filename parameter inside the basicConfig() method.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file With the debug level How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file Log File Creation

Custom Logging in Python

The basic logging simply writes the message of the level to the log file. But you can also add some other things like function name, line number data, etc to know from where these messages are coming. For this, you will add the format and datefmt values inside the basicConfig() method. These are the group of formatted strings. You can look out all these on the official Python Logging tutorial. For example, I have added the following.

By default, the logging module takes other date and time format. The datefmt parameters take the format of the date and time you define. Like in this example I will take the following DateTime format.

Then I will define the datefmt as:

After defining all the required formats you will use inside the basicConfig() method.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Output of the Custom Log

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Now Whenever you think that there can be issues in class, function or any lines of code. Then use these logging messages with all the above configuration. And when something happens inside the application, these log message will be written inside the log file. Doing this you can quickly find the problem and solve it easily. For example lets, I create a function that adds two integers. I will output the function name in the log file. Custom Logging of a Function

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

You can see the log file has added the debug message with the function name and the line number and other messages where the message has come. python logging

Conclusion

Creating a log file is a must for every data scientist or other programs in the production phase. It not only is the best practice but also the best way to solve the problems occurred in the application quickly. Whenever there is a problem just go the log file find the line number or function name and solve that problem. This tutorial is only the basic part of the logging. If you want to learn more about it then you can read the official Python Logging module.

Hope you have enjoyed the tutorial. If you want to know anything and have suggestions then you can contact us or message us on the data science learner official page for instant support.

  • Total 2

Join our list

Subscribe to our mailing list and get interesting stuff and updates to your email inbox.

We respect your privacy and take protecting it seriously

Thank you for signup. A Confirmation Email has been sent to your Email Address.

When you create a database in SQL Server using the default options, one data file and one log file are created. The data file stores the data and database objects (such as tables, views, stored procedures, etc). The log file stores the information that is required to recover all transactions in the database. If you have a growing database, you may find yourself in the situation where you need to add a new log file (and/or data file).

Just as you can add more data files to an existing database in SQL Server, you can also add more log files. However, the syntax is slightly different depending on whether you’re creating a data file or a log file. Adding a data file requires ADD FILE while adding a log file requires ADD LOG FILE .

This article demonstrates how to use T-SQL to add a log file to an existing database in SQL Server.

Example

To add a log file to an existing database, use the ALTER DATABASE statement with the ADD LOG FILE argument. Supply the details of the new log file and run the statement.

Here’s an example:

This adds a log file with a logical name of Solutions_log_2 to the Solutions database. We specify that the physical path is /var/opt/mssql/data/Solutions_log2.ldf . Note that this path uses Linux/Mac syntax. If you use Windows you’ll need to use the applicable syntax (backslashes instead of the forward slashes).

Check the Result

You can check the result by running the following query:

We can see the new log file listed in addition to the original log file (as well as various data files).

Creating a book that has blank lines for readers to write on such as a journal or workbook? The instructions below will show you how to create note lines in Microsoft Word without using multiple underscores, which often do not format properly.

First find your book’s size and margins.

  • Click on the Page Layout tab in Word.
  • Click on the little drop down arrow to the right of the words “Page Setup” along the bottom of the menu.
  • Write down your book’s width found under Page Size. For example: 6
  • Write down both of your inner margins. For example: .50 and .50
  • Write down the Gutter margin. For example .25
  • Take your book’s width and subtract all of the margins.
  • For example: 6 – .50 – .50 – .25 = 4.75

Next we will set up the formatting of the note line.

  • Go back to your document.
  • Find some open space and create a new paragraph line.
  • Clear any formatting applied to this paragraph line by highlighting it then clicking on the Clear Formatting button in Word as shown below:

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

  • Click on the Home tab.
  • Click on the little drop down arrow to the right of the words “Paragraph” along the bottom of the menu.
  • In the window that pops up click the Tabs… button at the bottom.
  • Enter the number from above in the tab stop position box.
  • For Alignment click on Right
  • For Leader click on 4 ________

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

  • Click on Set
  • Click on OK
  • Go back to your document.
  • With your cursor in that paragraph hit the Tab key to create a note line.

Now we will save this as a new style.

  • With your cursor still in that paragraph right click and choose ‘Save selection as a new Quick Style.’
  • Name your new style, such as “Note Line”
  • Click OK

To create the lines in the document set the paragraph line style to the Note Line style and hit the Tab key one.

Hit Enter and tab again to create the next line and so forth.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

To make the lines further or closer together modify the style and adjust the Paragraph Line Spacing. To do that:

  • Click on the Home tab.
  • Click the little arrow to the right of ‘Styles’
  • Click the drop down arrow next to the Note Line style
  • Choose Modify

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

  • Click on the Format… button in the window that pops up and Choose Paragraph
  • Adjust the Paragraph Line Spacing and other options as you wish
  • Click on OK

NOTE:

If you change the page size or margins of the book after setting up this style you will need to modify it to reflect the changes. Follow the directions above to recalculate the Tab settings based on the new measurements then Modify the style and change the tab settings to match.

Try the Book Design Wizard today and stop worrying about formatting problems and start focusing on creating a captivating book that looks great. Find out more…

In Python, there is no need for importing external library to read and write files. Python provides an inbuilt function for creating, writing, and reading files.

In this file handling in Python tutorial, we will learn:

How to Open a Text File in Python

To open a file, you need to use the built-in open function. The Python file open function returns a file object that contains methods and attributes to perform various operations for opening files in Python.

Syntax of Python open file function

  • filename: gives name of the file that the file object has opened.
  • mode: attribute of a file object tells you which mode a file was opened in.

More details of these modes are explained below

How to Create a Text File in Python

With Write to file Python, you can create a .text files (guru99.txt) by using the code, we have demonstrated here:

Step 1) Open the .txt file

  • We declared the variable “f” to open a file named guru99.txt. Open takes 2 arguments, the file that we want to open and a string that represents the kinds of permission or operation we want to do on the file
  • Here, we used “w” letter in our argument, which indicates Python write to file and it will create file in Python if it does not exist in library
  • Plus sign indicates both read and write for Python create file operation.

Step 2) Enter data into the file

  • We have a for loop that runs over a range of 10 numbers.
  • Using the write function to enter data into the file.
  • The output we want to iterate in the file is “this is line number”, which we declare with Python write file function and then percent d (displays integer)
  • So basically we are putting in the line number that we are writing, then putting it in a carriage return and a new line character

Step 3) Close the file instance

  • This will close the instance of the file guru99.txt stored

Here is the result after code execution for create text file in Python example:

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

When you click on your text file in our case “guru99.txt” it will look something like this

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

How to Append Text File in Python

You can also append/add a new text to the already existing file or a new file.

Step 1)

Once again if you could see a plus sign in the code, it indicates that it will create a new file if it does not exist. But in our case we already have the file, so we are not required to create a new file for Python append to file operation.

Step 2)

This will write data into the file in append mode.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

You can see the output in “guru99.txt” file. The output of the code is that earlier file is appended with new data by Python append to file operation.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

How to Read Files in Python

You can read a file in Python by calling .txt file in a “read mode”(r).

Step 1) Open the file in Read mode

Step 2) We use the mode function in the code to check that the file is in open mode. If yes, we proceed ahead

Step 3) Use f.read to read file data and store it in variable content for reading files in Python

Step 4) Print contents for Python read text file

Here is the output of the read file Python example:

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

How to Read a File line by line in Python

You can also read your .txt file line by line if your data is too big to read. readlines() code will segregate your data in easy to read mode.

Hello folks,
I have a batch script i use to backup files on the pcs in my network to a central NAS. Has an offsite tool too that runs fine but that is beside the point. What i have a problem with is that i have an xcopy line to backup files. And if it has an error i want the error to be displayed in the log file. But for some reason the redirect switch (>>pathtomyfile.txt) will not show that output nor give me the command that was used. I do not want my users to see the command but want to see it in the commandline. I hope everyone understands what im asking, anyway, here is a copy of what i am using and the scripts run on both winxp/windows vista machines.

TheOutcaste

OK, I’m assuming the redirection is on the command line that calls this script, as I don’t see it in the script itself. Which means all the echo commands like Logging into Server. etc go into the log file, is this correct? The only thing that will appear on the Command Prompt window are errors.

By default, the redirection only redirects STDOUT, not STDERR. You can redirect STDERR to a file as well, but not the same file to which the STDOUT is being sent.
And, you can’t output to both a file and the Command Prompt window at the same time, at least not natively. There are several apps to allow this though, search the web for windows tee command.
You can do it in a batch file, but you have to capture the error, read it back in, then output to the screen and then to the log file.

It is fairly simple to set up a separate file to capture errors. Use this:
backup.cmd 1>logfile.txt 2>errorlog.txt
Best to also echo a day/date line to each file at the start so you can match errors to the same run.
One problem with this is that anything that requires a user response is written to STDOUT — and since it is being redirected, you’ll never see it; for example, a prompt to overwrite an existing file. The program will appear to have hung. This shouldn’t happen with this file as you are creating a new folder to backup to each time. Same thing with Control C — you’ll never see the prompt asking if you want to terminate, but if you keep hitting CTRL+C it will stop

As far as outputting the command that caused the error, you would have to turn echo on. Even then, there would be no way to match the error to a specific command, as the commands would be echoed to the log file while the error goes to the error file.

I think the best approach would be to add error checking to the commands. Errors will be redirected to a temp file. After each command, check for errors, if an error occurs, you can read the error from the temp file and echo the error and the command to the screen, which will add it to the log as all output goes to the log.

When trying to open a large text file, do you face the “file is too big for Notepad” error on your Windows PC? Unfortunately, neither the Notepad application nor its improved version, Notepad++, is designed for such tasks. However, in this post, you’ll learn how to open a large file in Notepad and Notepad++. Also, we’ll take you through a list of other exciting text-reader applications that you can try.

What Is the Maximum File Size Notepad++ Can Open?

Notepad++ cannot support text files that are larger than 2GB, whereas Notepad, which is the older version, can only handle file sizes below 512MB.

The reason for this is Scintilla, which is the core component of Notepad++. According to the developers, it is responsible for several aspects of the app’s high-quality text display.

Also, Notepad++ will often require four times the memory space occupied by a text file to enable users to enjoy the advanced features. For example, the OS must allocate 8GB of RAM if the user wishes to open a text file of 2GB using Notepad++.

Consequently, sufficient RAM space is a critical factor for viewing files with the software.

However, in most cases, the OS will decline such demands, resulting in the “file too large” error message. Fortunately, there is a trick to get past that barrier and view big text files without installing other software.

How to Open a Large File in Notepad or Notepad++

Below are some simple tricks you can try. However, be reminded that RAM space plays an essential role in how your PC reads text files.

For optimum results, we suggest using a PC optimizer tool to clear out the clutter from your system’s memory. For that, we recommend Auslogics BoostSpeed. With a click, it will scan your system drives and get rid of junk and software leftovers.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Resolve PC Issues with Auslogics BoostSpeed

Besides cleaning and optimizing your PC, BoostSpeed protects privacy, diagnoses hardware issues, offers tips for boosting speed and provides 20+ tools to cover most PC maintenance and service needs.

1. Break the text file into smaller parts

If the file is above the 2GB threshold, use a site like Split CSV to divide it into portable chunks. Then, open them one after the other on Notepad++.

However, this approach may negatively affect your PC’s performance, resulting in delays.

To circumvent the issue, disable the following:

  • plugins involved in scanning and analyzing text,
  • syntax highlighting, and
  • clickable links.
  1. Launch the Notepad++ application.
  2. On the right end of the screen, right-click on the Plugins tab and choose Plugins Admin.
  3. Then, under the Installed tab, checkmark each plugin.
  4. Lastly, use the Remove button to delete them.
  5. To stop syntax highlighting from slowing Notepad++, select the Language tab.
  6. Now, right-click the N option.
  7. From the pop-up menu, pick the Normal text configuration. After that, you can rest assured that syntax highlighting is disabled.
  8. To disable hyperlinks, go to the Preferences option under the Settings tab.
  9. On the left side, select the MISC tab.
  10. Finally, under the Clickable Links section, uncheck Enable.

2. Use a browser app

Opening a large text file via powerful browser software is another brilliant solution to the “file too big for Notepad” issue.

You don’t have to install anything. All you need to do is drag and drop the text onto the browser and let it load.

However, there are not too many browser apps with rich text viewing features, like auto-navigation, code folding, etc.

Apps You Can Use to Avoid the “File Too Large for Notepad” Error on Windows 10

1. Large Text Reader

This app allows you to read large text files of up to 10GB. Also, it has a simple interface that makes it easy to navigate.

However, it is a view-only application and is not suitable for text editing.

2. EditPad Lite

It’s another program that you can use to view big text files. But unlike Large Text Reader, it comes with an in-built text editor, so you can easily modify any data.

There are many other exciting features you’ll find in the EditPad Lite software. For example, the clipboard function makes it easy to access pasted content if you wish to make alterations. Also, with the search feature, you can quickly search for and edit any entry.

3. Universal Viewer

Aside from opening large text files, this app allows you to toggle between different modes: Binary, Hex, Text, and Unicode.

Though very simple to use, this tool is suitable for advanced users, such as those working in the data science industry.

4. Glogg

The software’s developer describes it as a multi-platform application for searching and browsing through complicated log files. That makes it suitable for programmers and system admins. Another outstanding feature of Glogg is its ability to open text files as large as 16GB.

Conclusion

If you are in the big data or machine learning industry, you might have encountered the “file too big for Notepad” problem while working with large text files. In this article, we’ve outlined different ways to fix the issue. If you find the solutions useful, we’d like to hear from you in the comments section below. Feel free to contact us if you need any assistance. You can also check our blog for other Windows 10 guides.

Through a daily work log, an employee can create a mental picture of what comprises his day and how he uses his time. It is also helpful in understanding how productive an employee is during a particular period of the workday.

For example, if an employee is more energetic and driven in the morning, he may work on his most significant tasks during this period and schedule his less demanding tasks during the afternoon such as responding to emails or returning calls.

When the employee is able to understand how he uses his time at work, he is also able to plan his day to make it more productive.

Daily work logs can also serve as a basis for determining non-core activities that use most of the employee’s time but does not help him reach his performance objectives and targets. If they can see how much time they spend on these activities, they should be able to do something to reduce if not to eliminate them altogether.

Aside from that, maintaining a daily work log is the first step towards developing a systematic way of handling tasks, thus ensuring an orderly work process.

Here are some ways on how to come up with a daily work log and how to use it to help improve the employee’s work:
  1. A daily work log should be a document which can be accessed easily and readily by the employee should he need to record his activity. The process of recording details should be straightforward.
  2. Aside from the daily activities, it should also contain information on important decisions made, unusual events such as work stoppage and emergencies, delivery of items, visitors, and other matters that the employee may deem relevant to look back on in the future.
  3. Keeping a daily work log should not only be for documentation purposes. The employee should also review it periodically to see how much he has accomplished in a given period, what tasks or projects are close to completion, and which ones need more of his attention and time. It can also motivate him to see that things are going just as planned and that he was able to accomplish all tasks. This will help him gauge his time management skills and increase his productivity.
  4. A plan for the next day may also go in the daily work log. As such, it serves two purposes—as a to-do list that the employee plans to accomplish and a work log after the task is complete.

Using a daily work log is a helpful productivity tool to track an employee’s activities and his accomplishments during the day. It also serves as a documentation of all important things to remember which he may otherwise forget. It also helps ensure that a pending task is seen and that the employee did not miss any assignments.

Daily Work Log: Free Download Section

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal fileHow to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

You can also use the following templates on ProsperForms:

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Additional Sources

  1. How to Write a Daily Work Report + Free Template Download
  2. How to Create a Successful Daily Huddle Agenda + Free Download

ProsperForms is a cloud solution to dramatically reduce the time you spend creating reports

  1. Make reporting easier with auto-fill: Fields such as date, name, report type, and formatting are inserted automatically by software.
  2. Consolidate reports automatically: Reports created by your team members can be consolidated easily.
  3. Save time with auto-layout: No need to spend hours in Word or Excel perfecting the report’s layout because it exports your updates into a beautifully crafted file with a couple of clicks.
  4. Peace of mind with auto-reminders: No one forgets to submit their reports because ProsperForms automatically sends timely reminders according to the schedule you chose.
  5. Decrease time and effort spent on monthly, quarterly, and yearly reporting thanks to powerful filtering and export features.
  6. Quick sharing: Reports can be either – exported to files and printed, or sent by email;– shared with the manager online (in real time);– optionally shared online as team-wide status reports, i.e., all team members share their progress with each other to spend less time on meetings.

How to configure reports on ProsperForms:

  • Choose a form (100+ forms available) — customize our preset forms or easily create a new form in minutes.
  • Setup reminders if you want your team members to receive automatic reminders when their reports are due.
  • Configure who will submit reports by choosing the “Participants” tab.

Step 3 (Optional): Generate a report and export it to PDF. (Skip this step if you share status reports online and don’t print them.)

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

As laptops get smaller and lighter, you might be wondering if anyone still uses notebooks to take notes. Laptops might seem like a no brainer, but studies show that students who take notes by hand often learn more and perform better on exams than students who take notes using a laptop. Writing notes by hand also helps you memorize concepts better and maintain focus by decreasing distractions that are inherent in electronic note taking. To help maximize your learning the old-fashioned way, we offer notebook paper printable in various line color and paper sizes.

Template Contents

Below is a list of worksheets included in this printable notebook paper template.

US Letter

US Letter size paper (8.5” x 11.0”) with blue horizontal lines evenly spaced at .25 inches, a red vertical margin line, and white background.

US Letter BW

US Letter size paper (8.5” x 11.0”) with gray horizontal lines evenly spaced at .25 inches, a black vertical margin line, and white background.

Legal

Legal size paper (8.5” x 14.0”) with blue horizontal lines evenly spaced at .25 inches, a red vertical margin line, and white background.

Legal BW

Legal size paper (8.5” x 14.0”) with gray horizontal lines evenly spaced at .25 inches, a black vertical margin line, and white background.

A4

A4 size paper (8.3” x 11.7”) with blue horizontal lines evenly spaced at .25 inches, a red vertical margin line, and white background.

A4 BW

A4 size paper (8.3” x 11.7”) with gray horizontal lines evenly spaced at .25 inches, a black vertical margin line, and white background.

A Short History of Loose Leaf

Loose leaf paper is paper that is not bound in place by an adhesive. It is usually organized in a 3-ring binder or spiral notebook. You may consider printing the lined notebook paper provided in this template and punching holes in it. If so, you would be carrying on the tradition of loose leaf paper.

Legend has it that loose leaf paper was invented in 1913 by a man named Richard Prentice Ettinger. Richard worked as a law clerk when he decided to cut old law pages out of a bound book, as tax laws became outdated. He later replaced the pages with updated laws and drilled holes through the paper to organize the pages in a binder. That binder would be used over and over as new laws were passed. The loose leaf notebook was born!

Using Notebook Paper

Choose a Paper Size

Our free printable includes the two paper sizes most commonly used in the United States and many US territories – “US Letter” and “Legal.” US Letter size is the standard size found in schools throughout the country. Legal, the second most common size in the US, is most often found in professional offices and other businesses. A4 paper size is the standard paper size accepted world-wide (except most US territories). After you’ve made your paper size selection, print the notebook paper and put the blank pages in a binder or clipboard.

General Use

No matter which paper size you choose, all lined paper is evenly spaced at .25 inches, which makes it a “narrow ruled” notebook paper. A narrow ruled notebook will allow you to write more words per page by forcing you to write smaller letters inside the narrow spaces between lines. You can type words in the worksheets in Excel, but unless you are looking for a “retro” notebook paper to type on, these printable worksheets are best used as blank notebook paper to write on by hand.

Notebook paper can be used in a myriad of different ways. You can keep a record of important dates and track your to-do list. Brainstorm new ideas, sketch concepts, and draw graphs. Create a book, a bullet journal, a meal planner, a journal, a notepad. If you run out of ideas, here are 15 different ways to use a blank notebook.

Why the Line?

You may wonder why there is a vertical margin line 1 inch from the left side of the page. Think of this as an old-school way of indenting your writing, the same way you would set a left hand document margin in an electronic word processor like Microsoft Word or Google Docs. Further, if you intend to punch holes in your notebook paper, you would do so behind the margin line where there is usually nothing written. Lastly, the vertical margin line makes it easy to align your text.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Customize

Change Paper Size

If you require a paper size that is not included in the notebook paper template, you can easily change the paper size by visiting the “Page Setup” menu and selecting a new paper size.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Tip: See this tutorial on how to change paper size:

Note: If you change the paper size, some additional formatting, such as redefining print area, may be necessary.

Change Color Scheme

The white background and standard line color can be modified to fit your style. You can even add a holiday theme to your notebook paper, as shown below. Happy Halloween!

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Tip: Insert icons using the “Insert” menu. See this recording on how to insert icons.

Listed here are some quick tutorials on how to make changes to color and style.

This tutorial will show you how to use a simple Windows Batch file and the task scheduler to create an automated daily backup. We will use the date variable to backup the files into folders with the first three letters of the day as the folder name.

First you will need to open notepad. The easiest way is going to start > run and typing notepad.
How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

We will use notepad to create are batch file. A windows batch file is a set of instructions that tells the computer what to do. All we really need to do is add the command to copy the folder that we want to backup. I have a folder called ‘test’ that I want to backup to a folder called ‘backup on a network drive which I have mapped as the x drive. It only takes one simple command to do that actual backup. (note: there is no | in the command next the the word date, that is just the cursors)
How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Now I will explain the command “xcopy c:\test\* x:\backup\%date:

The xcopy commands will copy files and folders. The syntax for the command is xcopy [destination] [arguments]. Where source is the folder that you want to backup and destination is the backup on the network drive. The arguments tell xcopy how to handle certain situations. For my script I used /Y to suppress prompting when overwriting files. If you do not include this the script will ask you before copying each file, that wouldn’t be automated. /Q doesn’t display the file names while copying. /S copies directories and sub directories. You can find more arguments by opening the command windows and typing xcopy /?.

Where you see \%date:

0,3%\ is the name of the destination folder. If you didn’t want to change the name daily you could simple call it \backup\ or something like that. The %date% is a variable. If you type %date at the command line, you will get the current date and time output. The :

0,3 tells the command line to return the first three letters of that date (0-3) and trim off the rest.

Once you have made the changes that you nee, save the file as backup.bat
How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Now Open the Control Panel and select Scheduled Tasks
How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Now we want to add a new task so click the “Add Scheduled Task” button.
How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Click next and then browse. Locate the backup script you just saved and click open.
How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Select perform this action daily and then click the next button.
How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Select enter the time you want the task to run at in the start time box. Then make sure daily is selected and change the date to the day you would like this task to start running on.
How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Enter your password and click next. (note: if you do not have a password, you may have problems with the scheduled tasks running correctly. I recommend adding a password to your account, or setting up a separate account to run scripts.)
How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Click finish. Now we can test the backup script. Located the script in the scheduled tasks folder, Right click it and select run.
How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

You should see the command window open. When the task is finished, browse to your backup folder and verify that the files have been copied.
How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

This is a very basic idea of how to use the task scheduler and batch files to make backups.

Johnathan Ward is an experienced developer and consultant that writes tutorials to help other developers. In his day job, he is an IBM Watson Consultant with several years of experience deploying and customizing Watson Explorer solutions.

In Automation, reporting plays an important role so we can generate the different type of HTML reports, XSLT report, Log files etc.

If you want to create enhanced report and with log attached to HTML report you can use extent report (I use this report) as well

Here is the YouTube video for the same

What is Log File?

The log file is a just simple file, which keeps track of the record or event or info when any event happens or any software run. This whole process is known as logging. We can create a log file as simple log file as well as HTML format.

Note- Any file whose extension is .log will be considered.

Sample Log file
1- Simple log file in text format

log file in Selenium

2- Log files in HTML format

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

how to create log files in selenium

Why is it required in Selenium?

We can create a log file for our simple script also so we can track or debug our script easily if anything goes wrong in the script. For example, if our script is failing at some point then we can track back what went wrong.

What is log4J- Log4j is free open source tool given by Apache foundation for creating log files It helps us to generate a log file in various output target.

How to create log files in selenium

Step 1- Download log4j jar file

Click on the link to download http://mirrors.ibiblio.org/pub/mirrors/maven/log4j/jars/log4j-1.2.15.jar

Step 2- Add log4j to your current project

Select your project > Right click > Click on build path> Click Configure build path> Go to library section > Add external jar file > select the log4j > click on save

Step 3- Open notepad and copy the below code and save the file as log4j.properties.

Note- Please create the log folder inside home directory and while saving use “” to save file

Once you save file it will look like

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

how to create log files in selenium

Step 4- Write test case

Step 5- Execute your test case and verify the output and log files as well

Finally, here are three different log files.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

how to create log files in selenium

Kindly Share this post with more friends and Spread the Knowledge

For any query join Selenium group- Selenium Group

Reader Interactions

Comments

Will the above steps in “How to create log files in selenium” will solve in linux machine ??

Yes, this will work in linux environment too.

Is it possible to catch test steps, results into log file without calling log in test steps

Yes, it is possible using Listeners. You can use either TestNG listeners or WebDriverEventListener or both as per your required granularity.

Hare Krishna says

I left the same comment under your video about how to generate log files. In case you see this first please help.

Mukesh, thank you a lot. I am learning like in a good school from you. Would you know how to add clickable line # in Intelije? I used the same and tried other log4j file content and I am getting this:

0 [main] INFO RandomPractice – Google is launched
17 [main] INFO RandomPractice – Search field is located
143 [main] INFO RandomPractice – Hare Krishna is entered
2126 [main] WARN RandomPractice – Searching for the entered text

Using Notepad

with Python Programs

Introduction

This web page explains how you can store several Python statements in one file to be executed in sequence by the Python interpreter. This document assumes that the Python software is already installed and running correctly. For instructions on how to download, install and run the Python interpreter program on single line Python commands you go to this page: Python_Installation.

In order to create multi-line Python programs, you must have a text editor. Notepad.exe is a simple text editor supplied with all versions of the Windows operating system. This document explains how to use Notepad.exe to create a simple Python program file, and then goes on to explain how to execute (run) the program using the Python interpreter.

Once you’ve mastered how to create simple Python programs using Notepad, and run them using the Python interpreter, you’re then ready to learn how to use a more sophisticated editor such as IDLE (supplied with the Python installation) and ConTEXT, designed for use with a number of programming languages including Python.

Both of these editors have a number of features to help you develop your Python programs including powerful syntax highlighting.

1. Create a folder for your program files

Please note: the screen shots shown are generated from a computer running the Windows 98 operating system. If you have another version of Windows the screens may look slightly different, but the procedures you should follow are the same.

First, you should create a folder (directory) on your local drive C: drive to save your Python programs. Go to the C:\temp folder and create a new folder named myprogs . If you’re unsure about how to do this, click on the Start button on the desktop taskbar , then click on Help .

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

For the purposes of this document, it’s assumed that the Python software is installed and a directory named myprogs exists in the temp directory of the C: drive:

C:\temp\myprogs

2. Start up the Notepad program

On your desktop, click on the Start button, then click on Programs , then Accessories , then select Notepad from the list of options.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

You will then see a Notepad window with a blank page. Type in the text exactly as shown on the next screen.

2. Type in the program statements

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

3. Save the program file

To save the file, select Save As from the File menu on the Notepad menu bar. Locate your folder C:\temp\myprogs folder by clicking the down-arrow button to the right of the Save in: text box. Type in the program name prog1.py in the File name: text box, then click the Save button.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Note that Python programs typically have a name which ends with the extension .py , in this case prog1.py , but other extensions (e.g. .pyw on Windows) can be used.

3. Run the program

There are a number of ways to run the statements in a Python program file using the Python interpreter. Each of the following methods uses the file C:\temp\myprogs\prog1.py which contains these Python statements:

print “Hello World!”

print “Goodbye World!”

Running Python Programs – Method 1

On your desktop, click on the Start button, then click on Run .

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

In the Run window, enter the following text in the text box, then click on the OK button.

c:\python23\python.exe -i c:\temp\myprogs\prog1.py

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

The Python interpreter then runs the program statements contained in

c:\temp\myprogs\prog1.py

leaving the interpreter in interactive mode:

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

As explained earlier, to exit from the Python interpreter you must hold down the Ctrl keyboard key and press the Z key at the same time. (Operating systems other than Windows may require a different key sequence, e.g. Ctrl-C).

Running Python Programs – Method 2

In the second method of running a Python program, you type a command at the MSDOS shell command line. From the desktop, click on the Start button, then click on Programs , then MS-DOS Prompt . (In other versions of Windows, the MS-DOS prompt may have an alternative name, eg DOS Shell, Command shell, etc.)

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Please note, other operating systems may default to a different folder than C:\WINDOWS. Notice that the prompt for MS-DOS is a single right arrow symbol >. The prompt for the Python interpreter is >>>.

Then type in the following text at the MS-DOS prompt, and press the Enter key to run the Python interpreter:

c:\python23\python.exe -i c:\temp\myprogs\prog1.py

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

The screen above shows the Python interpreter running in interactive mode. See Running Python – Method 1 for an explanation of interactive mode and instructions on the use of the Python interpreter with single Python commands.

As explained earlier, to exit from the Python interpreter you must hold down the Ctrl keyboard key and press the Z key at the same time. (Operating systems other than Windows may require a different key sequence, e.g. Ctrl-C).

If you run Python from an MS-DOS Prompt shell, exiting from Python returns you to the MS-DOS Prompt shell. To close the DOS shell and return to Windows, you must exit the MS-DOS Prompt environment by typing exit at the command prompt, then press the Enter key. An example of this is shown in the screen below.

Creating a new file in Linux is straightforward, but there are also some surprising and clever techniques.

In this tutorial learn how to to create a file from a Linux terminal.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

  • Access to a command line/terminal window (CtrlAltF2 or CtrlAltT)
  • A user account with sudo privileges (optional for some files/directories)

Creating New Linux Files from Command Line

Linux is designed to create any file you specify, even if it doesn’t already exist. One smart feature is that you can create a file directly, without needing to open an application first.

Here are a few commands for creating a file directly from the command line.

Create a File with Touch Command

The easiest way to create a new file in Linux is by using the touch command.

In a terminal window, enter the following:

This creates a new empty file named test.txt. You can see it by entering:

The ls command lists the contents of the current directory. Since no other directory was specified, the touch command created the file in the current directory.

If there’s already a file with the name you chose, the touch command will update the timestamp.

Create a New File With the Redirect Operator

A redirection operator is a name for a character that changes the destination where the results are displayed.

Right angle bracket >

This symbol tells the system to output results into whatever you specify next. The target is usually a filename. You can use this symbol by itself to create a new file:

This creates a new empty file.
Use the ls command to list the contents of the current directory and find the file test2.txt.

Create File with cat Command

The cat command is short for concatenate. It can be used to output the contents of several files, one file, or even part of a file. If the file doesn’t exist, the Linux cat command will create it.

To create an empty file using cat , enter the following:

Note the redirection operator. Typically, the command displays the contents of test2.txt on the screen. The redirection operator > tells the system to place it in the test2.txt file.

Verify that the file was created:

The system should now have test.txt, test2.txt, and test3.txt in the list.

Create File with echo Command

The echo command will duplicate whatever you specify in the command, and put the copy into a file.

Enter the following:

Verify that the file was created:

You should see the test4.txt file added to the list. Use the cat command to display the contents of the new file:

The system should display Random sample text (or whatever you entered with the echo command.)

Create File with printf Command

The printf command works like the echo command, and it adds some formatting functionality. To add a single line of text, enter:

To add two lines of text, separate each line with the \n option:

You can use the cat command on either of these files to display their contents.

Note: To use several terminal instances in a single window manager, consider using Linux screen. It enables additional features and an enhanced command line for working with Linux files.

Using Text Editors to Create a Linux File

All Linux distributions have at least one text editor. Some have multiple editors. Each editor has different strengths and features. This will show you three of the most popular.

Vi Text Editor

Vi is the oldest text editor in Linux. It was created alongside the Linux operating system for directly editing text files. Since it’s unlikely you’ll see a Linux distribution without it, it’s a safe editor to know.

To create a file using Vi, enter the following:

Your screen will change. Now you’re in the text editor. Press the letter i to switch to insert mode, then type a few words to try it out.

To save and exit press Esc 😡 and hit Enter .

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Vim Text Editor

You may have noticed that the Vi editor wasn’t very user-friendly. Vim is a newer version, which stands for Vi editor, Modified.

Use vim to create a new text file:

This screen will look similar to the Vi editor screen. Press i to insert text, and type a few words. Save file and exit by entering:

(Escape, colon wq, then Enter.)

Nano Text Editor

Nano is a newer and much easier text editor to navigate.

Create a new file by entering the command:

By default, Nano puts you directly into editing mode. It also displays a helpful list of commands at the bottom of the screen.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Enter some text, then press Ctrl+O to save the changes.

Press Ctrl+X to exit the editor.

Note: Learn all you need about Nano in the Install and Use Nano in Linux article.

Now you have several options to create new files in Linux from the command line. Next, learn how to copy files and directories in Linux to manage your files more efficiently.

Online Notepad is used to write and save your notes quickly without login or signup. Just write down your text and save it on your device.

What is Online Notepad?

Online Notepad is a text editor that makes it easier for anyone to write and save notes quickly. Usually, people use the inbuilt desktop applications of Windows or Mac. But it requires a PC or laptop to access it. What if we don’t have a PC or laptop? At that time, you can use our online notepad app. Even more, you can access it on any handy device through any browser. Also, you don’t need to log in or register to create or save your notes. And of course, it’s totally free. No need to pay a subscription charge to get access. Just open it, start writing, and save it.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

The functions associated with our tool is amazing and very useful. Even more, we are more focused on building the best user-friendly interface. Therefore, we made this app very simple to use and operate. Any new user can easily go through the application.

Furthermore, data security is very important to us. Therefore, we assure you that, we don’t store any type of written data on our server. Your notes will be stored on your browser. So, you can come back and edit it anytime until you don’t clear the browser cookies.

Sometimes you need to create a file of specific size for testing purposes. While you can try to create just a text file with some app like Notepad, it is very inconvenient when you need to create a huge file or many files at once. Here is a better solution.

Windows comes with a special console tool, fsutil. Fsutil targets advanced users and system administrators. Some that I think may be of interest are discussed. It performs tasks that are related to file allocation table (FAT) and NTFS file systems, such as managing reparse points, managing sparse files, or dismounting a volume. If it is used without parameters, Fsutil displays a list of supported subcommands. The tool is available in Windows starting in Windows XP.

You must be logged on as an administrator or a member of the Administrators group to use Fsutil. It may be necessary to enable the WSL feature to get full fsutil functionality.

One of the fsutil parameters is “file”. It contains a set of subcommands which can be used to find a file by user name (if Disk Quotas are enabled), to query allocated ranges for a file, to set a file’s short name, to set a file’s valid data length, to set zero data for a file, to create a new file.

In our case, we need to use the fsutil app as follows.

To create a file of specific size in Windows 10, do the following.

  1. Open an elevated command prompt.
  2. Type or copy-paste the following command:
  3. Substitute the portion with the actual file name.
  4. Substitute with the desired file size in BYTES.

The following command will create the file winaero.bin with size of 4 kilobytes under the location c:\data.

How to use notepad to create a dated log or journal file

Tip: Do not forget to wrap around the path to your file with quotes if it contains spaces.

See the following articles to learn more on how you can use the fsutil app:

Winaero greatly relies on your support. You can help the site keep bringing you interesting and useful content and software by using these options:

If you like this article, please share it using the buttons below. It won’t take a lot from you, but it will help us grow. Thanks for your support!

Author: Sergey Tkachenko

Sergey Tkachenko is a software developer from Russia who started Winaero back in 2011. On this blog, Sergey is writing about everything connected to Microsoft, Windows and popular software. Follow him on Telegram, Twitter, and YouTube. View all posts by Sergey Tkachenko

3 thoughts on “Create a File of Specific Size in Windows 10”

“e following command will create the file winaero.bin with size of 4 bytes under the location c:\data.
fsutil file createnew c:\data\winaero.bin 4096”

That makes a file of 4 KILObytes :))

If you create such a file, will it overwrite data that was previously marked as deleted on the disk? Could this be used a way of preventing deleted files being recovered?

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

You won’t be able to receive Calls, Message Alerts and Notifications on iPhone, if it is placed in Do Not Disturb While Driving Mode. You can find below the steps to Disable or Turn OFF Do Not Disturb While Driving Mode on iPhone.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

Disable Do Not Disturb While Driving Mode on iPhone

Do Not Disturb While Driving Mode is a safety feature on iPhone, designed to prevent you from being distracted by Calls, Message Alerts and Notifications, while you are driving.

iPhone can automatically switch to Do Not Disturb While Driving Mode, while you are on a bus, train or travelling as a passenger in a Car.

In such cases, you won’t be able to receive Calls, Message Alerts and other types of Notifications on your iPhone, until you get Off from the vehicle in which you are travelling.

The other option is manually disable Do Not Disturb While Driving Mode on your device, whenever you are travelling as a passenger.

1. Switch OFF Do Not Disturb While Driving On iPhone

You can disable DND While Driving Mode on iPhone by going to Focus Mode Settings and also from the Control Center.

Go to Settings > Focus > Driving > Move the toggle next to Driving to OFF position.

As mentioned above, you can also Disable Do Not Disturb While Driving from the Control Center by Swipe up from bottom of the screen and tapping on Driving .

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

On the next screen, tap on Driving and this will disable DND While Driving Mode on your iPhone.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

While both these methods can immediately disable Do Not Disturb While Driving Mode, they cannot prevent your device from automatically switching to DND While Driving Mode.

2. Prevent iPhone from Automatically Switching to DND While Driving Mode

Even if you manually disable DND While Driving Mode on iPhone, your device can still automatically switch to DND Mode, if you are travelling in a Bus, Train or travelling as passenger in a Car.

To prevent this from happening, go to Settings > Focus > While Driving .

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

On the next screen, select the Manually option.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

After this, iPhone won’t be able to automatically switch to DND While Driving Mode. This means, you will have to manually enable DND While Driving Mode on your device, whenever you are driving.

Although Do Not Disturb while driving is safer, it's sometimes annoying

Scott Orgera is a former Lifewire writer covering tech since 2007. He has 25+ years' experience as a programmer and QA leader, and holds several Microsoft certifications including MCSE, MCP+I, and MOUS. He is also A+ certified.

  • Tweet
  • Share
  • Email
  • Tweet
  • Share
  • Email

What to Know

  • On the iPhone, open Settings > Control Center > Customize Controls.
  • Under More Controls, tap the plus sign next to Do Not Disturb While Driving.
  • On the Home screen, open the Control Center and tap the car icon to turn off or turn on Do Not Disturb While Driving.

This article explains how to turn off driving mode on the iPhone after first adding Do Not Disturb While Driving to the iPhone Control Center. This information applies to iPhones running iOS 11 through iOS 14. Beginning with iOS 15, the iPhone uses Focus in the Control Center to manage driving mode.

How to Turn Off Driving Mode

Although this driving mode offers safety benefits, you may want to disable it and make your own decisions as far as when or when not to look at your iPhone.

Do Not Disturb While Driving activates automatically when your iPhone senses that you're driving. You can turn it on or off manually via the iOS Control Center. First, however, you neeed to add it to the Control Center options. Here's how:

Open Settings on your iPhone.

Select Control Center.

Tap Customize Controls.

Under More Controls, tap the plus sign next to Do Not Disturb While Driving.

If the icon already appears under the Include heading at the top of the screen, the feature is already active.

Return to the Home screen.

On an iPhone X or later, swipe down from the upper-right corner of your iPhone display to open the Control Center.

On an iPhone 8 or earlier, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen.

Tap the car icon to disable or enable Do Not Disturb While Driving.

Since Do Not Disturb While Driving mode can sense when you're in motion, it will occasionally be activated on passenger iPhones as well. If you're the passenger, tap the I'm Not Driving button if this occurs.

What Is Do Not Disturb While Driving Mode?

By default, the Do Not Disturb While Driving feature disables some functionality while still allowing certain notifications and calls to go through.

The functionality described below assumes that you have not made any modifications to these individual settings. If you have, your driving mode experience may differ.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

Often some services that are designed to help people cause more harm than actually providing support. One such functionality is the Do Not Disturb mode while driving. I activated it accidentally, and what followed was a barrage of missed notifications every time I was in a car. Fortunately, it’s easy to turn off Do not Disturb while driving on Android and iPhone.

How to Turn off Do Not Disturb While Driving on iPhone

1. Open Settings on your iPhone and tap on “Do not Disturb.”

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

2. Scroll down and tap on Activate. Select Manually. Doing so will turn off the feature where DND mode is automatically enabled when driving or when connected to your car’s Bluetooth. Now you will need to manually turn on DND when needed. Also, turn off the toggle next to “Activate with CarPlay.”

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

3. If you are in the passenger seat or want to stop DND for a while, tap on the notification on the Lock screen and select “I’m not driving.”

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

4. You can also disable it from the Control Center. Open Control Center and tap on the car icon to enable or disable it. If you don’t see a car icon in the Control Center, go to “Settings -> Control Center.” Add “Do not Disturb while driving” to the Included controls list, then use the Control Center to enable/disable Do not disturb while driving. Read on to learn even more about how to use Do Not Disturb mode on an iPhone.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

How to Turn Off Do Not Disturb While Driving on Android

There are four ways to get rid of Do Not Disturb mode on Android while driving.

1. Driving Mode Settings

1. Open Settings on your Android phone and tap on “Connected devices.”

2. Tap on “Connection preferences” followed by “Driving mode.”

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

3. Tap on “Turn on automatically” and make sure neither toggle next to “When driving is detected” and “When connected to Bluetooth” is turned on. If that doesn’t help, go back to the previous screen and tap on Behavior instead of “Turn on automatically.” Choose Open “Android auto” instead of “Turn on Do Not disturb.”

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

2. From Do Not Disturb Settings

Alternatively, you can disable Do not disturb while driving permanently from DND settings as well. However, this method will only work when you are in a moving car.

1. Open Settings and go to Sound.

2. Tap on “Do Not Disturb” followed by Schedules.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

3. Here you will see the Driving Mode schedule. Tap on the Settings toggle next to it. Turn off the “When driving is detected” and “When connected to Bluetooth” toggles on the next screen.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

3. Using Carrier App

If your Android phone is carrier locked, you should look for a preinstalled app from your carrier. Open that and check its settings to find the Do Not Disturb mode while driving feature. Turn it off.

4. From Quick Settings

To turn off Do Not Disturb mode temporarily on an Android phone while driving, open Quick Settings and tap on the Do Not Disturb icon.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

Frequently Asked Questions

1. What happens when DND is enabled while driving on iPhone or Android?

When Do Not Disturb mode while driving is enabled on iPhone or Android, it silences notifications from messages, calls, and other apps, except the ones in the allowed list. Additionally, on an iPhone, an automated message is sent to people who message you while you are driving.

2. Why does my iPhone keep saying Do Not Disturb while driving?

This is because the DND feature while driving has been enabled on your phone. Turn it off as shown above.

3. Who can get through the Do Not Disturb block?

Only those people who are added in the allowed or exceptions list in the DND settings can get through the Do not Disturb mode while driving block. Basically, all the DND settings will apply to the driving mode as well. Open the DND settings on your phone and customize to your needs.

4. Will my phone ring on Do Not Disturb?

Not unless the person is calling repeatedly and the Repeated calls setting is enabled on an iPhone. The phone will also ring if the person is added to the exception or allowed list.

The idea of auto-disabling phones when driving is one that’s up for debate. If you don’t like it, simply turn it off as shown above. If you don’t like the driving mode feature on Android, check out the best Android Auto alternatives.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

Now that we’ve all got our hands on the iOS 12 update, it’s worth a reminder to check a few settings. One of the biggest changes with iOS 11 was the new driving Do Not Disturb for iPhone feature. If you haven’t used this driving mode for your iPhone yet, it’s a safety feature that’s well worth your time to set up. I’ll show you how to turn on Do Not Disturb While Driving, how to turn off Do Not Disturb While Driving, and I’ll also cover the Do Not Disturb While Driving text message auto-reply on the iPhone!

How Does Do Not Disturb on the iPhone Work?

Essentially, Do Not Disturb While Driving is a feature that recognizes when your phone connects to a vehicle via Bluetooth or when your device senses driving motion. Once set, when Do Not Disturb While Driving identifies that you are in a moving vehicle it will automatically adjust to your settings. It can block calls, text messages, alerts from apps, and other notifications. There are also features in place to allow specific calls and contacts to reach you, even when Do Not Disturb is active. This means you never have to worry about missing an urgent or emergency call, but you can also enjoy the peace and security of distraction-free driving!

The great thing about this smart feature is that it allows you to access things you need like music, directions, and any emergency contacts you might have. It removes the superfluous notifications so that you can focus on driving well and driving safely. If you are worried about contacts thinking you are rude or ignoring them, never fear! There is an auto-reply feature for Do Not Disturb While Driving so you can make sure everyone knows that you will attend to their needs just as soon as it is safe to do so!

Turn On Or Off Do Not Disturb on the iPhone

First, you will need to go to Settings. Next, click on Do Not Disturb. Scroll down to Do Not Disturb While Driving and click to select your settings. You can choose from Automatically (when it detects the motion of a moving vehicle), When Connected to Car Bluetooth, and Manually. The manual setting means you will have to turn it on and off via Control Center.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

How to Use & Customize Auto-Reply Texts in Do Not Disturb on the iPhone

Text message auto-reply on the iPhone is a great new feature that is specific to the Do Not Disturb While Driving platform. It allows you to choose a list of people and an auto-reply message. When the program is running (while you are driving, or when you enable it manually), those people will get an auto-reply if they send you a message!

To use the auto-reply texts in Do Not Disturb for iPhone you need to go to Settings > Do Not Disturb > Auto-Reply To and select the group you wish to send auto-replies to:

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

Next, go back and tap Auto-Reply. This is where you will input your auto-reply message of choice. Apple provides a generic auto-reply, but you can tap on the text and input a customized message instead.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

Once you have set up these features, they will be activated whenever you have Do Not Disturb While Driving activated!

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

Apple introduced Do Not Disturb While Driving mode for the iPhone in iOS 11 in September 2017. It is a new feature that aims to lower the risk of incidents involving distracted driving. Here is a brief rundown on what it does and how to use it.

Distracted driving is an issue across the world. According to the CDC Motor Vehicle Safety Center, one thousand incidents and nine deaths per day are attributed to distracted driving in the US alone. Multiple that by the number of countries in the world and you begin to see why distracted driving is such a hot topic.

With cars becoming more like technological bubbles with WiFi, navigation, LCD screens and lots of sound insulation, it is now easier than ever to feel isolated from the world around you. When your phone goes or a social media update appears, it is all too tempting to check it out.

That is what Apple are trying to prevent.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

How does Do Not Disturb While Driving mode work?

Do Not Disturb While Driving mode does a few things. It silences the phone in a similar way to airplane mode but with a couple of differences. The iPhone will not flash or ping when you receive a message or update. Anyone sending you an SMS will receive a message telling them you’re driving.

Incoming calls are treated the same as if you were using Do Not Disturb. You can allow calls from favorites or allow a repeat caller but all other calls will be sent to voicemail.

You can set up exclusions. If someone types ‘urgent’ into an SMS, the iPhone will accept and alert as normal. You can then ask Siri to read it to you. Emergency alerts, alarms and timers will also still appear. If you connect your iPhone to your car’s Bluetooth, calls will still be delivered as normal. Navigation will still work too.

Apparently, Do Not Disturb While Driving mode uses the accelerometer within the iPhone to detect whether you’re in a car or not. If you try to use the phone, you have to manually select ‘I’m not driving’ to use the phone.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

How to use Do Not Disturb While Driving mode

The good thing about Do Not Disturb While Driving mode is that once it is set up, it activates automatically. This may be a pain at first while Apple and your phone learns your habits but will pay dividends in the long run.

To set up Do Not Disturb While Driving mode:

  1. Navigate to Settings and Control Center.
  2. Select Customize Controls.
  3. Select Do Not Disturb While Driving
  4. Select Activate and choose a mode.

Automatic mode uses the accelerometer, GPS and network connections to detect whether you’re on the move or not. When Connected to Car Bluetooth is for those that use the feature in their car and Manually is self-explanatory. Manual mode requires you to use Control Center to manually engage Do Not Disturb While Driving mode.

If you are a parent of a young driver, you can enforce Do Not Disturb While Driving mode.

  1. Navigate to Settings and General.
  2. Select Restrictions and enter your PIN code.
  3. Select Allow Changes and select Do Not Disturb While Driving.
  4. Select Don’t Allow Changes.

This enforces the selected Do Not Disturb While Driving mode and does not allow your child to change it without knowing your PIN code.

Turn Do Not Disturb While Driving mode on or off

Once set up, you can turn Do Not Disturb While Driving mode on or off using Control Center.

  1. Swipe up from the Home screen.
  2. Select the car icon to turn Do Not Disturb While Driving mode on or off.

You will see a notification at the top of the screen telling you the current status of the mode.

If you don’t see the car icon in Control Center, you need to add it.

  1. Navigate to Settings and Control Center.
  2. Select Customize Controls.
  3. Select the green plus icon next to Do Not Disturb While Driving.

The icon should now appear in Control Center when you swipe to engage and disengage as you see fit.

Do Not Disturb While Driving mode is a great idea that is going to need refining before it is truly excellent. Some iPhone users have complained about it triggering while they were on the bus or subway but seeing as all it does is prompt you, it isn’t exactly a showstopper. The potential for saving all those incidents is too good to ignore I think.

What are your opinions on the iPhone Do Not Disturb While Driving mode? Tried it? Like it? Tell us about your experiences below!

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

Are you looking for disable Do Not Disturb on your iPhone, now you are in right place. Today we will share how to turn off Do Not Disturb on iPhone for our readers.

T he Do Not Disturb option on the iPhone mute all phone calls, notifications and alerts and it stops vibration or lighting up the phone screen when the screen is locked. So you need no worry about your mobile notifications while attending an important meeting or romantic night of yours with your partner or during meals, movies, activate do not disturb mode and mute all notifications.

But you shouldn’t forget to disable the mode after the important event ends. When you are not disturbed on your phone calls, messages and app update alerts, you can turn off Do Not Disturb option and make your phone should ring or vibrating when you receive calls, messages and alerts.

How to Turn Off Do Not Disturb on iPhone

If your phone won’t ring while driving, then the Do Not Disturb while driving is turned on. It mutes all notifications and call alerts on your phone. So you need to disable Do Not Disturb to make ringing your iPhone. You can turn off DND in 3 easy ways.

How to Disable Do Not Disturb on iPhone Manually

To do this follow below instructions,

  • Open Settings on your iPhone.
  • Tap “Do Not Disturb”. (If you don’t see the option, then tap “Focus > Do Not Disturb”).
  • Touch the switch next to the Do Not Disturb. Now you can see the switch is turned into gray color. It indicates Do Not disturb is turned off.

How to Turn Off Do Not Disturb on iPhone with Control Center

Luckily, it is still easy to disable Do Not Disturb using Control Center. To do this, follow below steps:

  • Swipe up from the bottom of your iPhone’s screen to pull up the Control Center. (Swipe down from the top, if you have an iPhone X or later version, or swipe down from the upper right corner and pull down the Control Center, if you have an iPad with iOS 12 or later).

Note : To check, which version of iOS or iPadOS you have, Go to Settings > General > About and look under Software Version.

  • Tap the Do Not Disturb icon, which looks like a crescent moon.
  • It will turn the moon icon is black inside a gray circle. It indicates Do Not Disturb disabled.

How to Disable Do Not Disturb Using Siri

You can also ask Siri to turn off the Do Not Disturb mode on your iPhone. It is a faster, easier way to access all kinds of useful things and apps. Just ask Siri to turn off DND. To do this follow below instructions,

  • Press and hold the Home button of your Phone to activate Siri.
  • Say, “Turn off Do Not Disturb.”
  • It will respond and let you know that Do Not Disturb is turned off.

How to Check If Do Not Disturb is Turned On or Off

  • If you see the crescent moon on your status bar, it indicates Do Not Disturb is turned on.
  • Swipe up from bottom of the screen to pull up Control Center. In Control Center you can see a crescent moon icon. If it is look like a black moon inside the gray circle, then DND is Off. Suppose, it looks like a blue moon in a white circle, then it indicates DND is ON.
  • If you see the crescent moon icon on your iPhone’s locked screen, it indicates DND is ON.
  • Go to Settings > Focus > Do Not Disturb. The switch next to the Do Not Disturb in green color indicates, DND is ON. If the switch is in gray color, then DND is OFF.

Final Words

Well, now you can customize the Do Not Disturb feature behaves. You need no worry about your phone notifications, turn on Do Not Disturb and free from calls, text messages, update notifications etc. Now you know how to turn on/off DND on iPhone. We hope that this article how to turn off do not disturb on iPhone 7, iPhone 12, iphone 11 etc. is useful. If you have any queries, let it in the comment box.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

iOS 11 newest update gives the ability for your iPhone 8 and iPhone X to detect when you’re inside a car then automatically activates its Do Not Disturb Mode. Though the newest feature of your iPhone 8 and iPhone X ensures the owner’s safety while driving, some iPhone 8 and iPhone X users are really annoyed with this feature especially to those who needs to be communicating urgently with a family member and just driving inside their neighborhood. The most annoying part is that it still activates even if you’re the rider and not the driver.

If you’re one of the iPhone 8 and iPhone X users whose not a fan of this new feature, we will be teaching you how to disable the Do Not Disturb mode while driving or riding a car.

You can stop it coming on automatically by heading to Settings > Do Not Disturb then scroll to the bottom of the screen and tap on the “Activate” option. Here you can choose the “Manually” option so that it never comes on by itself.

Once you have chosen the manual activation, you can add a control to Control Centre by going to Settings > Control Centre > Customise Control Centre and adding the Do Not Disturb While Driving control. Now you just need to swipe up to reveal Control Centre and tap the little car icon to activate it.

With the following steps above, you’ll be able text now your friends and family members without any restrictions whenever you’re driving or riding a car. But always take precaution on everything you do and as the old saying goes, Safety First!

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

Apple is largely known for improving its already refined software by adding new features from time to time. With the launch of iOS 11, the smartphone maker introduced Do Not Disturb While Driving feature to its iPhone lineup. The feature turns out to be a nifty addition since it minimizes the number of distractions while driving that can lead to accidents. As the name suggests, the Do Not Disturb While Driving feature will automatically enable the DND mode on your device once it detects that you’re in a moving vehicle. Your smartphone will make use of necessary sensors to detect the motion.

Even though the Do Not Disturb While Driving has been there for a long time, many users still tend to face numerous issues while making use of the feature. With that in mind, we decided to create a simple How-To guide covering all the primary aspect of Do Not Disturb While Driving.

Note: As mentioned earlier, the feature was introduced with the launch of iOS 11. This means that your device should run on iOS 11 or higher in order to use the DND While Driving feature.

Do Not Disturb While Driving on Apple iPhone

If you haven’t already started using Do Not Disturb While Driving feature on your iPhone, then you might want to enable it. The DND While Driving feature allows you to control the behavior of your smartphone once it detects that you are in a moving vehicle. The feature can block calls, messages, notification alerts and much more giving you a peaceful driving experience. As expected, you can allow a few exceptions to reach you even when the feature is active.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

Enabling this feature does not mean that you will not be able to listen to music or make use of navigation while driving. In addition, you might also like the auto-reply feature that sends a pre-defined text message to those who are trying to reach you while you’re driving.

Enable Do Not Disturb While Driving:

For those who are using the fresh install of iOS 11 or higher, iPhone will automatically send you a notification alert asking you to enable the feature. This will happen when your device will detect the moving vehicle for the very first time. There is a high chance that you might miss the notification which is why we are listing a small step-by-step guide below.

  1. Head over to Settings>>Do Not Disturb.
  2. Now, scroll down till you find the Do Not Disturb While Driving feature on the screen.
  3. You can now tap on the Activate button to enable the feature. You should choose between ‘Automatically’, ‘When connected to car Bluetooth’ and ‘Manual’.

Once that done, you have successfully enabled the Do Not Disturb While Driving feature on your iPhone. Whenever the feature will turn on automatically, it will let you know by pushing the notification alert.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

For those who have selected Manual option, you don’t have to head over to Settings app every single time to enable the feature. To keep things simple, easy and effective, Apple decided to integrate a quick shortcut in the Control Centre menu. To enable or disable the feature from the Control Centre, follow the steps given below.

  1. Head over to Settings application and look for the Control Centre option.
  2. Hit on the Customise Control in order to change the current listing order.
  3. Now, add the Do Not Disturb While Driving quick toggle. The toggle uses the Car icon.

You can now easily enable or disable the DND While Driving feature manually using the Control Centre by swiping up from the button.

Turn off DND While Driving (If you’re a Passenger)

No doubt, Do Not Disturb While Driving is one of the useful features you can find on iOS. The major issue with this feature is the fact that it enables even though you’re at a passenger seat. This will happen if you have set the Automatic detection in the feature.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

To fix this annoying issue, switch over to Manual mode. Alternatively, you can also disable the feature from the Control Center whenever it turns on while you’re at a passenger seat.

Don’t want to be bothered during an important meeting or a romantic night on the town? Just turn on the Do Not Disturb mode and you’ll temporarily exclude yourself from calls, texts, emails, and notifications.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

But you shouldn’t forget to disable the mode after the important event ends. Fortunately, you can also set the iPhone to automatically disable/enable Do Not Disturb for you.

The following sections provide you with all the methods you can use to disable this feature. We’ve also included another silent mode you might find useful.

Disabling the Do Not Disturb Mode

There are three ways you can change the Do Not Disturb settings. Go into the Control Center from your Home screen, access and disable the mode via Settings, or set up a Do Not Disturb schedule.

Here is a simple guide for each method.

Controls Center

This method might be the easiest one. Unlock your iPhone and swipe down to access Control Center (if you have an older iPhone, you should swipe up). Then tap on the crescent moon icon to disable the Do Not Disturb mode, and you are good to go.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

While the mode is on, the crescent moon turns purple and the icon becomes grey. Once you disable it, the moon becomes white and the icon becomes dark.

A Neat Trick

You can take advantage of the capacitive touch and depress the icon to reveal more options. It’s quick to access the Do Not Disturb schedule from here. The pop-up also allows you to switch the Do Not Disturb on for one hour or keep it on until the next day. If you prefer, you can set it to stay on until you leave your current location or until an event ends.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

Settings

To disable Do Not Disturb from Settings, here is all you need to do. Hit the Settings icon on your home screen, select Do Not Disturb and toggle the option off.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

But there is much more you can here to automate and tweak Do Not Disturb to your preferences.

Scheduling and Other Options

Hit the button next to Scheduled to toggle it on, and tap the “From and To” section to select the desired timeframe. By default, the timeframe is set between 10:00 PM and 7:00 AM. You can also toggle the Bedtime option to automatically enable and disable Do Not Disturb.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

With the Bedtime option on, your Lock screen gets dimmed, calls are silenced, and notifications appear in the Notification Center only. When the scheduled time ends, all the settings automatically go back to normal.

Aside from scheduling, you also get to choose different Silence and Driving mode settings. For example, if you set the Silence mode to Always, the incoming calls get silenced when the phone is locked and unlocked. You can allow calls from your list of Favorites or if someone repeatedly calls you within 3 minutes.

Do Not Disturb can automatically be triggered once you connect to a car Bluetooth, and there’s a manual option as well. Plus, you get to set up a custom automatic text message to reply to your contacts while this mode is on.

Pro Tip: You can enable Do Not Disturb from the Clock app. Launch the app, select Bedtime, and follow the set-up wizard. This action enables and disables Do Not Disturb according to your alarm/sleep settings.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

An Extra Option at Your Fingertips

From iOS 11 onwards, you can add Do Not Disturb While Driving to your Control Center. Take the following path to add the icon:

Settings > Control Center > Customize Controls > More Controls > Do Not Disturb While Driving

Now you can find a car icon in the Control Center, and tap on it to enable/disable the mode.

Airplane Mode

If you want to go off the grid completely, Airplane mode is the way to go. It temporarily disables the Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, and cellular network. Like with the Do Not Disturb mode, you can easily enable/disable it via the Control Center.

Just tap the airplane icon to enable or disable it. When enabled, the icon turns orange and it instantly switches off your cellular network and Bluetooth. You can do the same from the Settings or your iWatch. However, there are no automatic settings for this mode.

Get Back on the Grid

You are always just a tap away from disabling the Do Not Disturb mode on your iPhone. But why not utilize all the automatic options that are at your disposal? This can help you keep to a regular sleep schedule. Don’t forget to keep Do Not Disturb on while driving, making your time on the road safer.

While iPhones are highly sophisticated pieces of technology, they can’t initiate a conversation with you on their own. Therefore, they can’t ask “Are you driving?” when you’re in your car.

How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

However, they do have sensors that can detect when you’re driving and shut down certain functions for safety. When the “Driving Mode” setting is enabled, it will automatically silence your notifications and calls whenever it detects you’re in a moving vehicle. This is convenient for the driver but not so much if you’re a passenger.

Read on to find out how to disable driving mode from your iPhone. In addition, we’ll show you how to customize the driving mode settings, so when you’re using it, it handles calls and text messages in a way that suits you.

How To Disable Driving Mode iPhone Permanently

You can either disable “Driving Mode” permanently (so it only activates when you manually select it) or temporarily (and manually disable it each time it’s activated). To permanently disable the feature from your iPhone:

  1. Open “Settings.”
    How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone
  2. Tap “Do Not Disturb.”
    How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone
  3. From the “Do Not Disturb While Driving” section, choose “Activate.”
    How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone
  4. Tap “Manually.”
    How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

To temporarily disable “Driving Mode”:

  1. Access the “Control Center” by swiping from the top right of the screen.
    How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone
  2. Tap on the car icon.
    How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone
  3. From the lock screen, choose the “Do Not Disturb While Driving” notification.
    How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone
  4. Tap “I’m Not Driving.”
    How to turn off “do not disturb while driving” on an iphone

Disable Location Settings

Driving Mode uses your phone’s location services to determine whether you might be driving. Another way to permanently disable it is to disable location services for “Do Not Disturb While Driving.” Here’s how:

  1. Open “Settings.”
  2. Tap “Privacy,” “Location Services,” then “System Services.”
  3. Now turn off “Location-Based Alerts.”

Deciding How and When to Use Driving Mode

Driving Mode is an Apple feature designed to add to your safety when driving by helping you stay focused. When enabled, it silences or limits your text messages and other notifications.

Driving Mode activates once it senses that you might be driving. You can disable it by choosing to enable it manually or since it uses your location services to tell whether you’re driving, you can disable location services.

The feature offers plenty of customization options including deciding how it’s activated. For example, when connected to your car’s Bluetooth or CarPlay. You also can write your auto-reply text message to send as a response to messages and calls.

Do you use Driving Mode often? If so, what do you like best about it? If not, what do you think could make it better? Let us know your thoughts in the comments section below.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Matt Klein
How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlightMatt Klein
Writer

Matt Klein has nearly two decades of technical writing experience. He’s covered Windows, Android, macOS, Microsoft Office, and everything in between. He’s even written a book, The How-To Geek Guide to Windows 8. Read more.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

While you can certainly click around OS X to find whatever you need, there’s nothing easier or more efficient than the time-tested Spotlight. Spotlight is easier to use than you might think, thanks to its new natural language search.

Before you begin searching naturally, we want to explain what Spotlight still cannot do. Spotlight can’t search the Internet, though it can hook into Wikipedia, Fandango, Weather, and other pertinent information. Further, it can’t add appointments to your calendar or search your contacts. Spotlight is tied to your Mac’s location, so it’s best used for searching local content and for files contained therein.

In short: It isn’t a true Siri replacement, but it can help you find quite a few things.

Get Personal

Feel free to use personal pronouns liberally. For example, want to know whether it’s going to rain? Ask Spotlight just as you might ask another person. “Show me the weather”, for instance.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

You can also retrieve information stored on your computer more easily. For example, if you want to see the emails you got last month, you can type “email I received last month.”

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

There’s a lot of appeal to being able crawl through your data so easily, and it doesn’t just end or begin with email. You can search for other data as well, and if you get too many results, narrow it down from there.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Obviously, there’s a lot more to it than we can include in just a few screenshots, but this illustrates how much easier to Spotlight is to use now. Just know that it will work more effectively (or only) with Apple’s own applications like Mail, Messages, and so forth.

Use Dates to Your Advantage

As you can see from a previous example, you can ask Spotlight to dig into your data by using dates.

You can take this even further, though, and make things even more specific. Say you want to see all the documents you created during the month of May. Combining the personal pronoun “I” with what you’re seeking, you can simply ask Spotlight “documents I created in May” and you’ll see a list, as requested.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Want to see a list of photos you took on a certain day? Just ask.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

The ability to ask Spotlight to reveal information on your Mac by date in such a simple way will no doubt help a lot of people who might otherwise struggle accessing it.

Don’t Worry About Being Too Specific

On the other hand, you don’t have to go to great lengths to find simple information you’re seeking, such as the weather in another city or the scores from your favorite baseball team.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Similarly, if you just need simple movie information for what’s playing near you, all you need to do is type “movies” and all will be revealed.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

The same goes for stuff like stock information: you can just enter a company’s ticker abbreviation.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

You can also search for videos on the Internet. You can be as specific or general as you want (searching by band vs. searching by a song), though you will need to include the site you want to search as well, be it YouTube or Vimeo.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Sadly, the extent to which Spotlight can perform tricks is rather limited. For example, while you can search for videos on YouTube and so forth, you can’t watch a preview in Spotlight or even your Mac’s desktop. Instead, when you click a search result, it will open in a browser window instead.

This is less than ideal, because it restricts the effectiveness to which you can search for such things with Spotlight. If it’s going to simply open in a browser, then we might as well just use a browser in the first place.

However, for quick doses of information such as sport scores and movie listings, Spotlight searches can be pretty convenient.

Of course, there’s a lot more to it than this, but it’s your turn to explore. Just remember, even though you may not find a function included in Spotlight now, there’s no reason to believe it won’t appear in a future release. In the meantime, take some time to unpack its newfound powers and see what you can discover lying about on your Mac.

  • › Get Around macOS Faster: Speed Up Navigation on Your Mac
  • › How to Use macOS’ Spotlight Like a Champ
  • › Samsung T7 Shield Review: The Best Portable SSD, Now Rugged
  • › The 5 Most Ridiculously Expensive Phones of All Time
  • › What Does “Touch Grass” Mean?
  • › Every Microsoft Windows Logo From 1985 to 2022
  • › Roborock Q5+ Review: A Solid Self-Emptying Robot Vacuum
  • › What’s New in Chrome 101, Arriving Today

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight Matt Klein
Matt Klein has nearly two decades of technical writing experience. He’s covered Windows, Android, macOS, Microsoft Office, and everything in between. He’s even written a book, The How-To Geek Guide to Windows 8.
Read Full Bio »

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Greg Mombert/Digital Trends From the disturbingly calm HAL 9000 to the enthusiastically beeping R2D2, we’ve long dreamed of holding conversations with our computers. Apple’s new OS X 10.11 update, El Capitan, takes us a few steps closer to that goal (albeit via typing instead of speech). It boasts a redesigned Spotlight function for quick local searches and information queries using “natural language.” But what is a natural language search? It is just marketing talk, or does it really matter?

Traditionally, natural language searches are equipped with algorithms that can make sense of words in context and avoid laborious typing with Boolean modifiers or complex syntax, which is how pretty much all searches work today thanks to work by Google and others. You don’t bring up your browser and type something like “System.Music.Artist(Beethoven OR Mozart).” Instead, you can just type “beethoven mozart music” and Google takes it from there.

Nowadays, natural language searches have been refined, thanks in large part to the rise of voice assistants and similar trends. Natural searching refers to more personalized, smoother searching – not just by typing in normal words, but by typing the phrases and questions that you would use in casual conversation with another person.

While it can take getting used to, searching in natural language can be a powerful tool. Here’s how you can take advantage of it in Spotlight.

Go first person

Spotlight is now better at recognizing that you are talking to it, and that you’re searching through your own files. That sounds like a simple thing, but it has the potential to change many of your searches into more natural phrases. For example, you can type “show me the weather” and Spotlight will be able to recognize that you want information on current weather stats in your area like temperature, forecasts, etc.

You can also be free with the word “I” as in “emails I sent today” or “documents I created last month.” In most cases Spotlight is able to parse phrases like this and draw out exactly what you want, as in a list of emails sent from your computer today. It’s a minor change when it comes to the search results you are getting, but a bigger change for how you type – you don’t have to translate into impersonal computer speak as often.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Search by date

One of the most useful new features for Spotlight in OS X 10.11 is the ability to search naturally by date. Bring up Spotlight and type in something like “Pages files from September,” then Spotlight will now know enough to bring up all your April files in the proper order. It’s very handy when searching for a particular file when you only have a hazy idea of when it was created or last worked on. “Documents I worked on last week” is another possible example.

This date-based ability appears to work across the board, which means you can also search for files from last Tuesday, photos from 2014, or any combination thereof to narrow down your search to a specific time frame. It’s a lot easier to laborious specifying specific dates to search between via drop-down menus.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

It’s okay to generalize

If you don’t know exactly what you are looking for, or don’t feel like typing into complete phrases, don’t worry about it! Spotlight is pretty good at figuring out what you want to know, even if you only include partial information or generalize your terms.

For example, search for “portland weather” and Spotlight is bright enough to bring up immediate weather information for Portland, Oregon, instead of getting confused about what Portland you might have meant, or offering you clips of Portlandia. Likewise, if you want to search for your favorite team but can’t quite remember when or who they are playing next, just search under the team name for game info and Spotlight will bring up all the relevant information. Want to find stock pricing and data? Search by ticker abbreviation or company and you’ll get plenty of current stats.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Experiment with email

Spotlight is now extra-good friends with your email (if you use Apple’s Mail client), which means that you can use it for quick email searches.

Case in point: Searching for “unread emails” will bring up the latest new emails you’ve received – but so will refreshing your email page, which is a bit easier. However, searching for “email sent to Bob Rodriguez” can help track down all your emails toward a particular correspondent. Combine this with a date to be even more specific. “Email from BigBank LLC in March” makes it even easier to track down exactly what you are looking for.

Know what natural search can’t do

Spotlight is tied to the locations that it can search, which does limit what it can do. You cannot search for a particular contact with the new Spotlight, because it doesn’t search contacts (at least not yet – future updates are always possible). Unlike Siri, Spotlight is not designed to scour the far reaches of the Internet or put dates into your calendar, either – it is designed for more direct searches of local and numbers-oriented information, with some limited online content (like Weather or Wikipedia entries) brought in to help. Keep that in mind when casually typing.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Mens du sikkert kan klikke rundt OS X for å finne det du trenger, er det ikke noe enklere eller mer effektivt enn den tidstestede Spotlight. Spotlight er enklere å bruke enn du kanskje tror, ​​takket være det nye naturlige språketesøk.

Før du begynner å søke naturlig, vil vi forklare hva Spotlight fortsatt kan ikke gjøre. Spotlight kan ikke søke på Internett, selv om det kan koble til Wikipedia, Fandango, Weather og annen relevant informasjon. Videre kan den ikke legge til avtaler i kalenderen din eller søke i kontaktene dine. Spotlight er bundet til Mac-posisjonen din, så det er best brukt for å søke lokalt innhold og for filer som er inkludert i det.

Kort sagt: Det er ikke en sann Siri-erstatning, men det kan hjelpe deg med å finne ganske mange ting.

Få personlig

Ta gjerne med personlige pronomen. For eksempel, vil du vite om det kommer til å regne? Spør Spotlight akkurat som du kanskje spør en annen person. "Vis meg været", for eksempel.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Du kan også hente informasjon som er lagret på datamaskinen din lettere. For eksempel, hvis du vil se e-postene du fikk i forrige måned, kan du skrive "e-post jeg mottok sist måned."

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Det er mye appell for å kunne gjennomsøke dataene dine så enkelt, og det slutter ikke bare med eller begynner med e-post. Du kan også søke etter andre data, og hvis du får for mange resultater, begrenser du det derfra.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Tydeligvis er det mye mer til det enn vi kan inkludere på noen få skjermbilder, men dette illustrerer hvor mye lettere Spotlight er å bruke nå. Bare vet at det vil fungere mer effektivt (eller bare) med Apples egne applikasjoner som Mail, Meldinger og så videre.

Bruk datoer til din fordel

Som du kan se fra et tidligere eksempel, kan du spørre Spotlight å grave inn i dataene dine ved å bruke datoer.

Du kan ta dette enda lenger, og gjøre ting enda mer spesifikt. Si at du vil se alle dokumentene du opprettet i mai måned. Kombinere det personlige pronomen "I" med det du søker, kan du bare spørre Spotlight "dokumenter jeg opprettet i mai", og du vil se en liste, som ønsket.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Vil du se en liste over bilder du tok på en bestemt dag? Bare spør.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Muligheten til å spørre Spotlight til å avsløre informasjon på Mac-en din på en så enkel måte, vil uten tvil hjelpe mange mennesker som ellers måtte kjempe med å få tilgang til det.

Ikke vær bekymret for å være for spesifikt

På den annen side trenger du ikke å gå langt for å finne enkel informasjon du søker, for eksempel været i en annen by eller poengene fra ditt favorittbaseballlag.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

På samme måte, hvis du bare trenger enkel filminformasjon for hva som spiller i nærheten av deg, er alt du trenger å gjøre, å skrive "filmer" og alt vil bli avslørt.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Det samme gjelder for ting som lagerinformasjon: Du kan bare skrive inn et selskaps ticker forkortelse.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Du kan også søke etter videoer på Internett. Du kan være så spesifikk eller generell som du vil (søker etter band vs. søke av en sang), selv om du må inkludere nettstedet du vil søke i tillegg, det være seg YouTube eller Vimeo.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Dessverre, i hvilken grad Spotlight kan utføre triks, er ganske begrenset. For eksempel, mens du kan søke etter videoer på YouTube og så videre, kan du ikke se en forhåndsvisning i Spotlight eller til Mac-skrivebordet ditt. I stedet, når du klikker et søkeresultat, åpnes det i et nettleservindu i stedet.

Dette er mindre enn ideelt, fordi det begrenser effektiviteten som du kan søke etter slike ting med Spotlight. Hvis det bare skal åpnes i en nettleser, kan vi også bare bruke en nettleser i utgangspunktet.

Men for raske doser av informasjon som sportsresultater og filmoppføringer kan Spotlight-søkene være ganske praktiske.

Selvfølgelig er det mye mer til det enn dette, men det er din tur til å utforske. Bare husk, selv om du kanskje ikke finner en funksjon som er inkludert i Spotlight nå, er det ingen grunn til å tro at det ikke vises i en fremtidig utgave. I mellomtiden tar det litt tid å pakke ut nyskapede krefter og se hva du kan oppdage å lyve om på din Mac.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Hoewel je zeker rond OS X kunt klikken om alles te vinden wat je nodig hebt, is er niets makkelijker of efficiënter dan de beproefde Spotlight. Spotlight is gemakkelijker te gebruiken dan u misschien denkt, dankzij de nieuwe zoekopdracht in natuurlijke taal.

Voordat u op natuurlijke wijze gaat zoeken, willen we uitleggen wat Spotlight nog steeds is kan niet do. Spotlight kan niet op internet zoeken, maar het kan inhaken op Wikipedia, Fandango, Weer en andere relevante informatie. Verder kan het geen afspraken toevoegen aan uw agenda of uw contacten zoeken. Spotlight is gekoppeld aan de locatie van je Mac, dus het wordt het best gebruikt voor het zoeken naar lokale inhoud en naar bestanden die daarin zijn opgenomen.

Kortom: het is geen echte vervanger van Siri, maar het kan je wel helpen om een ​​aantal dingen te vinden.

Krijg persoonlijk

Voel je vrij om persoonlijk voornaamwoorden royaal te gebruiken. Wil je bijvoorbeeld weten of het gaat regenen? Vraag Spotlight op dezelfde manier als u iemand anders zou kunnen vragen. "Toon mij het weer", bijvoorbeeld.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

U kunt ook gemakkelijker informatie ophalen die op uw computer is opgeslagen. Als u bijvoorbeeld de e-mails van de afgelopen maand wilt zien, typt u 'e-mail die ik vorige maand heb ontvangen'.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Er is veel reden om uw gegevens zo gemakkelijk te doorzoeken en deze eindigt niet of begint met e-mail. U kunt ook naar andere gegevens zoeken en als u te veel resultaten krijgt, kunt u het van daaruit beperken.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Het is duidelijk dat er nog veel meer in zit dan we in slechts een paar schermafbeeldingen kunnen opnemen, maar dit illustreert hoeveel gemakkelijker Spotlight nu gebruikt moet worden. Weet alleen dat het effectiever (of alleen) werkt met Apple's eigen applicaties zoals Mail, Berichten, enzovoort.

Gebruik Datums in uw voordeel

Zoals u kunt zien aan de hand van een vorig voorbeeld, kunt u Spotlight vragen om in uw gegevens te graven met behulp van datums.

Je kunt dit echter nog verder nemen en de zaken nog specifieker maken. Stel dat u alle documenten wilt zien die u in de maand mei hebt gemaakt. Door het persoonlijke voornaamwoord "I" te combineren met wat u zoekt, kunt u eenvoudig Spotlight-documenten "vragen die ik in mei heb gemaakt" en ziet u een lijst, zoals gevraagd.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Wil je een lijst met foto's zien die je op een bepaalde dag hebt gemaakt? Gewoon vragen.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Het vermogen om Spotlight te vragen informatie op je Mac te onthullen per datum op zo'n eenvoudige manier, zal ongetwijfeld veel mensen helpen die anders moeilijk zouden hebben om er toegang toe te hebben.

Maak je geen zorgen over te specifiek te zijn

Aan de andere kant hoef je niet alles in het werk te stellen om eenvoudige informatie te vinden die je zoekt, zoals het weer in een andere stad of de scores van je favoriete honkbalteam.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Evenzo, als u alleen eenvoudige filminformatie nodig heeft voor wat er in uw buurt speelt, hoeft u alleen maar "films" in te typen en alles zal onthuld worden.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Hetzelfde geldt voor dingen als aandeleninformatie: u kunt gewoon de tickerafkorting van een bedrijf invoeren.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

U kunt ook naar video's op internet zoeken. Je kunt zo specifiek of algemeen zijn als je wilt (zoeken op band versus zoeken door een nummer), maar je moet ook de site opnemen die je wilt zoeken, of het nu YouTube of Vimeo is.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Helaas is de mate waarin Spotlight trucs kan uitvoeren eerder beperkt. Terwijl je bijvoorbeeld video's op YouTube, enzovoort, kunt zoeken, kun je geen voorbeeld bekijken in Spotlight of zelfs op het bureaublad van je Mac. Als u daarentegen op een zoekresultaat klikt, wordt het in plaats daarvan in een browservenster geopend.

Dit is minder dan ideaal, omdat het de effectiviteit beperkt waarmee u naar dergelijke dingen kunt zoeken met Spotlight. Als het eenvoudig in een browser wordt geopend, kunnen we net zo goed gewoon een browser gebruiken.

Voor snelle hoeveelheden informatie, zoals sportscores en filmvermeldingen, kunnen Spotlight-zoekopdrachten echter best handig zijn.

Natuurlijk is er nog veel meer dan dit, maar het is jouw beurt om het te verkennen. Onthoud dat, hoewel u nu misschien geen functie in Spotlight vindt, er geen reden is om te geloven dat deze niet in een toekomstige versie zal verschijnen. Neem in de tussentijd de tijd om de pas ontdekte krachten uit te pakken en te zien wat je op je Mac kunt ontdekken.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Medan du säkert kan klicka runt OS X för att hitta allt du behöver, är det inget lättare eller effektivare än den tidtestade Spotlight. Spotlight är lättare att använda än du kanske tror, ​​tack vare den nya naturliga sökningen.

Innan du börjar söka naturligt vill vi förklara vad Spotlight fortfarande kan inte do. Spotlight kan inte söka på Internet, men det kan kopplas till Wikipedia, Fandango, Weather och annan relevant information. Vidare kan det inte lägga till möten i din kalender eller söka i dina kontakter. Spotlight är kopplat till din Macs plats, så det används bäst för att söka lokalt innehåll och för filer som finns i den.

Kort sagt: Det är inte en sann Siri-ersättning, men det kan hjälpa dig att hitta en hel del saker.

Få personlig

Använd gärna personliga pronomen. Vill du till exempel veta om det kommer att regna? Fråga Spotlight precis som du kanske frågar en annan person. "Visa mig vädret", till exempel.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Du kan också hämta information som är lagrad på din dator lättare. Om du till exempel vill se e-postmeddelandena du fick förra månaden kan du skriva "e-post jag fick förra månaden."

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Det finns mycket tilltal för att kunna krypa igenom dina uppgifter så enkelt, och det slutar inte bara eller börjar med e-post. Du kan också söka efter andra data, och om du får för många resultat, smala ner det därifrån.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Självklart finns det mycket mer än det vi kan inkludera på några få skärmdumpar, men det illustrerar hur mycket lättare Spotlight är att använda nu. Bara vet att det kommer att fungera mer effektivt (eller bara) med Apples egna applikationer som Mail, Meddelanden och så vidare.

Använd datum till din fördel

Som du kan se från ett tidigare exempel kan du fråga Spotlight att gräva i dina data med hjälp av datum.

Du kan ta det här ännu mer och göra saker ännu mer specifika. Säg att du vill se alla dokument du skapade under maj månad. Genom att kombinera det personliga pronomen "I" med det du söker kan du helt enkelt fråga Spotlight "dokument som jag skapade i maj" och du får se en lista, som begärts.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Vill du se en lista med bilder du tog på en viss dag? Fråga bara.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Möjligheten att be Spotlight att avslöja information på din Mac med datum på ett så enkelt sätt kommer utan tvekan att hjälpa många människor som annars skulle kämpa åt att komma åt det.

Oroa dig inte för att vara för specifik

Å andra sidan behöver du inte gå långt för att hitta enkel information du söker, till exempel vädret i en annan stad eller poängen från ditt favoritbaseballlag.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

På samma sätt, om du bara behöver enkel filminformation för vad som spelar nära dig, behöver du bara skriva "filmer" och allt kommer att avslöjas.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Detsamma gäller saker som lagerinformation: du kan bara skriva in ett företags tickerförkortning.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Du kan också söka efter videoklipp på Internet. Du kan vara så specifik eller generell som du vill ha (söka efter band vs. söka efter en låt), men du måste inkludera den webbplats du vill söka också, det är YouTube eller Vimeo.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Tyvärr, i vilken omfattning Spotlight kan utföra tricks är ganska begränsat. Till exempel, medan du kan söka efter videoklipp på YouTube och så vidare, kan du inte titta på en förhandsgranskning i Spotlight eller till och med Macs skrivbord. I stället när du klickar på ett sökresultat öppnas det istället i ett webbläsarfönster.

Detta är mindre än perfekt, eftersom det begränsar effektiviteten som du kan söka efter sådana saker med Spotlight. Om det bara kommer att öppnas i en webbläsare, kan vi lika bra bara använda en webbläsare i första hand.

Men för snabba doser av information som sportresultat och filmförteckningar kan Spotlight-sökningar vara ganska praktiska.

Självklart finns det mycket mer än det här, men det är din tur att utforska. Kom bara ihåg, även om du kanske inte hittar en funktion som ingår i Spotlight nu, finns det ingen anledning att tro att det inte kommer att visas i en framtida release. Under tiden ta lite tid att packa upp sina nyfunna befogenheter och se vad du kan upptäcka att ljuga om på din Mac.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Mentre puoi certamente fare clic su OS X per trovare tutto ciò che ti serve, non c’è niente di più semplice o più efficiente di Spotlight testato a tempo. Spotlight è più facile da usare di quanto si possa pensare, grazie alla sua nuova ricerca in linguaggio naturale.

Prima di iniziare la ricerca in modo naturale, vogliamo spiegare cosa Spotlight non può fare . Spotlight non può effettuare ricerche su Internet, sebbene possa collegarsi a Wikipedia, Fandango, Meteo e altre informazioni pertinenti. Inoltre, non può aggiungere appuntamenti al tuo calendario o cercare i tuoi contatti. Spotlight è legato alla posizione del tuo Mac, quindi è meglio usarlo per cercare il contenuto locale e per i file in esso contenuti.

In breve: non è una vera sostituzione Siri, ma può aiutarti a trovare un bel po ‘di cose.

Ottieni personale

Sentiti libero di usare i pronomi personali liberamente. Ad esempio, vuoi sapere se pioverà? Chiedi a Spotlight proprio come potresti chiedere ad un’altra persona. “Mostrami il tempo”, per esempio.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Puoi anche recuperare le informazioni memorizzate sul tuo computer più facilmente. Ad esempio, se vuoi vedere le email che hai ricevuto il mese scorso, puoi digitare “email che ho ricevuto il mese scorso”.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

C’è un sacco di fascino nel riuscire a scovolare i tuoi dati così facilmente, e non solo terminare o iniziare con la posta elettronica. Puoi anche cercare altri dati e, se ottieni troppi risultati, restringilo da lì.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Ovviamente, c’è molto di più rispetto a quello che possiamo includere in pochi screenshot, ma questo dimostra quanto sia più facile Spotlight è da usare ora. Sappi solo che funzionerà in modo più efficace (o solo) con le applicazioni di Apple come Mail, Messaggi e così via.

Usa le date a tuo vantaggio

Come puoi vedere da un esempio precedente, puoi chiedere a Spotlight di scavare nei tuoi dati usando le date.

Puoi fare ancora di più, e rendere le cose ancora più specifiche. Supponi di voler vedere tutti i documenti che hai creato durante il mese di maggio. Combinando il pronome personale “I” con quello che stai cercando, puoi semplicemente chiedere a Spotlight “documenti che ho creato a maggio” e vedrai un elenco, come richiesto.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Vuoi vedere un elenco di foto che hai scattato un certo giorno?

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

La possibilità di chiedere a Spotlight di rivelare informazioni sul tuo Mac in base alla data in un modo così semplice aiuterà senza dubbio un sacco di persone che potrebbero altrimenti faticare ad accedervi.

Non preoccuparti di essere troppo specifico

D’altra parte, non devi fare di tutto per trovare informazioni semplici che stai cercando, come il tempo in un’altra città oi punteggi della tua squadra di baseball preferita.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Allo stesso modo, se tu serve solo informazioni sul film semplice per ciò che sta suonando vicino a te, tutto ciò che devi fare è digitare “film” e tutto sarà rivelato.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Lo stesso vale per cose come le informazioni sulle scorte: puoi semplicemente inserire l’abbreviazione di una società ticker

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Puoi anche cercare video su Internet. Puoi essere specifico o generico che vuoi (ricerca per banda o ricerca per brano), anche se dovrai includere anche il sito che vuoi cercare, che si tratti di YouTube o Vimeo.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Purtroppo, l’estensione a cui Spotlight può eseguire trucchi è piuttosto limitato. Ad esempio, mentre puoi cercare video su YouTube e così via, non puoi guardare un’anteprima in Spotlight o persino sul desktop del tuo Mac. Invece, quando fai clic su un risultato di ricerca, si aprirà invece in una finestra del browser.

Questo è meno che ideale, perché limita l’efficacia a cui puoi cercare tali cose con Spotlight. Se si aprirà semplicemente in un browser, allora potremmo anche usare un browser in primo luogo.

CORRELATO: Come usare Spotlight macOS come un campione

Tuttavia, per dosi veloci di informazioni come risultati sportivi e elenchi di film, le ricerche Spotlight possono essere piuttosto convenienti.

Naturalmente, c’è molto di più rispetto a questo, ma è il tuo turno di esplorare. Ricorda, anche se ora potresti non trovare una funzione inclusa in Spotlight, non c’è motivo di credere che non apparirà in una versione futura. Nel frattempo, prenditi un po ‘di tempo per decomprimere i suoi nuovi poteri e vedere cosa puoi scoprire mentendo sul tuo Mac.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

L’allure fondamentale di Minecraft è la capacità di costruire qualsiasi cosa e rendere il gioco qualsiasi cosa tu desideri che sia. Oggi diamo un’occhiata alle mod che ti aiutano in questo sforzo aggiungendo dimensioni extra, cambiamenti di gioco importanti o fornendo una vera e propria revisione al gioco.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Le probabilità sono: hai alcuni vecchi gadget che gironzolano per la tua casa che non usi più. Perché non ottenere un po ‘di soldi per loro? Craigslist è uno dei posti migliori in cui vendere la tua spazzatura inutilizzata e puoi elencare praticamente tutto quello che vuoi. Quando si tratta di vendere i tuoi gadget al miglior prezzo possibile, però, ci sono alcune cose da tenere a mente.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Walaupun anda pasti boleh klik di sekitar OS X untuk mencari apa sahaja yang anda perlukan, tidak ada yang lebih mudah atau lebih berkesan daripada Spotlight yang diuji masa. Spotlight lebih mudah digunakan daripada yang anda fikir, terima kasih kepada carian bahasa semulajadi yang baru.

Sebelum anda mula mencari secara semula jadi, kami ingin menerangkan apakah Spotlight masih ada tidak boleh lakukan. Spotlight tidak boleh mencari Internet, walaupun ia boleh mengaitkan Wikipedia, Fandango, Cuaca, dan maklumat lain yang berkaitan. Selanjutnya, ia tidak boleh menambah pelantikan ke kalendar anda atau mencari kenalan anda. Spotlight terikat pada lokasi Mac anda, jadi ia lebih baik digunakan untuk mencari kandungan tempatan dan untuk fail yang terkandung di dalamnya.

Secara ringkasnya: Ini bukan pengganti Siri sebenar, tetapi ia boleh membantu anda mencari beberapa perkara.

Dapatkan Peribadi

Jangan gunakan kata ganti diri secara bebas. Contohnya, ingin tahu sama ada ia akan hujan? Tanya Spotlight seperti yang anda mungkin tanya kepada orang lain. "Tunjukkan cuaca", contohnya.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Anda juga boleh mendapatkan maklumat yang disimpan di komputer anda dengan lebih mudah. Sebagai contoh, jika anda mahu melihat e-mel yang anda terima bulan lalu, anda boleh menaip "e-mel yang saya terima bulan lalu."

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Terdapat banyak daya tarikan untuk dapat merangkak melalui data anda dengan mudah, dan itu tidak hanya berakhir atau bermula dengan e-mel. Anda boleh mencari data lain juga, dan jika anda mendapat terlalu banyak hasil, sempit dari sana.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Jelas sekali, terdapat banyak lagi perkara yang boleh kita masukkan dalam hanya beberapa tangkapan skrin, tetapi ini menggambarkan betapa lebih mudah untuk Spotlight digunakan sekarang. Hanya tahu bahawa ia akan berfungsi dengan lebih berkesan (atau hanya) dengan aplikasi sendiri seperti Mail, Mesej, dan sebagainya.

Gunakan Tarikh untuk Kelebihan Anda

Seperti yang dapat anda lihat dari contoh terdahulu, anda boleh meminta Spotlight untuk menggali data anda dengan menggunakan tarikh.

Anda boleh mengambil ini lebih jauh, walaupun, dan membuat perkara lebih spesifik. Katakan anda mahu melihat semua dokumen yang anda buat pada bulan Mei. Menggabungkan kata ganti peribadi "I" dengan apa yang anda cari, anda hanya boleh meminta Spotlight "dokumen yang saya buat pada bulan Mei" dan anda akan melihat senarai, seperti yang diminta.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Ingin melihat senarai foto yang anda ambil pada hari tertentu? Tanya sahaja.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Keupayaan untuk menanyakan Spotlight untuk mendedahkan maklumat pada Mac anda mengikut tarikh dengan cara yang mudah pastinya akan membantu banyak orang yang mungkin berjuang untuk mengaksesnya.

Jangan Risau Mengenai Terlalu Tertentu

Sebaliknya, anda tidak perlu pergi jauh untuk mencari maklumat ringkas yang anda cari, seperti cuaca di bandar lain atau skor dari pasukan besbol kegemaran anda.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Begitu juga, jika anda hanya memerlukan maklumat filem mudah untuk apa yang bermain berhampiran anda, semua yang anda perlu lakukan adalah menaip "filem" dan semua akan diturunkan.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Perkara yang sama berlaku untuk maklumat saham: anda hanya boleh memasukkan singkatan ticker syarikat.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Anda juga boleh mencari video di Internet. Anda boleh menjadi seperti yang spesifik atau umum seperti yang anda mahu (mencari dengan band vs mencari oleh lagu), walaupun anda perlu memasukkan laman web yang anda mahu cari juga YouTube atau Vimeo.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Sayangnya, sejauh mana Spotlight boleh melakukan trik agak terbatas. Sebagai contoh, semasa anda boleh mencari video di YouTube dan sebagainya, anda tidak boleh menonton pratonton di Spotlight atau desktop Mac anda. Sebaliknya, apabila anda mengklik hasil carian, ia akan dibuka dalam tetingkap penyemak imbas.

Ini kurang daripada ideal, kerana ia menyekat keberkesanan yang anda boleh mencari perkara-perkara seperti dengan Spotlight. Jika ia hanya akan dibuka dalam pelayar, maka kita mungkin juga menggunakan pelayar di tempat pertama.

Walau bagaimanapun, untuk maklumat pantas seperti skor sukan dan penyenaraian filem, carian Spotlight boleh agak mudah.

Sudah tentu, ada lebih banyak daripada ini, tetapi giliran anda untuk meneroka. Ingat, walaupun anda tidak dapat mencari fungsi yang termasuk dalam Spotlight sekarang, tidak ada sebab untuk mempercayai ia tidak akan muncul dalam pelepasan masa depan. Sementara itu, luangkan sedikit masa untuk membongkar kuasa baru yang baru dan lihat apa yang boleh anda temui berbohong mengenai Mac anda.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Nors jūs tikrai galite paspausti aplink OS X, kad surastumėte viską, ko reikia, nėra nieko lengviau ar efektyviau nei išbandytas "Spotlight". "Spotlight" yra lengviau naudojamas, nei galėtumėte pagalvoti dėl naujos natūralios kalbos paieškos.

Prieš pradėdami ieškoti natūraliai, norime paaiškinti, kas dar yra Spotlight negaliu daryk "Spotlight" negali ieškoti internete, nors jis gali prisijungti prie "Wikipedia", "Fandango", "Weather" ir kitos tinkamos informacijos. Be to, ji negali pridėti susitikimų į savo kalendorių arba ieškoti savo kontaktus. "Spotlight" yra susietas su jūsų "Mac" vietove, todėl tai geriausia naudoti ieškant vietinio turinio ir ten esančių failų.

Trumpai tariant, tai nėra tikras "Siri" pakaitalas, bet jis gali padėti jums rasti nemažai dalykų.

Gauti asmeninį

Negalima laisvai naudoti asmeninių vietovardžių. Pavyzdžiui, norime sužinoti, ar lietus taps lietus? Klauskite "Spotlight", kaip galite paklausti kito asmens. Pavyzdžiui, "parodyk man orą".

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Taip pat galite lengviau nuskaityti kompiuteryje saugomą informaciją. Pavyzdžiui, jei norite matyti praėjusį mėnesį gautus el. Laiškus, galite įvesti "el. Laišką, kurį gavau praėjusį mėnesį".

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Labai malonu, kad galėtumėte lengvai nuskaityti jūsų duomenis, o tai ne tik baigsis arba prasideda elektroniniu paštu. Taip pat galite ieškoti kitų duomenų, o jei gaunate per daug rezultatų, siaurinkite jį iš ten.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Akivaizdu, kad yra daug daugiau, nei mes galime įtraukti į keletą ekrano kopijų, bet tai parodo, kiek lengviau "Spotlight" naudoti dabar. Tiesiog žinau, kad jis veiks efektyviau (ar tik) su "Apple" programomis, tokiomis kaip "Mail", "Messages" ir kt.

Naudokite datą savo pranašumui

Kaip matote iš ankstesnio pavyzdžio, galite prašyti, kad "Spotlight" peržiūrėtų savo duomenis, naudodamas datas.

Vis dėlto galite tai dar labiau išvysti ir padaryti dar konkretesnius dalykus. Pasakykite, kad norite matyti visus dokumentus, kuriuos sukūrėte gegužės mėnesį. Sujungę asmeninį vietovardį "aš" su tuo, ko ieškote, galite paprasčiausiai paprašyti "Spotlight" dokumentų, kuriuos aš sukūriau gegužės mėnesį, ir pamatysite sąrašą, kaip prašoma.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Norite pamatyti nuotraukų, kurias perėmėte tam tikrą dieną, sąrašą? Tiesiog paklausk.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Galimybė paprašyti "Spotlight" tokiu paprastu būdu atskleisti informaciją apie "Mac" pagal datą, be abejonės, padės daugeliui žmonių, kurie kitais būdais galėtų kovoti su ja.

Nesijaudinkite, ar esate per daug specifiškas

Kita vertus, jums nereikės ilgai ieškoti paprastos informacijos, pvz., Orų kitame mieste ar mėgstamos beisbolo komandos rezultatų.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Panašiai, jei jums tiesiog reikia paprastos informacijos apie filmus apie tai, kas žaisti šalia jūsų, viskas, ko jums reikia padaryti, yra įvesti "filmus", ir visa tai bus atskleista.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Tas pats pasakytina ir apie informaciją apie akcijas: galite tiesiog įvesti įmonės simbolio santrumpą.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Taip pat galite ieškoti vaizdo įrašų internete. Galite būti tiek specifiniai, tiek bendrieji, kaip norite (ieškoti pagal grupes ir ieškoti dainos), tačiau turėsite įtraukti svetainę, kuriai norite ieškoti, nesvarbu, ar tai "YouTube" ar "Vimeo".

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Deja, tai, kiek "Spotlight" gali atlikti triukus, yra gana ribota. Pavyzdžiui, nors galite ieškoti vaizdo įrašų "YouTube" ir kt., Negalima žiūrėti peržiūros "Spotlight" ar net "Mac" darbalaukyje. Vietoje to, spustelėjus paieškos rezultatą, jis bus atidarytas naršyklės lange.

Tai yra mažiau nei idealus, nes jis riboja efektyvumą, kuriuo galite ieškoti tokių dalykų "Spotlight". Jei jis tiesiog bus atidarytas naršyklėje, pirmiausia mes galime tiesiog naudoti naršyklę.

Tačiau, norint greitai gauti tokią informaciją kaip sporto taškai ir filmų sąrašas, "Spotlight" paieška gali būti gana patogi.

Žinoma, čia yra kur kas daugiau nei tai, bet tai jūsų žingsnis ištirti. Tiesiog prisiminkime, net jei jūs negalite rasti funkcijos, įtrauktos į "Spotlight" dabar, nėra pagrindo manyti, kad ji nebus rodoma būsimoje versijoje. Tuo tarpu šiek tiek laiko išpakuokite savo naujai nustatytas galias ir pažiūrėkite, ką galite rasti savo "Mac" sistemoje.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Mens du sikkert kan klikke rundt OS X for å finne det du trenger, er det ikke noe enklere eller mer effektivt enn den tidstestede Spotlight. Spotlight er enklere å bruke enn du kanskje tror, ​​takket være det nye naturlige språketesøk.

Før du begynner å søke naturlig, vil vi forklare hva Spotlight fortsatt ikke kan gjøre. Spotlight kan ikke søke på Internett, selv om det kan koble til Wikipedia, Fandango, Weather og annen relevant informasjon. Videre kan den ikke legge til avtaler i kalenderen din eller søke i kontaktene dine. Spotlight er bundet til Mac-posisjonen din, så det er best brukt til å søke i lokalt innhold og for filer som er inkludert i det.

Kort sagt: Det er ikke en sann Siri-erstatning, men det kan hjelpe deg med å finne ganske mange ting.

Få personlig

Ta gjerne med personlige pronomen. For eksempel, vil du vite om det kommer til å regne? Spør Spotlight akkurat som du kanskje spør en annen person. “Vis meg været”, for eksempel.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Du kan også hente informasjon som er lagret på datamaskinen din lettere. Hvis du for eksempel vil se e-postene du fikk i forrige måned, kan du skrive “e-post jeg mottok sist måned.”

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Det er mye appell for å kunne gjennomsøke dataene dine så enkelt, og det gjør ikke bare avslutte eller begynn med e-post. Du kan også søke etter andre data, og hvis du får for mange resultater, begrenser du det derfra.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Det er åpenbart mye mer enn det vi kan inkludere på noen få skjermbilder, men dette illustrerer hvor mye enklere å Spotlight skal brukes nå. Bare vær sikker på at det vil fungere mer effektivt (eller bare) med Apples egne applikasjoner som Mail, Meldinger og så videre.

Bruk datoer til din fordel

Som du kan se fra et tidligere eksempel, kan du spørre Spotlight til Grav inn i dataene dine ved å bruke datoer.

Du kan ta dette enda lenger, og gjøre ting enda mer spesifikt. Si at du vil se alle dokumentene du opprettet i mai måned. Kombinere det personlige pronomen “jeg” med det du søker, kan du bare spørre Spotlight “dokumenter jeg opprettet i mai”, og du vil se en liste som ønsket.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Vil du se en liste over bilder du tok på en bestemt dag? Bare spør.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Muligheten til å spørre Spotlight om å avsløre informasjon på Mac-en din på en så enkel måte, vil uten tvil hjelpe mange mennesker som ellers måtte koble til å få tilgang til det.

Ikke vær bekymret for å være for spesifikt

På den annen side trenger du ikke å gå langt for å finne enkel informasjon du søker, for eksempel været i en annen by eller poengene fra ditt favorittbaseballlag.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

På samme måte, hvis du trenger bare enkle filminformasjon for hva som spiller i nærheten av deg, alt du trenger å gjøre er å skrive “filmer” og alt vil bli avslørt.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Det samme gjelder for ting som lagerinformasjon: Du kan bare skrive inn et selskaps tickerforkortelse.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Du kan også søke etter videoer på Internett. Du kan være så spesifikk eller generell som du vil (søker etter band vs. søke av en sang), selv om du må inkludere nettstedet du vil søke i tillegg, det være seg YouTube eller Vimeo.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Dessverre, omfanget som Spotlight kan utføre triks er ganske begrenset. For eksempel, mens du kan søke etter videoer på YouTube og så videre, kan du ikke se en forhåndsvisning i Spotlight eller til Mac-skrivebordet ditt. I stedet, når du klikker på et søkeresultat, åpnes det i et nettleservindu i stedet.

Dette er mindre enn ideelt, fordi det begrenser effektiviteten som du kan søke etter slike ting med Spotlight. Hvis det bare skal åpnes i en nettleser, kan vi også bare bruke en nettleser i utgangspunktet.

RELATED: Slik bruker du macOS-spotlight som en Champ

Men for hurtig dosering av informasjon som sportsresultater og filmoppføringer, kan Spotlight-søkene være ganske praktiske.

Det er selvfølgelig mye mer enn dette, men det er din tur til å utforske. Bare husk, selv om du kanskje ikke finner en funksjon som er inkludert i Spotlight nå, er det ingen grunn til å tro at det ikke vises i en fremtidig utgave. I mellomtiden ta litt tid for å pakke ut nyskapede krefter og se hva du kan oppdage å lyve om på din Mac.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Som i andre versjoner av Windows før Windows 8, kan du kjøre et program i kompatibilitetsmodus for å kjøre eldre programmer som ble skrevet for eldre versjoner av Windows i Windows 8. I Windows 8 er det også et nytt verktøy kalt kompatibiliteten Feilsøking, som går deg gjennom å få et eldre program til å kjøre riktig i Windows 8.I denne art

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Konsollkrigene. En test av vilje, styrke og utholdenhet er nesten like gammel som spill selv. I løpet av de siste tiårene har firmaer fra hvert hjørne av technosfæren kastet hatten inn i ringen med et vakkert system eller et annet, med bare et fåtall som kjemper gjennom brettet for å komme seg til toppen av bunken.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Mens du helt sikkert kan klikke rundt OS X for at finde det, du har brug for, er det ikke nemmere eller mere effektivt end den tidstestede Spotlight. Spotlight er lettere at bruge end du måske tror, ​​takket være sin nye natursprogsøgning.

Før du begynder at søge naturligt, ønsker vi at forklare, hvad Spotlight stadig ikke kan gøre. Spotlight kan ikke søge på internettet, selv om det kan koble til Wikipedia, Fandango, Weather og andre relevante oplysninger. Desuden kan den ikke tilføje aftaler til din kalender eller søge dine kontakter. Spotlight er bundet til din Macs placering, så det er bedst brugt til at søge lokalt indhold og for filer deri.

Kort sagt: Det er ikke en sand Siri-udskiftning, men det kan hjælpe dig med at finde et par ting.

Få personlig

Du er velkommen til at bruge personlige pronomen liberalt. For eksempel ønsker du at vide, om det kommer til at regne? Spørg Spotlight ligesom du måske spørger en anden person. “Vis mig vejret”, for eksempel.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Du kan også hente informationer gemt på din computer lettere. Hvis du f.eks. Vil se de e-mails, du fik i sidste måned, kan du skrive “e-mail jeg modtog i sidste måned.”

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Der er meget appel til at kunne gennemgå dine data så nemt, og det gør ikke bare afslut eller begynd med e-mail. Du kan også søge efter andre data, og hvis du får for mange resultater, skal du indsnævre det derfra.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Det er klart, at der er meget mere til det end vi kun kan medtage på nogle få skærmbilleder, men det illustrerer, hvor meget lettere at Spotlight skal bruges nu. Bare ved, at det vil fungere mere effektivt (eller kun) med Apples egne applikationer som Mail, Beskeder og så videre.

Brug datoer til din fordel

Som du kan se fra et tidligere eksempel, kan du spørge Spotlight til Grav ind i dine data ved hjælp af datoer.

Du kan tage det endnu mere og gøre tingene endnu mere specifikke. Sig, du vil se alle de dokumenter, du oprettede i maj måned. Ved at kombinere det personlige pronomen “I” med det, du søger, kan du blot spørge Spotlight “dokumenter, jeg oprettede i maj”, og du vil se en liste som ønsket.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Vil du se en liste over billeder du har taget på en bestemt dag? Bare spørg.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Muligheden for at spørge Spotlight om at afsløre oplysninger på din Mac med dato på en sådan simpel måde vil uden tvivl hjælpe mange mennesker, som ellers ville have problemer med at få adgang til det.

Ikke bekymre dig om at være for specifik

På den anden side behøver du ikke at gå langt for at finde enkle oplysninger, du søger, såsom vejret i en anden by eller scorerne fra dit yndlingsbaseballhold.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

På samme måde, hvis du bare brug for simple filmoplysninger for hvad der spiller tæt på dig, alt du skal gøre er at skrive “film”, og alt vil blive afsløret.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Det samme gælder for ting som lagerinformation: Du kan bare indtaste en virksomheds tickerforkortelse.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Du kan også søge efter videoer på internettet. Du kan være så specifik eller generel som du vil (søgning efter band vs. søgning efter en sang), selvom du skal medtage det websted, du vil søge, også det være YouTube eller Vimeo.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Desværre er omfanget som Spotlight kan udføre tricks er ret begrænset. For eksempel kan du ikke se et eksempel i Spotlight eller endda på din Macs skrivebord, mens du kan søge efter videoer på YouTube osv. I stedet, når du klikker på et søgeresultat, åbnes det i et browservindue i stedet.

Dette er mindre end ideelt, fordi det begrænser effektiviteten, som du kan søge efter sådanne ting med Spotlight. Hvis det bare skal åbnes i en browser, så kan vi lige så godt bare bruge en browser i første omgang.

RELATERET: Sådan bruges MacOS ‘Spotlight Som en Champ

Men for hurtige doser af Oplysninger som sportsresultater og filmlister, Spotlight-søgninger kan være ret praktiske.

Selvfølgelig er der meget mere end det her, men det er din tur at udforske. Bare husk, selv om du måske ikke finder en funktion, der er inkluderet i Spotlight nu, er der ingen grund til at tro, at den ikke vises i en fremtidig udgave. I mellemtiden skal du tage lidt tid til at udpakke sine nyfundne beføjelser og se, hvad du kan opdage at lyve om på din Mac.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Hvis du stadig er ny til hele netværkssagen, kan det være lidt overvældende, når du først begynder at lære om de forskellige typer adresser og hvordan de arbejder sammen. Dagens SuperUser Q & A-indlæg søger at rydde op for forvirringen for en nysgerrig læser. Dagens Spørgsmål og Svar session kommer til os med venlig hilsen af ​​SuperUser-en underafdeling af Stack Exchange, en community-driven gruppe af Q & A-websteder.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Lai gan jūs noteikti varat noklikšķināt uz OS X, lai atrastu visu, kas jums nepieciešams, nekas nav vieglāk vai efektīvāk nekā laika pārbaudīts Spotlight. Spotlight ir vieglāk izmantot, nekā jūs varētu domāt, pateicoties tam, ka meklētu jauno dabisko valodu.

Pirms sākat meklēšanu dabiski, mēs vēlamies paskaidrot, kas joprojām ir Spotlight nevar dari Spotlight nevar meklēt internetā, lai gan tas var piesist Wikipedia, Fandango, Laika apstākļos un citai atbilstošai informācijai. Turklāt tas nevar pievienot kalendārā tikšanās vai meklēt kontaktpersonas. Spotlight ir saistīts ar jūsu Mac atrašanās vietu, tāpēc to vislabāk var izmantot, lai meklētu vietējo saturu un tur esošos failus.

Īsi sakot: tas nav īsts aizstājējs Siri, bet tas var palīdzēt atrast diezgan daudzas lietas.

Iegūt personīgo

Jūtieties brīvi lietot personīgos vietniekvārdus brīvi. Piemēram, vēlaties uzzināt, vai tas notiks lietus laikā? Uzdodiet uzmanību, kā jūs varētu jautāt citai personai. Piemēram, "Parādiet man laika".

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Vieglāk varat arī izgūt datorā saglabāto informāciju. Piemēram, ja vēlaties redzēt iepriekšējā mēneša e-pasta ziņojumus, varat ievadīt e-pasta ziņojumu, kuru esmu saņēmis pagājušajā mēnesī.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Ir daudz apelācijas, ka to var viegli pārmeklēt caur jūsu datiem, un tas ne tikai beidzas, bet arī sākas ar e-pastu. Jūs varat arī meklēt citus datus, un, ja jums ir pārāk daudz rezultātu, sašauriniet to no turienes.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Protams, tam ir daudz vairāk, nekā mēs varam iekļaut tikai dažos ekrānuzņēmumos, taču tas parāda, cik daudz vieglāk Spotlight ir izmantot tagad. Vienkārši ziniet, ka tas darbosies efektīvāk (vai tikai) ar Apple pašu lietojumprogrammām, piemēram, Mail, Messages un tā tālāk.

Izmantojiet datumus jūsu priekšrocībai

Kā jūs varat redzēt no iepriekšējā piemēra, jūs varat lūgt atstarpi, lai izpētītu datus, izmantojot datumus.

Tomēr jūs varat to izdarīt vēl tālāk un padarīt lietas vēl specifiskākas. Pieņemsim, ka vēlaties skatīt visus dokumentus, kurus izveidojāt maija mēnesī. Apvienojot personīgo vietniekvārdu "I" ar to, ko jūs meklējat, varat vienkārši uzdot jautājumus, kas saistīti ar "Spotlight" dokumentiem, kurus esmu izveidojis maijā, un jūs redzēsiet sarakstu, kā prasīts.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Vai vēlaties redzēt fotoattēlu sarakstu, kurus esat uzņēmis noteiktā dienā? Just jautā.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Iespēja pieprasīt atstarotāju, lai tik vienkārši atklāt informāciju par jūsu Mac pēc datuma, bez šaubām palīdzētu daudziem cilvēkiem, kuri citādi varētu cīnīties par piekļuvi tam.

Neuztraucieties par pārāk specifisku

No otras puses, jums nav jāiet lieliski, lai atrastu vienkāršu informāciju, kuru meklējat, piemēram, laika apstākļi citā pilsētā vai jūsu iecienītās beisbola komandas rezultāti.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Tāpat, ja jums vienkārši ir vajadzīga vienkārša informācija par filmu par to, kas spēlē tuvumā, viss, kas jums jādara, ir veids "filmas", un tas tiks atklāts.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Tas pats attiecas uz tādām lietām kā akciju informācija: jūs varat vienkārši ievadīt uzņēmuma svārsts saīsinājumu.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Varat arī meklēt video internetā. Jūs varat būt tikpat specifiski vai vispārīgi, cik vēlaties (meklēšanu pēc grupas vai meklēšanas pēc dziesmas), lai arī jums būs jāiekļauj arī vietne, kuru vēlaties meklēt, arī YouTube vai Vimeo.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Diemžēl tas, cik lielā mērā Spotlight var veikt trikus, ir diezgan ierobežots. Piemēram, kamēr jūs varat meklēt videoklipus vietnē YouTube un tā tālāk, jūs nevarat skatīties priekšskatījumu Spotlight vai pat Mac datorā. Tā vietā, noklikšķinot uz meklēšanas rezultātiem, tā tiks atvērta pārlūkprogrammas logā.

Tas ir mazāk nekā ideāls, jo tas ierobežo efektivitāti, ar kuru jūs varat meklēt šādas lietas ar Spotlight. Ja tas vienkārši tiks atvērts pārlūkprogrammā, vispirms mēs varam vienkārši izmantot pārlūku.

Tomēr ātrai informācijas devai, piemēram, sporta rādītājiem un filmu sarakstiem, Spotlight meklējumi var būt diezgan ērti.

Protams, tam ir daudz vairāk nekā šis, bet tas ir jūsu kārta, lai izpētītu. Vienkārši atcerieties, ka, lai gan jūs pašlaik nevarat atrast funkciju, kas iekļauta Spotlight, nav iemesla uzskatīt, ka tā turpmāk netiks parādīta. Tajā pašā laikā aizņemiet zināmu laiku, lai izpostītu savas jaunās pilnvaras un redzētu, ko jūs varat atklāt savā Mac datorā.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Sie können zwar ganz leicht in OS X klicken, um das zu finden, was Sie benötigen, nichts ist jedoch einfacher oder effizienter als das bewährte Spotlight. Spotlight ist dank der neuen Suche in natürlicher Sprache einfacher zu verwenden, als Sie vielleicht denken.

Bevor Sie natürlich anfangen zu suchen, möchten wir Ihnen noch erklären, was Spotlight noch ist kann nicht tun. Spotlight kann das Internet nicht durchsuchen, kann aber Wikipedia, Fandango, Wetter und andere relevante Informationen einbinden. Außerdem können Sie Ihrem Kalender keine Termine hinzufügen oder Ihre Kontakte durchsuchen. Spotlight ist an den Speicherort Ihres Macs gebunden und wird daher am besten für die Suche nach lokalem Inhalt und nach darin enthaltenen Dateien verwendet.

Kurz gesagt: Es ist kein echter Siri-Ersatz, aber es kann Ihnen helfen, einige Dinge zu finden.

Persönlich werden

Fühlen Sie sich frei, Personalpronomen großzügig zu verwenden. Möchten Sie beispielsweise wissen, ob es regnen wird? Fragen Sie Spotlight genauso wie Sie eine andere Person fragen könnten. „Zeig mir das Wetter“ zum Beispiel.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Sie können auch auf Ihrem Computer gespeicherte Informationen leichter abrufen. Wenn Sie beispielsweise die E-Mails sehen möchten, die Sie im letzten Monat erhalten haben, können Sie "E-Mail, die ich im letzten Monat erhalten habe" eingeben.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Es ist sehr reizvoll, Ihre Daten so leicht durchforsten zu können, und es endet nicht einfach mit E-Mails. Sie können auch nach anderen Daten suchen. Wenn Sie zu viele Ergebnisse erhalten, können Sie sie dort eingrenzen.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Natürlich steckt viel mehr dahinter, als wir in ein paar Screenshots einfügen können. Dies zeigt jedoch, wie viel einfacher Spotlight jetzt zu verwenden ist. Wisse nur, dass es mit Apples eigenen Anwendungen wie Mail, Nachrichten usw. effektiver ist (oder nur).

Verwenden Sie Datumsangaben zu Ihrem Vorteil

Wie Sie in einem vorherigen Beispiel sehen können, können Sie Spotlight mithilfe von Datumsangaben in Ihre Daten einlesen.

Sie können jedoch noch weiter gehen und die Dinge noch konkreter machen. Angenommen, Sie möchten alle Dokumente anzeigen, die Sie im Mai erstellt haben. Wenn Sie das Personalpronomen „Ich“ mit dem, was Sie suchen, kombinieren, können Sie einfach Spotlight „Dokumente, die ich im Mai erstellt habe“ fragen. Daraufhin wird eine Liste angezeigt.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Möchten Sie eine Liste mit Fotos anzeigen, die Sie an einem bestimmten Tag aufgenommen haben? Einfach fragen.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Die Möglichkeit, Spotlight auf so einfache Art und Weise zu bitten, Informationen auf Ihrem Mac nach Datum zu veröffentlichen, wird zweifellos vielen Menschen helfen, die sonst möglicherweise nicht auf sie zugreifen könnten.

Machen Sie sich keine Sorgen, zu spezifisch zu sein

Auf der anderen Seite müssen Sie nicht lange suchen, um die gewünschten Informationen zu finden, z. B. das Wetter in einer anderen Stadt oder die Ergebnisse Ihres bevorzugten Baseballteams.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Wenn Sie nur einfache Filminformationen für das, was in Ihrer Nähe abgespielt wird, benötigen, müssen Sie lediglich "Filme" eingeben und alles wird enthüllt.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Das Gleiche gilt für Informationen wie Aktieninformationen: Sie können nur die Ticker-Abkürzung eines Unternehmens eingeben.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Sie können auch im Internet nach Videos suchen. Sie können so spezifisch oder allgemein sein, wie Sie möchten (Suche nach Band oder Suche nach einem Song). Sie müssen jedoch auch die Website angeben, die Sie durchsuchen möchten, z. B. YouTube oder Vimeo.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Leider ist das Ausmaß, in dem Spotlight Tricks ausführen kann, eher begrenzt. Während Sie beispielsweise auf YouTube nach Videos suchen können usw., können Sie keine Vorschau in Spotlight oder sogar auf dem Desktop Ihres Macs anzeigen. Wenn Sie stattdessen auf ein Suchergebnis klicken, wird es stattdessen in einem Browserfenster geöffnet.

Dies ist weniger als ideal, da dadurch die Effektivität eingeschränkt wird, auf die Sie mit Spotlight nach solchen Dingen suchen können. Wenn es einfach in einem Browser geöffnet werden soll, können wir auch einfach einen Browser verwenden.

Für schnelle Informationen wie Sportergebnisse und Filmlisten können Spotlight-Suchen jedoch sehr bequem sein.

Natürlich gibt es noch viel mehr als das, aber es ist an Ihnen, zu erkunden. Denken Sie jedoch daran, dass Sie zwar keine Funktion in Spotlight finden, es besteht jedoch kein Grund zu der Annahme, dass diese Funktion in zukünftigen Versionen nicht angezeigt wird. Nehmen Sie sich in der Zwischenzeit etwas Zeit, um die neu entdeckten Kräfte auszupacken und sehen Sie, was Sie auf Ihrem Mac entdecken können.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Medan du säkert kan klicka runt OS X för att hitta allt du behöver, är det inget lättare eller effektivare än den tidtestade Spotlight. Spotlight är lättare att använda än du kanske tror, ​​tack vare det nya sökandet av naturliga språk.

Innan du börjar söka naturligt vill vi förklara vad Spotlight fortfarande kan inte göra. Spotlight kan inte söka på Internet, men det kan kopplas till Wikipedia, Fandango, Weather och annan relevant information. Vidare kan det inte lägga till möten i din kalender eller söka i dina kontakter. Spotlight är kopplat till din Mac-plats, så det används bäst för att söka lokalt innehåll och för filer som finns där.

Kort sagt: Det är inte en sann Siri-ersättning, men det kan hjälpa dig att hitta en hel del saker.

Få personliga

Känn dig fri att använda personliga pronomen liberalt. Vill du till exempel veta om det kommer att regna? Fråga Spotlight precis som du kanske frågar en annan person. “Visa mig vädret”, till exempel.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Du kan också hämta information som är lagrad på din dator lättare. Om du till exempel vill se e-postmeddelandena du fick förra månaden kan du skriva “e-post jag fick förra månaden.”

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Det är mycket tilltalande att kunna krypa igenom dina uppgifter så enkelt, och det gör inte bara avsluta eller börja med e-post. Du kan också söka efter andra data, och om du får för många resultat, smala ner det därifrån.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Det är uppenbarligen mycket mer än det vi kan inkludera på några få skärmdumpar, men det illustrerar hur mycket enklare att Spotlight ska användas nu. Bara vet att det kommer att fungera mer effektivt (eller bara) med Apples egna applikationer som Mail, Meddelanden och så vidare.

Använd datum till din fördel

Som du kan se från ett tidigare exempel kan du fråga Spotlight till gräva in i dina data med hjälp av datum.

Du kan ta det här ännu mer och göra sakerna ännu mer specifika. Säg att du vill se alla dokument du skapade under maj månad. Genom att kombinera det personliga pronomen “I” med det du söker kan du helt enkelt fråga Spotlight “dokument som jag skapade i maj” och du får se en lista, som begärts.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Vill du se en lista med bilder du tog på en viss dag? Fråga bara.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Möjligheten att fråga Spotlight om att avslöja information på din Mac med datum på så enkelt sätt kommer utan tvekan att hjälpa många människor som annars skulle kämpa åt att komma åt det.

Oroa dig inte för att vara för specifikt

Å andra sidan behöver du inte gå långt för att hitta enkel information du söker, till exempel vädret i en annan stad eller poängen från ditt favoritbaseballlag.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

På samma sätt om du behöver bara enkel filminformation för vad som spelar nära dig, allt du behöver göra är att skriva “filmer” och allt kommer att avslöjas.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Samma sak gäller saker som stockinformation: du kan bara skriva in ett företags tickerförkortning.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Du kan också söka efter videoklipp på Internet. Du kan vara så specifik eller generell som du vill ha (söka efter band vs. söka efter en låt), men du måste inkludera den webbplats du vill söka också, det är YouTube eller Vimeo.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Tyvärr, omfattningen till vilken Spotlight kan utföra tricks är ganska begränsad. Till exempel, medan du kan söka efter videoklipp på YouTube och så vidare, kan du inte titta på en förhandsgranskning i Spotlight eller till och med Macs skrivbord. I stället när du klickar på ett sökresultat öppnas det i ett webbläsarfönster istället.

Detta är mindre än idealiskt, eftersom det begränsar effektiviteten som du kan söka efter sådana saker med Spotlight. Om det bara kommer att öppnas i en webbläsare, kan vi lika bra bara använda en webbläsare.

RELATERAD: Så här använder du MacOS Spotlight som en Champ

För snabb dosering av information som sportresultat och filmförteckning kan Spotlight-sökningar vara ganska praktiska.

Det är självklart mycket mer än det här, men det är din tur att utforska. Kom bara ihåg, även om du kanske inte hittar en funktion som ingår i Spotlight nu, finns det ingen anledning att tro att det inte kommer att visas i en framtida release. Under tiden tar du lite tid att packa upp sina nyfunna befogenheter och se vad du kan upptäcka som ligger på din Mac.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

De flesta optiska skivdrivrutiner kräver att du trycker på en knapp på framsidan av enheten för att öppna den. Den här knappen kan vara svår att hitta eller komma till på vissa maskiner. Du kan dock använda en snabbtangent för att öppna din optiska enhet. Det finns ett gratis verktyg som heter Door Control, som låter dig enkelt öppna din optiska enhet med en ikon i systemfältet eller en snabbtangent du anger.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Gå och handla för en PC-skärm och du får se reklamstöd för teknologier som NVIDIAs G-Sync och AMDs FreeSync. Dessa fungerar i samklang med moderna NVIDIA- och AMD-GPU-enheter för att ge en mjukare bild. Dessa tekniker gör till och med vägen till spelfokuserade bärbara datorer. Vilket du verkligen vill beror bara på om du använder NVIDIA eller AMD-grafikhårdvara, eftersom de inte är kompatibla med varandra.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Хоча ви можете, звичайно, натиснути на ОС X, щоб знайти все, що вам потрібно, немає нічого простішого або більш ефективного, ніж перевірені часом Spotlight. Прожектор легше використовувати, ніж ви думаєте, завдяки новому пошуку природних мов.

Перш ніж розпочати пошуки природно, ми хочемо пояснити, що ще є Spotlight не може робити. Spotlight не може шукати в Інтернеті, хоча може зачепити Вікіпедію, Фанданго, Погода і іншу відповідну інформацію. Крім того, він не може додавати зустрічі до вашого календаря або шукати контакти. Spotlight прив’язаний до місця розташування вашого Mac, тому його найкраще використовувати для пошуку місцевого вмісту та файлів, що містяться в ньому.

Коротше кажучи: це не справжня заміна Siri, але вона може допомогти вам знайти досить багато речей.

Отримати особистий

Ви можете вільно використовувати особисті займенники. Наприклад, хочете знати, чи буде це дощ? Запитуйте Прожектор так, як ви могли б попросити іншу людину. “Покажіть мені погоду”, наприклад.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Також можна легко отримати інформацію, збережену на комп’ютері. Наприклад, якщо ви хочете бачити електронні листи, отримані минулого місяця, ви можете ввести “електронний лист, який я отримав у минулому місяці”.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Там дуже багато заклик бути в змозі сканування через ваші дані так легко, і це не просто закінчується або починається з електронної пошти. Ви також можете шукати інші дані, і якщо ви отримаєте дуже багато результатів, зменшіть їх.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Очевидно, що набагато більше, ніж ми можемо включити в кілька знімків екрана, але це ілюструє, наскільки простіше використовувати Spotlight. Просто знайте, що він буде працювати більш ефективно (або тільки) з власними програмами Apple, такими як Пошта, Повідомлення тощо.

Використовуйте Дати для Вашого Переваги

Як ви можете бачити з попереднього прикладу, ви можете попросити Spotlight копати ваші дані, використовуючи дати.

Проте ви можете зробити це ще далі, але зробити речі ще більш конкретними. Скажімо, ви хочете побачити всі документи, які ви створили протягом травня. Об’єднуючи особистий займенник “я” з тим, що ви шукаєте, ви можете просто запитати “документи, які я створив у травні”, і ви побачите список, як потрібно.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Хочете побачити список фотографій, які ви взяли на певний день? Просто запитаєте.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Можливість просити Spotlight розкрити інформацію на вашому Mac таким чином простим способом, без сумніву, допоможе багатьом людям, які могли б боротися з цим.

Не турбуйтеся про те, щоб бути занадто конкретним

З іншого боку, вам не доведеться докладати великих зусиль, щоб знайти просту інформацію, яку ви шукаєте, наприклад, про погоду в іншому місті або результати від вашої улюбленої бейсбольної команди.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Аналогічно, якщо вам потрібна проста інформація про фільм для того, що ви граєте поруч із вами, все, що вам потрібно зробити, це ввести “фільми”, і все буде відкрито.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Те ж саме стосується речей, як інформація про акції: ви можете просто ввести абревіатуру компанії.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Також можна шукати відео в Інтернеті. Ви можете бути настільки специфічними або загальними, як ви хочете (пошук за групою порівняно з пошуком пісні), хоча вам потрібно також включити сайт, який ви хочете знайти, будь то YouTube або Vimeo.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

На жаль, ступінь, до якої Spotlight може виконувати трюки, досить обмежена. Наприклад, якщо ви можете шукати відео на YouTube і так далі, ви не можете переглядати попередній перегляд у Spotlight або навіть на робочому столі Mac. Натомість, коли ви натискаєте результат пошуку, він відкриється у вікні веб-переглядача.

Це менше, ніж ідеальне, тому що воно обмежує ефективність, з якою можна шукати такі речі за допомогою Spotlight. Якщо він просто відкриється в браузері, ми можемо просто використовувати браузер.

Однак для швидких доз інформації, наприклад, результатів спортивних змагань та списків фільмів, пошук у Spotlight може бути досить зручним.

Звичайно, є набагато більше, ніж це, але це ваша черга дослідити. Пам’ятайте, навіть якщо ви не знайшли функцію, включену до Spotlight зараз, немає підстав вважати, що вона не з’явиться у майбутньому випуску. Тим часом, розпакуйте свої новостворені повноваження і подивіться, що ви можете знайти на своєму Mac.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

ในขณะที่คุณสามารถคลิกไปรอบ ๆ OS X เพื่อค้นหาสิ่งที่คุณต้องการไม่มีอะไรง่ายขึ้นหรือมีประสิทธิภาพมากกว่า Spotlight ที่ผ่านการทดสอบตามเวลา สปอตไลท์ใช้งานง่ายกว่าที่คุณคิดขอบคุณการค้นหาด้วยภาษาใหม่.

ก่อนที่คุณจะเริ่มค้นหาอย่างเป็นธรรมชาติเราต้องการอธิบายว่าอะไรคือสิ่งที่น่าสนใจ ไม่ได้ ทำ. สปอตไลท์ไม่สามารถค้นหาอินเทอร์เน็ตได้แม้ว่ามันจะสามารถเชื่อมโยงไปยัง Wikipedia, Fandango, Weather และข้อมูลอื่น ๆ ที่เกี่ยวข้อง เพิ่มเติมไม่สามารถเพิ่มการนัดหมายในปฏิทินของคุณหรือค้นหาผู้ติดต่อของคุณ สปอตไลท์เชื่อมโยงกับตำแหน่งของ Mac ดังนั้นจึงเหมาะสำหรับการค้นหาเนื้อหาในเครื่องและไฟล์ที่อยู่ในนั้น.

กล่าวโดยย่อ: มันไม่ใช่สิ่งทดแทน Siri ที่แท้จริง แต่สามารถช่วยคุณค้นหาสิ่งต่างๆได้.

รับส่วนบุคคล

คุณสามารถใช้สรรพนามส่วนตัวได้อย่างอิสระ ตัวอย่างเช่นต้องการทราบว่าฝนกำลังจะตกหรือไม่ ถาม Spotlight เหมือนกับที่คุณอาจถามคนอื่น ตัวอย่างเช่น“ แสดงสภาพอากาศ” ให้ฉันดู.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

คุณสามารถดึงข้อมูลที่เก็บไว้ในคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณได้ง่ายขึ้น ตัวอย่างเช่นหากคุณต้องการดูอีเมลที่คุณได้รับเมื่อเดือนที่แล้วคุณสามารถพิมพ์“ อีเมลที่ฉันได้รับเมื่อเดือนที่แล้ว”

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

มีการอุทธรณ์มากมายที่จะสามารถสืบค้นข้อมูลของคุณได้อย่างง่ายดายและไม่เพียงจบหรือเริ่มต้นด้วยอีเมล คุณสามารถค้นหาข้อมูลอื่นได้เช่นกันและหากคุณได้ผลลัพธ์มากเกินไปให้ จำกัด ข้อมูลให้แคบลง.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

เห็นได้ชัดว่ามันมีอะไรมากมายเกินกว่าที่เราจะสามารถรวมไว้ในภาพหน้าจอเพียงไม่กี่หน้าจอ แต่สิ่งนี้แสดงให้เห็นว่า Spotlight ใช้งานได้ง่ายขึ้นมากแค่ไหนในตอนนี้ เพิ่งรู้ว่ามันจะทำงานได้อย่างมีประสิทธิภาพมากขึ้น (หรือเฉพาะ) กับแอปพลิเคชันของ Apple เช่น Mail, Messages และอื่น ๆ.

ใช้วันที่เพื่อประโยชน์ของคุณ

ดังที่คุณเห็นจากตัวอย่างก่อนหน้านี้คุณสามารถขอให้ Spotlight ขุดลงในข้อมูลของคุณโดยใช้วันที่.

คุณสามารถทำสิ่งนี้ได้มากขึ้นและทำให้สิ่งต่าง ๆ มีความเฉพาะเจาะจงยิ่งขึ้น สมมติว่าคุณต้องการดูเอกสารทั้งหมดที่คุณสร้างในช่วงเดือนพฤษภาคม การรวมสรรพนามส่วนตัว“ ฉัน” กับสิ่งที่คุณกำลังมองหาคุณสามารถถาม“ เอกสารที่ฉันสร้างขึ้นในเดือนพฤษภาคม” Spotlight และคุณจะเห็นรายการตามที่ร้องขอ.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

ความสามารถในการขอให้ Spotlight เปิดเผยข้อมูลบน Mac ของคุณตามวันที่ดังกล่าวด้วยวิธีง่ายๆจะช่วยให้ผู้คนจำนวนมากที่อาจต้องดิ้นรนเข้าถึง.

ไม่ต้องกังวลกับการเป็นคนเจาะจงเกินไป

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

ในทำนองเดียวกันหากคุณต้องการข้อมูลภาพยนตร์ที่เรียบง่ายสำหรับสิ่งที่กำลังเล่นอยู่ใกล้คุณสิ่งที่คุณต้องทำคือพิมพ์ “ภาพยนตร์” และทั้งหมดจะถูกเปิดเผย.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

สิ่งเดียวกันจะเหมือนกับข้อมูลหุ้น: คุณสามารถป้อนตัวย่อของ บริษัท ได้.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

คุณยังสามารถค้นหาวิดีโอบนอินเทอร์เน็ต คุณสามารถเจาะจงหรือเจาะจงตามที่คุณต้องการ (ค้นหาโดยแบนด์หรือค้นหาโดยเพลง) แม้ว่าคุณจะต้องรวมไซต์ที่คุณต้องการค้นหาด้วยไม่ว่าจะเป็น YouTube หรือ Vimeo.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

น่าเศร้าที่สปอตไลท์สามารถเล่นกลได้ค่อนข้าง จำกัด ตัวอย่างเช่นในขณะที่คุณสามารถค้นหาวิดีโอบน YouTube และอื่น ๆ คุณไม่สามารถดูตัวอย่างใน Spotlight หรือแม้แต่เดสก์ท็อปของ Mac แต่เมื่อคุณคลิกผลการค้นหาจะเปิดในหน้าต่างเบราว์เซอร์แทน.

สิ่งนี้น้อยกว่าอุดมคติเนื่องจากมัน จำกัด ประสิทธิภาพซึ่งคุณสามารถค้นหาสิ่งต่าง ๆ ด้วย Spotlight หากมันกำลังจะเปิดในเบราว์เซอร์เราก็อาจใช้เบราว์เซอร์ตั้งแต่แรก.

อย่างไรก็ตามสำหรับข้อมูลที่รวดเร็วเช่นคะแนนกีฬาและรายชื่อภาพยนตร์การค้นหา Spotlight นั้นค่อนข้างสะดวก.

แน่นอนว่ามันมีอะไรมากกว่านั้นอีกแล้ว แต่เป็นตาคุณที่จะสำรวจ เพียงจำไว้ว่าแม้ว่าคุณอาจไม่พบฟังก์ชั่นที่รวมอยู่ใน Spotlight ในตอนนี้ แต่ก็ไม่มีเหตุผลที่จะเชื่อว่ามันจะไม่ปรากฏในรีลีสในอนาคต ในระหว่างนี้ให้ใช้เวลาสักครู่เพื่อปลดปล่อยพลังใหม่ที่ค้นพบและดูว่าคุณสามารถค้นพบสิ่งที่โกหกบน Mac ของคุณได้อย่างไร.

Spotlight помогает быстро находить приложения, документы, электронные письма и другие объекты на Mac. Если включены Предложения Siri, Вы также можете находить новости и просматривать результаты спортивных матчей, прогноз погоды, цены на акции и многое другое. Кроме того, Spotlight может выполнять вычисления и преобразования.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Siri. Произнесите, например: «Сколько сантиметров в дюйме?» или «Что такое бланширование?» Узнайте, как спросить Siri.

Поиск

На Mac нажмите значок Spotlight />(если отображается) в строке меню, нажмите сочетание клавиш Command-пробел или клавишу alt=”клавиша Spotlight” width=”30″ height=”30″ />(если она есть в ряду функциональных клавиш на клавиатуре).

Окно Spotlight можно перетянуть в любое место рабочего стола.

Совет. Если в строке меню нет значка Spotlight, добавьте его с помощью раздела настроек «Строка меню и Dock».

В поле поиска начните вводить запрос — результаты появляются уже при вводе текста.

Spotlight отображает топ-результаты вверху списка; нажмите топ-результат, чтобы просмотреть или открыть его. Spotlight также предлагает варианты для поиска на основе Вашего запроса; Вы можете просмотреть эти результаты в Spotlight или в интернете.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

В списке результатов можно сделать следующее.

Предварительный просмотр. Нажмите клавишу Tab. В зависимости от типа выбранного результата над ним можно выполнить различные действия. Например, выберите приложение, чтобы отобразить список недавно открытых файлов, затем нажмите файл, чтобы его открыть. Или нажмите кнопку «Воспроизвести», чтобы прослушать песню. Или нажмите кнопку, чтобы приобрести приложение из App Store.

Просмотр результатов поиска предлагаемого запроса в Spotlight. Нажмите объект, перед которым отображается значок Spotlight .

Просмотр результатов поиска предлагаемого запроса в интернете. Нажмите объект, перед которым отображается значок Safari .

Открытие объекта: Дважды нажмите ее. Можно также выбрать объект и нажать клавишу Return.

Просмотр местоположения файла на Mac: Выберите файл, затем нажмите и удерживайте клавишу Command. Местоположение файла отображается внизу окна предварительного просмотра.

Копирование объекта: Перетяните файл на рабочий стол или в окно Finder.

Просмотр всех результатов на Вашем Mac в Finder: Выполните прокрутку до конца списка результатов, затем нажмите «Найти в Finder». Чтобы уточнить результаты в Finder, см. раздел Сужение результатов поиска.

Если включен режим покоя или Вы превысили лимит, заданный для приложений в настройках Экранного времени, значки приложений в результатах затемняются и отображается значок песочных часов

Выполнение вычислений и преобразований в Spotlight

Можно ввести математическое выражение, сумму в валюте, температуру или величину с единицами измерения в поле поиска Spotlight и получить результат преобразования или вычисления прямо в поле поиска.

Вычисления. Введите математическое выражение, например «956*23,94» или «2020/15».

Конвертация валют. Введите сумму в валюте, например «100 долларов США», «100 йен» или «300 крон в евро».

Преобразование температур. Введите температуру, например «98,8 фаренгейт», «32 цельсий» или «340 кельвинов в фаренгейты».

Преобразование единиц измерения. Введите величину, например «25 фунтов», «54 ярда», «23 стоуна» или «32 фута в метры».

Совет. Нажмите клавишу Tab, чтобы отобразить дополнительные преобразования в области просмотра.

Можно исключить из поиска Spotlight определенные папки, диски и типы информации (например, электронные письма или сообщения), задав соответствующие настройки. См. раздел Изменение настроек Spotlight.

Если Вы хотите, чтобы поиск Spotlight выполнялся только на компьютере Mac и не включал результаты из интернета, Вы можете отключить Предложения Siri для Spotlight.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

This guide is about the Set Spotlight Search Priorities in Mac OS X. I will try my best so that you understand this guide very well. I hope you all like this guide Set Spotlight Search Priorities in Mac OS X.

You can easily adjust your search priorities in Spotlight so that other items appear in Mac OS X Spotlight results first. For example, you can adjust priorities so that files and documents appear above applications, or images appear above everything else.

There are plenty of options to choose from, and if you’ve ever wanted to customize your Spotlight results, you’ll be happy to find that it’s pretty easy to do.

How to set the order of Spotlight search results in Mac OS

Here’s what you need to do to customize Spotlight search priorities in Mac OS X:

  1. To start System Preferences on a Mac, go to the  Apple menu
  2. Select the ‘Spotlight’ icon to adjust the search settings
  3. You will see a list of search categories, you can drag them any way you want
  4. The higher the ranking, the higher the search priority
  5. Set the desired search categories and priorities and close System Preferences

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Once your adjustments are made, use Spotlight to search again (usually by pressing Command + Space) and locate the item that is affected by the priority changes.

You will immediately see the difference.

If you’re interested, you can also learn to significantly improve Spotlight searches with the help of search operators. You’ll be amazed at how accurate you get Spotlight searches!

Finally, you may know that Spotlight is not only a Mac search engine, but also a search feature that also shows the mobile side of things on the iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch, and you can also organize your iOS Spotlight priority there.

Note that modern versions of Mac OS X may not be able to rearrange Spotlight search results, and while they may still hide certain types of results, search results prioritization may not be rearranged in all software versions of the system. It can be a temporary change or it can be permanent, time will tell when future versions of MacOS come out.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Bien que vous puissiez certainement cliquer sur OS X pour trouver ce dont vous avez besoin, rien de plus simple et d’efficace que le très éprouvé Spotlight. Spotlight est plus facile à utiliser que vous ne le pensez, grâce à sa nouvelle recherche en langage naturel.

Avant de commencer à chercher naturellement, nous voulons expliquer ce que Spotlight reste ne peux pas faire. Spotlight ne peut pas effectuer de recherche sur Internet, même s'il peut se connecter à Wikipedia, Fandango, Météo et à d’autres informations pertinentes. De plus, il ne peut pas ajouter de rendez-vous à votre agenda ni rechercher vos contacts. Spotlight est lié à l'emplacement de votre Mac. Il est donc préférable de le rechercher dans le contenu local et dans les fichiers qu'il contient.

En bref: ce n’est pas un véritable substitut de Siri, mais il peut vous aider à trouver pas mal de choses.

Obtenez personnel

N'hésitez pas à utiliser les pronoms personnels généreusement. Par exemple, vous voulez savoir s’il va pleuvoir? Demandez à Spotlight comme vous pourriez demander à une autre personne. "Montre-moi le temps", par exemple.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Vous pouvez également récupérer plus facilement les informations stockées sur votre ordinateur. Par exemple, si vous voulez voir les courriels que vous avez reçus le mois dernier, vous pouvez taper «e-mail que j'ai reçu le mois dernier».

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Il est très intéressant de pouvoir parcourir vos données aussi facilement, et cela ne se limite pas à la fin du courrier électronique. Vous pouvez également rechercher d'autres données et, si vous obtenez trop de résultats, les affiner.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

De toute évidence, il ne reste plus que quelques captures d'écran à inclure, mais cela montre à quel point Spotlight est plus facile à utiliser maintenant. Sachez simplement que cela fonctionnera plus efficacement (ou uniquement) avec les propres applications d’Apple telles que Mail, Messages, etc.

Utilisez les dates à votre avantage

Comme vous pouvez le constater à partir d'un exemple précédent, vous pouvez demander à Spotlight d'explorer vos données à l'aide de dates.

Vous pouvez toutefois aller plus loin et rendre les choses encore plus spécifiques. Supposons que vous souhaitiez voir tous les documents que vous avez créés au cours du mois de mai. En combinant le pronom personnel «Je» avec ce que vous recherchez, vous pouvez simplement demander à Spotlight «Les documents que j'ai créés en mai» et vous verrez une liste, comme demandé.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Vous voulez voir une liste de photos que vous avez prises un certain jour? Il suffit de demander.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

La possibilité de demander à Spotlight de révéler des informations sur votre Mac par date de manière aussi simple aidera sans aucun doute de nombreuses personnes qui pourraient autrement avoir du mal à y accéder.

Ne vous inquiétez pas d'être trop spécifique

D’autre part, vous n’avez pas besoin de faire beaucoup d’efforts pour trouver les informations simples que vous recherchez, telles que la météo dans une autre ville ou les scores de votre équipe de baseball préférée.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

De même, si vous avez besoin d’informations simples sur un film pour jouer près de vous, il vous suffit de taper "films" et tout sera révélé.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Il en va de même pour des informations telles que les informations boursières: vous pouvez simplement entrer l’abréviation du symbole de la société.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Vous pouvez également rechercher des vidéos sur Internet. Vous pouvez être aussi spécifique ou général que vous le souhaitez (recherche par groupe ou recherche par chanson), bien que vous deviez également inclure le site que vous souhaitez rechercher, que ce soit YouTube ou Vimeo.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Malheureusement, la capacité de Spotlight à exécuter des astuces est plutôt limitée. Par exemple, vous pouvez rechercher des vidéos sur YouTube, etc., mais vous ne pouvez pas en afficher un aperçu dans Spotlight ni même sur le bureau de votre Mac. Au lieu de cela, lorsque vous cliquez sur un résultat de recherche, celui-ci s'ouvre dans une fenêtre de navigateur.

Ceci est moins qu'idéal, car cela limite l'efficacité avec laquelle vous pouvez rechercher de telles choses avec Spotlight. S'il doit simplement s'ouvrir dans un navigateur, nous pourrions également tout simplement utiliser un navigateur.

Toutefois, pour des informations rapides telles que les résultats sportifs et les listes de films, les recherches Spotlight peuvent s'avérer très pratiques.

Bien sûr, il ya beaucoup plus que cela, mais c’est à vous d’explorer. N'oubliez pas que même si vous ne trouvez pas actuellement une fonction incluse dans Spotlight, il n'y a aucune raison de penser qu'elle n'apparaîtra pas dans une version ultérieure. En attendant, prenez le temps de dévoiler ses nouveaux pouvoirs et de découvrir ce que vous pouvez découvrir sur votre Mac.

Get full access to Mac OS® X Snow Leopard™ Bible and 60K+ other titles, with free 10-day trial of O’Reilly.

There’s also live online events, interactive content, certification prep materials, and more.

IN THIS CHAPTER

Opening and Using Finder Windows

Working with Folder Actions

Understanding Mac OS X’s Special Folders

Working with Disks and Other Volumes

Using Spotlight to Find Items

Mac OS X contains two very powerful tools that enable you to manage and locate files stored on your Mac’s hard disk. The first, an application called the Finder, is used to locate, adjust, and move files around the Mac OS X. Because the Finder application is the most commonly used tool in Mac OS X, we outlined it in Chapter 2 as an example of how menus, buttons, and windows work in a Mac OS X application. In this chapter, we examine the Finder in action and how it can be put to practical use.

The second Mac OS X feature we look at is called Spotlight. This technology was first introduced in Mac OS X 10.4 Tiger and has revolutionized the way people interact with their Macs. Spotlight helps you discover files, folders, and information contained throughout the Mac OS X at blistering speed.

Searching with Spotlight can be either extremely simple or very sophisticated. Spotlight can search for files and folders by name, in much the same way that traditional search tools have operated on computers for countless years. It can also search for combinations of other attributes, such as a file’s size, creator, modification date, and label color.

Where Spotlight starts to get clever is when it’s searching through files themselves. Spotlight can look through the .

Get Mac OS® X Snow Leopard™ Bible now with the O’Reilly learning platform.

O’Reilly members experience live online training, plus books, videos, and digital content from nearly 200 publishers.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Yesterday, those on Windows 10 received another cumulative OS update that included numerous security patches and other undeclared improvements. Following our detailed how-to on upgrading from Windows 10 Home to Windows 10 Pro, users noticed that the update also brought something new: Windows Spotlight.

Indeed, our Windows 10 Home Single Language edition has had this for what seems like a few days. Now, our Dell XPS 13 with Windows 10 Home has it as well, although the ‘voting’ area is not yet active.

However, this feature, for whatever reason, appears to be missing from the Pro version of the OS. It is not clear why that is, but it is something likely to be fixed in a future update.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Windows Spotlight, announced at Build, is akin to Bing Images of the Day. However, the feature lets you say yay or nay on images. The idea is that users can like certain pictures, and Microsoft procures new, similar images for a user’s lock screen. Saying ‘no’ to a particular style e.g. abstract imagery versus nature, shapes what Microsoft randomly chooses next.

The feature is a way to refresh regularly the Windows 10 lockscreen to keep things both unique and personal.

Here is how to enable it on Windows 10 Home.

How to enable Windows Spotlight

1. Open up All Settings from the Task Bar

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

2. Navigate to Personalization

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

3. Choose Lock screen

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

4. Under Background select Windows spotlight from the menu

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Eventually, you should see a ‘Like what you see?‘ dialog on the lock screen in the upper right-hand corner. Selecting this brings up an ‘I like it!‘ and ‘Not a fan‘ menu choice where you can register your vote.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Overall, Windows Spotlight is yet another neat and personal approach to Windows 10. We just hope to see it come to the Pro version of the OS sooner than later.

Do you have Windows spotlight? Shout out in comments what you think of it and how Microsoft can make it better!

If you think this guide is helpful, we have many more posts like this in our Windows 10 help, tips, and tricks page. Or try our massive Windows 10 Forums at Windows Central for more help!

Thanks, everyone, for the tip!

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

The LG gram 17 still tops the 17-inch laptop field

With the crowded laptop field, it’s hard to know which one suits your needs. For our money, though, if you want a 17-inch laptop in 2022, then you want the LG gram 17.

You can now register to virtually attend Microsoft Build 2022

Registrations for Microsoft Build 2022 are now open. Anyone can virtually attend the conference for free, but they’ll have to register through Microsoft’s website.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Review: Samsung’s T7 Shield takes an awesome SSD and makes it rugged

Samsung has launched its new T7 Shield SSD as a rugged option for those always on the move. We got an early unit to test out and compare to the other SSDs in the T7 lineup.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Should your next computer be a mini PC? These are your best options.

Windows PCs come in all shapes and sizes, and whatever your needs, there’s a computer out there to suit you. Here are the best to choose from if you’re looking for a new mini PC.

How do I have a recursive search for filetypes in a Finder folder?

  • no AppleScript
  • no Terminal
  • 100% Spotlight

Is this possible? Looking for mp3 and jpg file types. I am using El Capitan (macOS 10.10)

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

2 Answers 2

Spotlight Search

Use the kind attribute in your Spotlight search. For example, in the search dialog, type

to find all MP3 files. I have a listing of all the relevant attributes in this answer.

So, for a more relevant example, you would issue a Spotlight search with your search term in double quotes and specify the attribute as follows:

"search term" kind:mp3

Not indexed by Spotlight

If you have a location not indexed by Spotlight, the most efficient tool for doing this is the built in tool find , however, since "Terminal" is off the table, you’re options are limited.

Use Finder Search ⌘ Command F and create a query for that specific location. Here’s an example of a Finder search for images in my "Backgrounds" folder (and below)

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Use a 3rd party tool. Disclaimer: There are many tools out there, but the good ones will usually have a cost. These are the ones I’m familiar with however, they are not what I use as I prefer to utilize built in tools like find , mdfind and even locate via the command line.

На Mac используйте раздел «Spotlight» в Системных настройках, чтобы изменить категории, которые будут отображаться в результатах поиска Spotlight, и исключить определенные папки или диски из поиска Spotlight. Узнайте, как использовать Spotlight.

Чтобы изменить эти настройки, выберите меню «Apple»

> «Системные настройки», затем нажмите «Spotlight» .

Параметры результатов поиска

Категории, которые Spotlight включает или исключает при поиске.

Чтобы включить категорию в результаты поиска Spotlight, установите напротив нее флажок; чтобы исключить категорию, снимите флажок.

По умолчанию в результаты поиска Spotlight включены предложения Siri.

Если Вы не хотите, чтобы Ваши поисковые запросы в функции «Найти» и данные об использовании предложений Siri отправлялись в Apple, снимите флажок «Предложения Siri» в списке. Когда этот флажок снят, Spotlight выполняет поиск только по содержимому Mac, а поиск слов выполняется только по словарю на Mac.

Параметры конфиденциальности

Местоположения на Mac, где не выполняется поиск Spotlight.

Добавление

Чтобы исключить местоположение из поиска Spotlight, нажмите кнопку «Добавить» , затем выберите папку или диск. Можно также перетягивать папки или диски в список.

Если исключить резервный диск Time Machine, Вы продолжите получать сообщения о том, что Spotlight его индексирует. Индексирование необходимо для правильной работы функций Time Machine, и отключить его нельзя. Spotlight не исключает из области поиска объекты, хранящиеся на резервном диске, но не входящие в резервную копию Time Machine.

Важно! Если исключить определенные файлы и папки, возможно, после выхода обновлений некоторых приложений Вы не получите уведомления. Если исключить весь внутренний диск, Вы вообще не будете получать уведомления об обновлениях.

Удаление

Чтобы снова включить местоположение в поиск Spotlight, выберите папку или диск в списке, затем нажмите кнопку «Удалить» .

Чтобы изменить сочетания клавиш для Spotlight, нажмите «Сочетания клавиш» внизу панели.

Можно отключить службы геолокации для Предложений Siri в настройках защиты и безопасности. См. раздел Отключение предложений Siri для Spotlight.

culintai3473 于 2020-09-11 05:18:37 发布 75 收藏

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

While you can certainly click around OS X to find whatever you need, there’s nothing easier or more efficient than the time-tested Spotlight. Spotlight is easier to use than you might think, thanks to its new natural language search.

虽然您当然可以在OS X上单击以查找所需的内容,但是没有什么比经过时间考验的Spotlight更容易或更有效的了 。 借助其新的自然语言搜索功能,Spotlight的使用比您想象的要容易。

Before you begin searching naturally, we want to explain what Spotlight still cannot do. Spotlight can’t search the Internet, though it can hook into Wikipedia, Fandango, Weather, and other pertinent information. Further, it can’t add appointments to your calendar or search your contacts. Spotlight is tied to your Mac’s location, so it’s best used for searching local content and for files contained therein.

在您开始自然搜索之前,我们想解释一下Spotlight仍然无法执行的操作。 尽管Spotlight可以链接到Wikipedia,Fandango,天气和其他相关信息,但它无法搜索Internet。 此外,它无法将约会添加到您的日历或搜索您的联系人。 Spotlight与Mac的位置相关联,因此最适合用于搜索本地内容和其中包含的文件。

In short: It isn’t a true Siri replacement, but it can help you find quite a few things.

成为个人 ( Get Personal )

Feel free to use personal pronouns liberally. For example, want to know whether it’s going to rain? Ask Spotlight just as you might ask another person. “Show me the weather”, for instance.

随意使用人称代词。 例如,想知道是否要下雨? 询问Spotlight就像询问其他人一样。 例如,“告诉我天气”。

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

You can also retrieve information stored on your computer more easily. For example, if you want to see the emails you got last month, you can type “email I received last month.”

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

There’s a lot of appeal to being able crawl through your data so easily, and it doesn’t just end or begin with email. You can search for other data as well, and if you get too many results, narrow it down from there.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Obviously, there’s a lot more to it than we can include in just a few screenshots, but this illustrates how much easier to Spotlight is to use now. Just know that it will work more effectively (or only) with Apple’s own applications like Mail, Messages, and so forth.

利用日期有利 ( Use Dates to Your Advantage )

As you can see from a previous example, you can ask Spotlight to dig into your data by using dates.

You can take this even further, though, and make things even more specific. Say you want to see all the documents you created during the month of May. Combining the personal pronoun “I” with what you’re seeking, you can simply ask Spotlight “documents I created in May” and you’ll see a list, as requested.

但是,您可以更进一步,使事情变得更加具体。 假设您要查看五月份创建的所有文档。 将人称代词“ I”与您要查找的内容相结合,您只需询问Spotlight“我在5月份创建的文档”,您就会看到要求的列表。

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Want to see a list of photos you took on a certain day? Just ask.

The ability to ask Spotlight to reveal information on your Mac by date in such a simple way will no doubt help a lot of people who might otherwise struggle accessing it.

不要担心过于具体 ( Don’t Worry About Being Too Specific )

On the other hand, you don’t have to go to great lengths to find simple information you’re seeking, such as the weather in another city or the scores from your favorite baseball team.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

Similarly, if you just need simple movie information for what’s playing near you, all you need to do is type “movies” and all will be revealed.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

The same goes for stuff like stock information: you can just enter a company’s ticker abbreviation.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlight

You can also search for videos on the Internet. You can be as specific or general as you want (searching by band vs. searching by a song), though you will need to include the site you want to search as well, be it YouTube or Vimeo.

Sadly, the extent to which Spotlight can perform tricks is rather limited. For example, while you can search for videos on YouTube and so forth, you can’t watch a preview in Spotlight or even your Mac’s desktop. Instead, when you click a search result, it will open in a browser window instead.

可悲的是,Spotlight可以执行技巧的程度相当有限。 例如,虽然您可以在YouTube等上搜索视频,但是却无法在Spotlight甚至Mac的桌面上观看预览。 相反,当您单击搜索结果时,它将在浏览器窗口中打开。

This is less than ideal, because it restricts the effectiveness to which you can search for such things with Spotlight. If it’s going to simply open in a browser, then we might as well just use a browser in the first place.

However, for quick doses of information such as sport scores and movie listings, Spotlight searches can be pretty convenient.

Of course, there’s a lot more to it than this, but it’s your turn to explore. Just remember, even though you may not find a function included in Spotlight now, there’s no reason to believe it won’t appear in a future release. In the meantime, take some time to unpack its newfound powers and see what you can discover lying about on your Mac.

当然,除此以外,还有很多其他内容,但是该轮到您了。 请记住,即使您可能现在找不到Spotlight中包含的功能,也没有理由相信它不会在将来的版本中出现。 同时,请花一些时间来解开其新发现的功能,看看在Mac上您会发现什么。

As the Spotlight desktop search service nears its aluminium anniversary, Apple has turned up the power on the magnifying glass to put more information at users’ fingertips in OS X Yosemite.

What initially began as a function designed to delve into the furthest reaches of the desktop has evolved in Yosemite to search across Apple’s vast ecosystem of services and answer almost any question that can be thrown at it.

Aside from reimagining the search interface as a translucent overlay in the middle of the screen, the most noticeable change in Spotlight is the addition of a QuickLook pane next to the search results. Any file that can be viewed using QuickLook can be previewed within Spotlight, making finding the correct file much quicker.

Some results, like those from the App Store or Wikipedia, appear in the Quick Look pane in a more structured way. Wikipedia results pull the first paragraph from the linked article, for instance, while App Store results include thing like app ratings. Oddly, choosing an App Store result currently opens the App Store’s web preview rather than the App Store itself.

Spotlight’s calculation functions have also been improved, adding a number of new unit conversions such as distance, temperature, and currency. The currency support appears limited, however — Spotlight readily converted U.S. Dollars, Euros, and Japanese Yen but failed to recognize less-popular currencies like Vietnamese Dong.

All calculations will use the QuickLook pane to display results, though conversions with more than one possible answer will use the extra space most effectively.

As in previous editions, users can choose which sources to include in Spotlight searches, and specific folders can still be excluded. The default result order can also be changed by dragging each category up or down.

Comments

eric swinson Posts: 134 member
christopher126 Posts: 4,366 member

I have this romantic notion of only having the latest and greatest iPhone and an iPad as my only tech devices in my home/life.

I.e., no iMacs or laptops anymore. Probably a little optimistic on my part right now.

I have to say I was so impressed with Monday’s Keynote, especially OSX Yosemite that I may put off the above scenario for the time being and buy a new 27″ updated iMac in the Fall. I would not mind the a new iMac still being my digital hub along with the iPad, iPhone, iCloud, TimeCapsule and ATV.

sneath Posts: 10 member
christopher126 Posts: 4,366 member

Originally Posted by Eric Swinson

That’s a lot of things I currently use Google for. Cutting out the opportunity to have my search for facts and data sidetracked by an advertisement really hits at Google’s core business.

Good. I personally, as matter of practice, try to avoid all things Google. No offense.

solipsismx Posts: 19,566 member
prokip Posts: 171 member

This is great stuff .

Now also with DuckDuckGo as an alternate search option it’s time to oil off Google search completely.

“Do no evil” – my ass, to quote Phil Schiller (but in a different context.

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlightappex Posts: 687 member

The Apple Sherlock is awkward.

Apple should bring back the great Mac 9 (Classic) search engine, or implement something decent like HoudahSpot.
http://www.macupdate.com/app/mac/21333/houdahspot

Even better: with the possibility to search also not-indexed volumes like EasyFind does.
http://www.macupdate.com/app/mac/11076/easyfind

chudq Posts: 43 member
paxman Posts: 4,702 member

Originally Posted by AppeX

The Apple Sherlock is awkward.

Yes, the new Spotlight is really Sherlock 4

How to use natural language search in os x’s spotlighttallest skil Posts: 43,399 member

Originally Posted by AppleInsider

inkling Posts: 731 member

Is that graphic right? Does Spotlight still given minor information like a file’s creation date but not where it is?

Crazy! When I search for a file, I may not want to open it. I want to find out where it is, so I can, for instance, move it somewhere else. That’s the essence of a search. Yet I’ve not been able to find out how to do that in the current Spotlight and that’s apparent not in the new version either.

Apple seems to think we want to use Spotlight in lieu of finding something. Often we want to use it to find it. Duh!

smiffy31 Posts: 202 member
smiffy31 Posts: 202 member

Spotlight has had a QuickLook pane next to Spotlight since at least OS X Lion.

I like the new layout though. I think. (Sometimes I use the current Spotlight QuickLook to compare to something that’s alreay in the middle of my screen, and Yosemite will require me to move things out of each other’s way.)

solipsismx Posts: 19,566 member
kerryb Posts: 270 member
bigmig Posts: 77 member

Originally Posted by Eric Swinson

That’s a lot of things I currently use Google for. Cutting out the opportunity to have my search for facts and data sidetracked by an advertisement really hits at Google’s core business.

Yeah, I got an Android phone back in 2012. For the most part it was terrible compared to iOS, but the one thing that was good was the integrated search field in the browser address bar, complete with auto-suggestions. I was glad when search got revamped in iOS 7 Safari to work this way.

Spotlight is the powerful built-in search engine on Mac. Not only will it find just about any file or folder buried on your file system or attached drives, but it also doubles as a fantastically quick application launcher, dictionary lookup tool, and so much more.

If you aren’t using Spotlight on a regular basis yet you really should start doing so, and perhaps it’s just a matter of learning some great tips and shortcuts to help get you started.

With that in mind, here are 13 (11 original keystrokes + 2 bonus) helpful keyboard shortcuts and tricks to assist you in getting the most out of the excellent Mac search feature.

4 Basic Spotlight Shortcuts

These are the most basic shortcuts to use Spotlight:

  • Open Spotlight menu – Command+Space
  • Open Spotlight in the Finder – Command+Option+Space
  • Clear Spotlight search box – Escape
  • Close Spotlight menu – Escape twice

7 Spotlight Usage & Navigation Keyboard Shortcuts

These shortcuts are for interacting and navigating within Spotlight search results:

  • Open first search item – Return
  • Navigate search results – Arrow Up and Arrow Down
  • Open to location of first search item in Finder – Command+Return
  • Get Info on search item – Command+I
  • Show Quick Look Preview of Spotlight results – Command key or hover with the Mouse cursor (Mac OS X 10.7 and later only)
  • Show path/location of search result – Command+Option while hovering over search result
  • Jump categories in search results – Command+Arrow Up or Command+Arrow Down

2 Spotlight Bonus Tricks

Not quite keyboard shortcuts, but these are a few amazingly useful tricks that many users don’t know Spotlight can do:

  • Launch an App – Type the app name and hit Return to launch it
  • Get a Definition – Type a word to define and hover over the “Look Up” option to see the definition

Remember each these tips and you’ll be mastering Spotlight in no time, speeding around your Mac like never before!

Don’t forget that you can use search operators to improve results by looking only for specified file types or dates, and much more. They can really help to narrow down results and find exactly what you’re looking for.

We have plenty more Spotlight tips if you’re interested too, check them out.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Lots of boxes that you plug into your TV including the year, PlayStation 4, Xbox One, and even some smart TVs themselves have DLNA (Digital Living Network Alliance) streaming support. You can stream video files and music from your PC over the network – provided you set up a DLNA server on the PC first.

This function is also known as Play To or UPnP AV. It’s easier to use than you might think, as the required server software is built into Windows. There are also third party DLNA servers with more functionality and you can run them on any operating system. How to set up DLNA on your computer.

Option 1: Enable the DLNA media server built into Windows

Explanation of the wireless display standards: AirPlay, Miracast, WiDi, Chromecast and DLNA

There are many different software components that can act as a DLNA server, but you don’t need to install anything special to get started. Windows has a built-in DLNA server that you can activate. To activate it, open the Control Panel and look for “Media” using the search box in the upper right corner of the window. Under Network and Sharing Center, click the “Media Streaming Options” link.

Click the “Activate media streaming” button to activate the media streaming server.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Although the term “DLNA” is not mentioned at all in this Control Panel, the media streaming feature in Windows is a DLNA-compatible media server.

You can now adjust the streaming settings. The default settings allow all devices on your local network to access the media files in your media libraries, and that’s fine if you’re on a local network with only devices you trust. You probably don’t need to adjust these.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

How to bring back libraries in Windows 8.1 and 10 File Explorer

This window does not tell you how to add video, music, and picture files that can be streamed over the network. However, media streaming functionality depends on your Windows libraries.

If you want to stream video, music, or picture files, add them to the Videos, Music, or Pictures libraries. You don’t need to move the files to the current library folders – you can add new folders to the libraries. In Windows 8.1 or 10, you need to unhide the libraries to access them.

Then either copy the media files you want to stream to your libraries or add folders of media files to your libraries.

To the exampleIf you have a bunch of videos under D: TV Shows you can right click the video library, select Properties, click Add, and add the D: TV Shows folder to your video library . The files would still be saved in D: TV Shows but would be visible in your video library and available for streaming from other devices.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

How to view local video files on your Roku

You can now access the DLNA media player on your other device – for examplewho have favourited Roku Media Player, PS4 Media Player, or Xbox One Media Player apps all include this feature

To the example, on one year, you need to install and open the Roku Media Player channel first. DLNA servers on your local network will appear in the list so you can select your computer and stream media files from it.

In addition to searching your shared media library from the device, you can use the Play To feature to find media on your computer and play it directly on the networked device. Or use the DLNA media streaming capabilities to share media between your PCs.

Option 2: Install Plex or Universal Media Server

Windows DLNA server is the easiest and fastest to set up, but not necessarily the best option. Because of how DLNA works, you can only stream certain types of media codecs, such as: example. If you have other types of media it just doesn’t work.

Other DLNA servers improve this by offering real-time transcoding. If you try to play an unsupported file, transcode it on the fly and stream the video to your DLNA device in a supported format.

How to set up Plex (and watch your movies on any device)

Many different media servers support DLNA, including the immensely popular one Plex Media Server – so you can set up the Plex media server on your computer and use DLNA on another device to access your media if you want. Plex’s own media player has more features, but your Plex library can also be accessed from any media player that supports DLNA. This allows you to access your Plex library on devices that don’t have a Plex client or web browser but that have DLNA support.

You may also be interested in the completely free Universal media serverthat is on the now set PS3 media server. It boasts many functions, and you can install and configure it on both Windows and macOS and Linux. Macs and Linux PCs don’t have this feature built in, so third-party media programs like this are the only option.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

DLNA seems to be on its way, which is one reason why it’s so hidden on Windows 10. DLNA essentially focuses on playing media files that you’ve downloaded to your PC (video files, music files, and picture files) on other devices. Modern solutions usually focus on streaming media from the Cloud. And even if you want to manage your own local media library, a solution like Plex is bigger and better.

The strength of this standard is still the broad ecosystem of supported devices. While not an ideal solution, it provides the glue to bond a wide variety of devices together without third-party apps. Devices without a web browser or apps that you can use to access Plex may support DLNA.

Ever thought about turning your Windows 11/10 computer into a cool DLNA server? You can, and we are going to tell you how to do it. Fear not, it is a lot easier than waking up in the mornings.

With your own DLNA server on Windows 10, you will have the ability to stream content from the Xbox 360, Xbox One, and other devices that support DLNA or Digital Living Network Alliance.

Set up Windows 11/10 PC as a DLNA streaming server

At the moment, the Internet is filled with pieces of software that can quickly turn your computer into a DLNA streaming box, but we’re not going to dig into those because they are not needed. We are going to talk about using the built-in DLNA option in Windows 10.

It is not as easily done when compared to downloading software, but it is much more reliable, and one less software to download onto your device.

What is DLNA or Digital Living Network Alliance

Many computer users must have heard about DLNA at least once or twice, but probably have no idea what it is or what it means. We’re going to break it down as best as possible for the noobs out there looking for some information on what this thing is. DLNA means Digital Living Network Alliance, and it was founded by a group of companies that were interested in making it simple to share media content across devices. However, despite a number of companies and devices supporting DLNA, streaming media from one device to another is not an easy affair for laymen.

How to activate DLNA in Windows 11/10

First of all, you need to open the “Control Panel” and search for “media streaming.” Do this by using the Search bar to search for Control Panel, then when you’re in the Control Panel, search for media streaming.

You should now see it under Network and Sharing Center. Once here, click on the option that says, “Media streaming options.”

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

After that, click “Turn on media streaming” to permit the media streaming server. From here you can customize the streaming service.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

We should point out that it is not possible for us to help you with adding media for streaming because it would involve us knowing which DLNA capable media box you’re using.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

What we can say, is this, make sure local network streaming is turned on your media streaming box. This can either be a PlayStation 3, Roku media box, an Xbox One, or some Chinese product “Straight Outta Shanghai.”

Now, once your media streaming box has been connected to your Windows 10 PC, you can check the available streaming files by launching Windows Media Player. Don’t think about using Groove Music, because it is as basic as they come.

All in all, streaming content over your local network is better than streaming from a third-party source. The only downside users might come across is if their upload speed is slow. However, if your upload speed is modern, go have some fun.

How do I use my PC as a DLNA server?

To use your PC as a DLNA server, you need to use the Media streaming options setting in Control Panel. It is the first thing you need to turn on. Following that, you can create a media library and choose what you want to upload or stream. You can stream music, pictures, recorded TV, video, etc., after creating a DLNA server on Windows 11/10.

How do I make my PC a media server?

To make your PC a media server, you need to take the help of the Media streaming options panel on your computer. This setting is available in Windows 11 as well as Windows 10. After turning on this setting, you need to create a library and upload your content. As mentioned earlier, you can upload images, videos, audio, recorded TV, etc., without any problem.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Home | Sitemap Page was generated in 0.16378998756409

We show you to turn your computer into a Windows 10 DLNA server to stream media to TVs, phones, tablets, and other PCs on your network.

Google Chromecast and Plex are the big names in media streaming these days, but you can achieve some of that functionality with your basic operating system. A Windows 10 DLNA server lets you stream music and videos to other devices on the network.

With a Windows 10 DLNA server, you can stream local files to a DLNA client/player. You may be surprised at the variety of hardware that supports this functionality, from modern TVs to consoles, tablets, and Android phones.

The word ‘server’ automatically summons images of complexity, but setting up media streaming is far easier than you think. All you need is to flip a few settings in your Control Panel and you’re on your way.

What is DLNA?

Sony set up the Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA) in 2003. It comprises numerous organizations who have collaborated to create a standard for media streaming on a wide range of devices.

A Windows 10 DLNA server uses media player to manage and deliver content via a bespoke protocol, sending packets to DLNA clients or players such as TVs or speakers. DLNA certified devices use UPnP (Universal Plug and Play) to automatically find each other on the network, so no manual IP entry is required.

However, there are several caveats with DLNA which have caused media streaming in Windows 10 to be largely dominated by third-party tools. Its age means it doesn’t account for the rise in streaming services like Netflix, and it primarily targets those who have a large local library. As such, you can’t media stream your browser video or screen, just the files on your hard drive.

It can also struggle when it comes to file formats. Windows 10 DLNA servers primarily support common file MP3, WMA, and MP4 files, and even MP4 can fail the files are a certain resolution or bitrate. The standard also doesn’t support MKV, AVI, and FLAC extensions, despite their increasing popularity. With those limitations outlined, let’s jump into how to enable media streaming in Windows 10.

How to Enable the Windows 10 DLNA Server

Time needed: 3 minutes.

You can understand from the drawbacks while media streaming isn’t enabled by default in Windows 10 – it can be a headache at times. Still, Microsoft makes it quite easy to enable the feature if you wish to use it.

    Open Control Panel

Press the Start button and type “Control Panel”. Click the first result to launch it.

In the Windows 10 control panel, search for “media streaming”. Click the “Media streaming options” subheading under “Network and Sharing Center”.

Windows will now present you with the media streaming options page. Read the cautionary information within the yellow banner and click “Turn on media streaming” if you’re on a trusted network.

In the next window, enter a name for your Windows 10 DLNA server so you can find it on other devices. Press “OK” to make it available on your local network.

To stream content, you have to be able to find the server on another device. On a Windows 10 PC you can do this via File Explorer. The Network section will return a list of devices, including the one you just named. Double-click the icon to access Windows Media player, where you can easily play any files.

You can find your files in Media Player under the “Other Libraries” section. Click a relevant section to see all your files for playback.

If you’re not a fan of the Windows Media Player, you can head to “This PC > Network locations” in File Explorer and double-click the media server to access the file list. You can then play and manage at will.

The old-schooled wired setup for a home theater is inevitably outdated as wireless media streaming becomes the chalk of this UHD digital era, freeing us from all the messed up colorful cables while providing the equivalent A/V quality. With varied wireless streaming options – DLNA, Bluetooth, AirPlay, NFC, PlayFi, Miracast, WIDI, WiFi direct- and their corresponding product lines – Apple TV, home pod, Jambox, Beats, Xbox etc, our fascinating collections of HDR 4K digital movies and high-res audios can now invisibly fly between compatible streaming displays as magic.

But how about piles of media contents stored on old Windows computers that might not support any forms of wireless media streaming? The DLNA player software – 5KPlayer should give you a pause, because it provides an all-round free solution to let your devices talk to each other.

Let me clarify DLNA a step forward: DLNA server is your media library that feeds other devices; DLNA renderer (receiver/client) plays media that are pushed to it; and DLNA controller sends the stream to other DLNA-compliance devices and controls the playback. 5KPlayer successfully blends all these utilities, turning your PC into a:

  1. Software-based DLNA media server that feeds your DLNA-compliance device and allow access from your PS3/4, Xbox One/360, etc
  2. DLNA renderer that readily plays any video, music and photo send from your Android phone;
  3. DLNA controller that potently stream media from your PC to your Smart TV;

DLNA streaming is dead simple thanks to 5KPlayer’s friendly interface, it only takes a few clicks to get going and does not require much technical know-how, so let’s jump right in.

Drop Your Dongles: Turn PC into a DLNA Media Server

For all your DLNA-compliant devices to access the same collection of your movies and other media content, you will need a DLNA server acting as a multimedia hub hosting your library. Thankfully, 5KPlayer has UPNP AV media server baked in already. Meaning you can set up a DLNA media server on windows 10 and older to feed your smart TV and game consoles, as those devices are granted easy access to your media content you’ve legally acquired over the years on PC.

Step 1: First off, you shall build up your media library on Windows PC using 5KPlayer by adding folders and files to its DLNA Server folder.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server 5KPlayer DLNA Server How to turn your computer into a dlna media server 5KPlayer DLNA Server

Step 2: For game consoles, search in the PlayStation/Xbox Store for the Media Player app and launch it; for Android phone, DLNA apps shall do the job for you.

Step 3: Select 5KPlayer DLNA media server service. Then these devices shall be able to browse and “pull to play” all the content on your 5KPlayer library.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

5KPlayer DLNA Server

How to DLNA Stream from PC to TV

Wiring HDMI cable from one room to another could be a nightmare if you ever tried to cast PC to TV only to watch a movie or listen to a song not available on TV. Longer cables cost more and tend to get tangled, while copying to a flash drive and burning a disc is time consuming. 5KPlayer is the wireless alternative for you to DLNA stream from PC to TV.

Follow the below steps to turn your TV into a versatile player:

Step 1: Fire up 5KPlayer, hit DLNA/AirPlay, and toggle on all DLNA services.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

5KPlayer DLNA service

Step 2: Quit settings and click “Library” on the top, then build up your media library in 5KPlayer by adding folders and files on your local drive.

Step 3: Choose your preferred video and click “DLNA” at the upper right corner, then select the Smart TV or any other device to which you want to stream the media.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

LNA Stream from PC to TV

How to Stream Videos from Android to PC

If you want to show off on a larger screen a video clip or gorgeous photos shot by your Android phone, DLNA streaming is going to be the fastest option. To screen mirroring your Android phone or fling a clip from Android to PC, you need to have a DLNA controller on the phone that sends your content and a DLNA renderer on PC that receives your content. For Android, BubbleUPnP, MediaHouse or MediaMonkey DLNA apps are good choices, and on the PC front, we already installed free 5KPlayer as the DLNA renderer. The name of this function may be varied on different apps, but the steps are similar.

Step 1: Tap open setting on Android DLNA app and find 5KPlayer as renderer.

Step 2: Select 5KPlayer as a renderer or cast your media content to 5KPlayer and you shall see the content playing on 5KPlayer on PC.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Android DLNA Apps

Tips:

  • For iPhone users, turning on AirPlay service in 5KPlayer settings to screen mirroring iPhone and air-recording your screen.
  • Some Android apps allow you to cast a video in the background while still performing other tasks in the foreground. In this sense, you can stream media content to 5KPlayer and make a phone call at the same time.

Apart from DLNA media streaming utility, 5KPlayer is packed to the brim with loads of other dazzling features. As a free YouTube downloader, it steadfastly downloads videos from 300+ online website such as YouTube, Vimeo, Dailymotion, etc. Built-in with hardware decoding, it utilizes your computer’s Intel or NVIDIA graphics to profoundly accelerate playback of local and streaming videos without hiccups. Go grab this free DLNA player and throw your favorite 4K/5k/1080p movies, MKV, H.265 videos at it to see how awesome it is.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server
For the past few years, DLNA equipped electronic devices have been creeping into our homes, offering us media streaming between televisions, computers, gaming systems, and even digital picture frames. The concept works like this: you set up a DLNA Media Server (any old PC or Mac will do the trick), then use any DLNA equipped electronic device to view pictures, watch videos, or listen to mp3 files over your WiFi network. If you own a PS3, I’m sure you already know about many of the DLNA features it has. Simply turn on the gaming system, navigate to music, video, or pictures, and browser your DLNA Media Server (your computer). I’ve been enjoying this functionality for a few years already. So why not have DLNA features on your mobile phone? The good news is that there are already a handful of Nokia, Samsung and AONY Ericsson phones that can share their media with other DLNA devices. Now, a few developers over at ProSyst are working on DLNA solutions for the Windows Mobile and Android platforms.

Gábor Pécsy has put together a prototype DLNA Media Server app for Windows mobile and Android that allows handset users to share their mobile media with other DLNA compatible electronics. Rather than explaining how the software works and what it’s capable of, check out this demonstration clip that should answer most of your questions.

After watching the video, I got in contact with Gábor Pécsy’s partner Joachim Ritter, who was kind enough to answer a few of my questions I had.

Q: The beginning of the video indicated that Mobile DLNA Media Server is available for Android and WM. Is it currently running on Android?
A: Yes, it’s running on Android already but not yet available to public.

Q: When will the service be available to the general public?
A: Hope to be able to publish it around end of September. As the video describes, the DLNA server is built over OSGi. There’ll be a number of OSGi handsets coming out this year. For handsets that do not contain OSGi we might provide a download version (similar to what Sprint provides at developer.sprint.com/titan, but a lot slimmer. We might even cut back the OSGi stack, package it up with the media server and then publish through Android Market. Will see.

Q: Are there any plans on increasing functionality to allow mobile phones to access DLNA Servers so that they can be used like the PS3 to video, pictures, and music from a PC?
A: Yes, turning the device into a DLNA “client” is part of our plans, likewise to turn the handset into a DLNA controller (so that you can use the handset to tell the TV to play back stuff from the PC, really cool …).

Q: Is a demo version of the software available for testing on either WM or Android?
A: Will get that to you once I have published that.

I’m not sure about you, but DLNA support on Windows Mobile and Android phones is a very exciting prospect. Imagine just walking into a room, picking up a TV remote and watching a video clip you shot earlier that day from your phone. All you need is a WiFi connection and that’s it.

Make sure you keep an eye on Gábor Pécsy and Joachim Ritter’s blogs for any new updates.

About Nick Gray

Tech enthusiast, Android user and founder of the first HTC blog – Nick Gray has been blogging about HTC phones before most people knew what a smartphone even was. Over the years Nick has owned and tested dozens HTC devices and is constantly flashing new ROMs to his Android phones.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Everyone loves getting a new computer. Switching on a brand-new and more powerful PC is a bit like playing in freshly-fallen snow. For a little while at least, a lightning-fast new computer offers endless possibilities.

However, there is one nagging question that everyone has when purchasing a new computer: what do you do with the old one?

Today we’re going to explain how to extend the life of your old computer by turning it into a media server.

How to Access Movies, Music and Photos Stored on Your Old Computer

Most people have at least one old computer gathering dust in a cupboard or the bedroom closet. Old PC’s can be recycled, but it’s a bit of a pain to lug them out to the car and drop them off at the dump. As well, many people are fearful about throwing out a hard drive with its accumulated passwords and sensitive banking information that can be retrieved by crooks.

The hard drive also provides another clue about why so many people avoid recycling their computers: old computers are often filled with priceless photos as well as priceless music and video collections. And it can take some work to transfer all of these precious files to your newly purchased computer, so a lot of people just put the whole thing off, saying they’ll retrieve those photos and movies “someday.”

There is one relatively quick and easy way to quickly access and view all of these old files without ever having to do the hard work of getting them off your computer. By turning your old computer into a media server you can access your files anytime and virtually anywhere you have an internet connection.

Turn Your Old Computer Into A Media Server

Until recently it was challenging to turn an old computer into a media server. In theory it should be easy to access any Windows computer on your home WiFi network, find the file you want, and then watch it on a different computer, a device such as a smartphone, or even on your WiFi-connected TV. In practice, however, the Windows file system is not particularly intuitive, making it confusing to find and play the files you want. On top of that, trying to play a movie can be a real challenge, depending on the codec that’s being used.

This is where media server software comes in handy. This open source software can transform your PC into a media server that can stream your content anywhere over the internet. And the content such as movies and music doesn’t necessarily have to reside on your old computer either: a media server will allow you to send content from your newer computer or device to it to stream onto your TV or home theater.

One minor caveat here: setting up a media server can be challenging. In theory you can take advantage of Windows’ native DNLA capability, but it takes a bit of effort and some trial-and-error to make it work properly. There is free media server software to choose from, such as Universal Media Server or Serviio, but these are often difficult to set up and may lack some important features.

This is why Plex is such a great choice.

How to Install Plex as Your Media Server

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Plex is probably the most popular media server platform available. The basic version of Plex is free, it’s easy to installand set up, it works on older computers, and even has smartphone apps that let you access your files just about anywhere. In a nutshell, Plex will let you set up your old computer as a central media server from which you’ll stream content to your tablet, phone, set-top box, game console or television.

What You’ll Need to Set Up Plex

You’ll need a few basic things to set up with Plex on an old computer, including:

  • A home WiFi network
  • A working computer with a functional keyboard, mouse and monitor
  • Some way of connecting your television to your home network

For this last requirement, while Plex will allow you to connect your old computer to the internet, you’ll still have to figure out how to connect your television to your WiFi network and Plex.

Luckily, the paid version Plex works with a number of third-party devices including:

  • Roku
  • Chromecast
  • Amazon Fire TV stick

These three devices are pretty handy because they all have apps that allow you to turn your smartphone or tablet into a remote control for your television. On the downside, if you have a smartphone or tablet you’ll have to purchase these apps for a nominal fee.

You can also connect your old computer to your television using an HDMI cable or even a VGA connection if both your computer and a TV have those ports. You can then send content from other devices and computers to your media server to play on your TV.

Plex Download Options

When you check out the Plex downloads page, you’ll want to download the download the Plex Home Theater option. This will allow your old computer to act as the base station for everything else on the network, storing media and distributing it to any other device that runs the application. As part of the installation process, you’ll set up your Plex account, allowing you to register all of your devices and server together.

Final Notes

The performance of your old computer may affect playback quality on your television. For example, an older computer with an older chip and less RAM may have a bit more difficulty streaming HD files. However, Plex should be able to handle the job with flair.

As well, if you’re going to use your old computer as a media server, it’s going to need tobe left on. Computers tend to “run hot” when streaming media, so this means that you’ll have to choose a well-ventilated spot to keep things cool. As well, cooling fans can be noisy and distracting, so keep this in mind when deciding where to locate your old computer-turned media server.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Ti Santi/Shutterstock That new computer feeling is awesome, but there’s the old one, sitting on the floor of your office, taking up space, seemingly useless. Instead of reenacting the printer scene from Office Space, put that old laptop or desktop to good use as a home media server. Send movies, TV shows, music, and games to it over your network, and in no time you’ll have turned that hunk of metal into a fast and awesome streaming machine.

Prepping for surgery

Ok, so “surgery” may be a little dramatic, but there is a bit of prep work involved in converting that old office computer into a streaming-ready device. If you’re going to have roommates or family members using the computer to watch shows or movies, you might want to either run a fresh install of your operating system first, or create a separate user account just for these purposes. You’ll be installing software on it that runs on any of the major operating systems, as well as on smartphones and tablets.

You should know that while the media management program we’re going to use, Plex, is great for streaming to a single device, and even older machines shouldn’t have too much trouble, the stress of transcoding multiple HD video files and streaming to different devices simultaneously may be too taxing for older, slower machines. The results aren’t disastrous if your laptop or desktop isn’t quite up to the challenge, but expect to to deal with longer loading and buffering times, or keep it limited to one stream at a time. Our test machine had an older Intel Core i5 and a healthy amount of RAM, but still stuttered a bit when faced with the challenge of streaming multiple videos to different devices.

Setting up Plex

In order to make the most of all your different file formats, we’re going to use Plex as an easy way to manage music and videos across all the devices you want to connect. It’s simple software with a number of useful features, including a wide range of codecs, easy set-up, and compatibility with a large number of devices. For the software to work, we’ll set up your old computer as the central media server from which you’ll stream content to your tablet, phone, set-top box, game console, or television.

From the Plex downloads page, you can download the Media Server software. This computer will act as the base station for everything else on the network, storing media and distributing it to any other device that runs the application. As part of the installation process, you’ll set up your Plex account, allowing you to register all of your devices and server together.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

If you’d like to make your content available when you’re off your home network, simply open the Server menu under settings, and select connect. From here you’ll be able to connect your Plex media server to the Internet and access it from the bus or the park … wherever you have Internet access. You can also just plug the computer directly into your TV to watch videos, but the best part of Plex is the ability to keep the computer in a single location and use smaller, less expensive devices like an Amazon Fire TV stick, Roku stick, or Chromecast to access it.

All of your devices

For a few dollars, you can download an app for Android, iOS, Amazon, and Roku devices, as well as a smattering of smart TVs, that lets you view any of the content on the server. Alternatively, Plex offers a subscription service that includes expanded functionality, as well as access to free apps on a number of platforms. If you have a Chromecast, Plex supports it for free right out of the box, you just have to install the Plex app on your device and sign into your account.

There are a number of benefits to letting the software handle all of this for you. Your device will send information to the server about its capabilities and connection speed, and the server will not only convert any appropriate video file, but also scale the quality to achieve a balanced of resolution and speed. It’s also easily compatible with a large range of devices, something that’s simply not true if you just use the computer as a storage device with no media software to manage everything.

File naming and storage is as important here as when dealing with more sensitive files. Because Plex will let you point to any folder or file system where you have media stored, it’s best to keep your files separated by type into their own folders, close to the root of your drive. If your computer is particularly old and you worry it might turn off one day and never turn back on, you can also point Plex to hardwired or network attached external storage. We like to use a USB-connected hard drive. By keeping files on a separate drive, you’ll avoid a huge headache if something does go wrong with your new, re-purposed media server — all your files are still available, and could easily be connected to another computer running Plex if necessary.

Happy streaming

By using Plex on an old computer, you not only harvest a piece of technology that might otherwise head to a landfill, but you also place your digital copies of movies and TV shows right alongside other streaming entertainment options such as Hulu, Netflix, and Amazon Prime Instant Video. Keep in mind that Plex can’t play back certain DRM-protected files, such as those purchased through iTunes. In many cases, you can remove the DRM restrictions through a converter — for instance, TunesKit works well for media purchased through iTunes. However, the law regarding DRM removal is a little fuzzy. We strongly urge you not to strip DRM from anything you haven’t purchased the rights to own, nor should you ever distribute such content.

By setting up your computer as a Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA) server, you can stream media, such as music, photos or video, over your network to a DLNA-supported unit. DLNA units include certain TVs, Blu-ray Disc® (BD) players, HiFi component systems and computers. Once the DLNA server and unit are set up and connected properly, the unit can access media from your Windows Media® Player 12 library.

NOTE: To determine if a unit supports DLNA, check the product specifications and manual. Manuals are posted on your model support page.

Follow the procedure below to set up the DLNA server:

  • You must be connected to a network for this procedure to work properly.
  • If you are using third-party firewall or security software, you may have to configure it to allow the DLNA server access to your network.
  1. Configure your network location as Home or Work . .

After following the steps above Windows Media Player 12 will be set up as a DLNA server. The steps to connect to the server will differ depending on the features and functionality of the Internet video device. For model-specific information regarding how to access a DLNA server, refer to the manual supplied with the device. Manuals are posted on your model support page.

If the Internet video device is unable to detect Windows Media Player 12 as a DLNA server after following these step, you may want to consider using a media server software to set up the DLNA server. The following is a list of suggested media server software:

  • Serviio™ media server
  • Plex™ media solutions
  • Elgato™ Eyeconnect (Apple® Mac OS® operating systems)
  • Twonky™ ecosystems

NOTE: The third-party software recommended above are provided for your convenience and should be used at your own risk. Sony does not support nor guarantee the reliability of unsupplied 3rd party software.

If you are using Windows OS such as Windows 7, Windows 8 or Windows 10 and want to share the videos, picture, and songs to DLNA enabled device then you don’t need to install third-party DLNA software. The Windows itself has an option called “Media streaming“. It converts your Windows 10,7 or 8 into a DLNA media server.

The Windows Media streaming allows you to send your music, pictures, and videos to the other computers and devices on your network and vice versa.

Almost every device in your home is DLNA complaint such Play station, Smartphone, Chromecast TV and more…

What is a DLNA Media server?

DLNA is a service stands for Digital Living Network Alliance. In simple words, when some machine storing all your media files uses this DLNA service to stream them over a network with other DLNA supported devices then that particular machine known as DLNA server.

In this tutorial article, we will show you how to turn on media streaming feature on Windows 10 and share the media files with other DLNA supported devices such as a smartphone.

How to Enable Windows Media Streaming Option to Convert it into a DLNA Media Server

Step 1: To enable DLNA on Windows 10, go to start and search for Media Streaming options. When the option appears just click on that.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Step 2: The streaming option will take you to the control panel settings and asks you to turn on the media streaming. Now click on the media streaming button to enable the DLNA service on Windows.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Step 3: Click OK button to apply the default setting of Windows DLNA server.

It also offers few settings those can use to customize the media server are:

“Name your Media Library” you can use it to customize the library name.

Show devices on” choose whether to show the server on your local network or at all.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Customize media streaming settings“, it helps to choose which media library content you would like to stream on remote connections.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Note: The media streaming service will not work if your computer goes into sleep mode. So, be sure you have changed the power plan by using the “Choose Power option“.

Now go to the other devices such as TV, XBox, Smartphone and search for DLNA server you will see your Window DLNA server there, select and share the files easily.

You can also use different Windows DLNA client to stream media file in an interactive way on other desktop PCs.

DLNA is a special software protocol which allows devices such as TVs and media boxes on your network to discover media content stored on your computer. This is quite useful, as it allows you to browse your media collection stored in one place with various devices. With a couple of clicks, you can enable the built-in DLNA server in Windows 10 and start streaming your media files.

DLNA (Digital Living Network Alliance) is a non-profit collaborative standards organization which is defining interoperability guidelines to enable sharing of digital media between multimedia devices. DLNA uses Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) for media management, discovery and control. UPnP defines the type of device that DLNA supports (“server”, “renderer”, “controller”) and the mechanisms for accessing media over a network. The DLNA guidelines then apply a layer of restrictions over the types of media file format, encodings and resolutions that a device must support.

Windows 10 includes everything you need to utilize DLNA out of the box: a DLNA client, a (good) multimedia player and a DLNA server.

To Enable DLNA Server in Windows 10, do the following.

  1. Open the classic Control Panel.
  2. Navigate to Control Panel\Network and Internet\Network and Sharing Center.
  3. On the left, click on the link ‘Change advanced sharing settings’.How to turn your computer into a dlna media server
  4. On the right, expand the section All Newtorks. How to turn your computer into a dlna media server
  5. Click on the link Choose media streaming options. under Media streaming.How to turn your computer into a dlna media server
  6. On the next page, click on the button Turn on media streaming. How to turn your computer into a dlna media server
  7. Name your network multimedia library and choose devices which will be able to read it.How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

You are done. Once finished, your personal folders such as Music, Pictures, and Videos will automatically become visible to any streaming device with UPnP support.

For instance, I can browse and play the files using my Android tablet with the DLNA software for Android installed.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

The built-in DLNA server can be disabled at any time. Here is how.

Disable the built-in DLNA server

  1. Press Win + R shortcut keys on the keyboard to open the Run dialog. Type services.msc in the Run box.How to turn your computer into a dlna media server
  2. The Services console looks as follows.How to turn your computer into a dlna media server
  3. In the “Services” window, find the service named Windows Media Player Network Sharing Services.
  4. Double click and set the “Startup type” as “Manual”.
  5. Stop the service.

For reference, see the following articles:

Tip: You can open the Run dialog from the right-click context menu of the Start button or from the Win + X menu. How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Also, you might be interested in learning Win key shortcuts.

Winaero greatly relies on your support. You can help the site keep bringing you interesting and useful content and software by using these options:

If you like this article, please share it using the buttons below. It won’t take a lot from you, but it will help us grow. Thanks for your support!

Author: Sergey Tkachenko

Sergey Tkachenko is a software developer who started Winaero back in 2011. On this blog, Sergey is writing about everything connected to Microsoft, Windows and popular software. Follow him on Telegram, Twitter, and YouTube. View all posts by Sergey Tkachenko

11 thoughts on “How To Enable DLNA Server in Windows 10”

I don’t have the “Choose Mobile Streaming Options” subsection. Win 10 64 Home, current release version. Do you need Pro or to be an “Insider” to be able to do this?

Hello,
I noticed that, me too, I didn’t have this subsection in Windows 10 1903 (64 bits), and I found that it was because I disabled Windows Media Player in the Optional features menu. You have to “install” Windows Media Player on your system to install the DLNA server, and show this section in the control panel.
Search for “optionalfeatures” in the Start menu, and enable “Media Features”. You will need to restart your computer, and then the “Choose media streaming options…” link will appear

Hello!
Thank you! Is’t working! 🙂

I don’t have that option too. But my PC can send video to my smartTV

Win 10 64bit 1903. Doesn’t work

You can use VLC media player for android & ios to view the media.

It’s ok, I see dlna server on my phone, but nothing in folders.
Where are the folders where you can put music, movies, photos ? What is their path ?

What do you see in the Windows Media player library?

Ok, I resolve: “Include in library” each folder. Thx

Hi,
Thanks for an informative article.
I noticed that if you have pictures and videos in the same folder then it is not possible to watch both media types.
My pictures an videos are in the same folder (and subfolders).
Even if I include the media folder in both the Pictures and Videos libraries, I can only see the pictures in the Picturs library and nothing in the Videos library.
Any ideas why this is so? Doesn’t the DLNA standard support both media types in the same folder?
…../Kim

This is how it works.
It filters the content of the folders and doesn’t include pictures from the Videos library.

Homeserver 6 – Install and setup a miniDLNA media server

If you want to play your MP3s, display Pictures, and view videos, on your Smart TV or any other DLNA device, a minidlna server will need to be installed.

IN A LINUX CLIENT computer, from a Terminal window, SSH into the headless enosServer and become root.

# pacman -Syu minidlna
# vi /etc/minidlna.conf

In the second line, make sure port is set to 8200
port=8200

You can tell minidlna what directories on enosServer it will share.
Scroll to the section that begins with # set this to the directory you want scanned.
There are directions and examples given. Here is how I set up my directories.

The A, indicates the following directory will contain Audio. P, = Pictures V, = Videos
which are the three media formats that minidlna supports.

In my case the directory /server/MP3 and all sub-directories contains my MP3 Audio.
The directory /server/Ogg and all sub-directories contains my Ogg Audio.
The directory /server/Pictures and all sub-directories contains my Pictures (images).
The directory /server/Movies and all sub-directories contains my MP4 videos.

All directories specified must exist on the enosServer Data drive. Adjust the paths to whatever you set up for your media.

(Right under this section is the Friendly Name section. I uncommented and changed it to:
friendly_name=EndeavourOS DLNA server

Save and close minidlna.conf

Add required groups to pshare

# gpasswd -a minidlna pshare
# gpasswd -a minidlna users
# groups minidlna
minidlna users pshare
# systemctl enable minidlna.service (enable systemd to start minidlna at boot up)

Setup the server firewall.
When the Client computer issues a request, it does so on port 8200 with TCP protocol.
The Server computer responds on port 1900 with UDP protocol.
We need to open port 8200 on the enosServer firewall

# ufw allow from 192.168.0.0/24 to any port 8200
# systemctl reboot

In a Linux client computer, if there is a firewall installed, we need to open port 1900.
Using gufw:

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Interface: can be “any” or use pull down to select your specific Interface
From: IP address of enosServer, adjust as necessary.

If you have another firewall app, such as firewalld open port 1900 to let in your server IP address.

Using a Smart TV, Windows MediaPlayer, VLC, or other DLNA enabled device on your LAN, see if it will recognize the EndeavourOS DLNA Server.

To use DLNA with VLC, if the Playlist column is not visible on the left side, click on the “View” tab and click “Playlist”. Scroll down to “Universal Plug’n’Play” and click. EndeavourOS DLNA Server should be listed.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

For audio, I know mp3, ogg, flac, and wma are supported, as long as the DLNA client supports those formats. VLC on a PC supports all four. My SMART TV, not so much.

For Pictures (images), jpeg and png are supported, not sure about any others

For Video, mp4 is supported, not sure about any others.

These are the major formats. Experiment around and see what else is supported.
You can also select and view your MP4 movies on VLC.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Lastly, you can set up your vacation pictures in a folder on enosServer. Then have a slide show on your Smart TV in the family room and bore your friends to death.

TomatoUSB allows you to mount a USB drive to your Tomato router, creating a NAS server which can be used for media streaming and file sharing. For this feature to work, your Tomato router must be equipped with a USB connection and have a version of Tomato firmware that provides TomatoUSB support.

What is a NAS Server?

A NAS (Network Attached Storage) server will allow you to store files and folders conveniently in one central location and access them from anywhere in your LAN. You can also access your NAS remotely using FTP or a private VPN network. This way, you can turn off those power-hungry computers, and access your files from a low-power USB drive connected to your router. I cover how to do that in the videos, but for now, let’s proceed under the assumption that we are connecting from inside of our LAN. I’m just using an old spare 4GB USB 2.0 flash drive.

First, login to access your router admin page and navigate to: USB and NAS > USB Support

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Enabling Core USB Support is what enables the router to traverse file sharing across the network. Together, the TomatoUSB firmware and the USB drive itself is what creates a “Router NAS.”

Enable the TomatoUSB core support option and select your drive format (Ext2/Ext3, NTFS, FAT). Ext2 and Ext3 are Linux file formats, and NTFS was designed for Windows. FAT file format is commonly used for USB flash drives because it is recognized by most major operating systems.

Optionally, you can select ‘Automount’ to mount the USB drive automatically.

After you click ‘Save’, plug in your USB drive and the router should mount the USB drive. We are still on the same page at this point. If you scroll down, you should see that the USB has been mounted and is now available for use.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

NOTE: Before disconnecting the USB drive, it is recommended that you login to the router, and click ‘Unmount’ and click ‘Save’. Doing so will prevent potential data loss when you disconnect the USB drive from the router.

Now let’s setup file sharing.

Now, navigate to: USB and NAS > File Sharing

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

From here, you can enable file sharing two different ways:

  1. Yes, No Authentication
  2. Yes, Authentication required

When ‘Yes, no authentication required’, is selected, anyone on your network will be able to browse files and folder on your NAS. With ‘Yes, Authentication required’ selected, you’ll be presented with the option to enter a username and password.

Now let’s give our “NAS Server” a hostname.

Navigate to: Basic > Identification

Enter a hostname for your router.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Router ID / Hostname

The ‘Hostname’ is the name you will see when you browse network locations from your computer. You can name this whatever you like, but do not use spaces in the hostname.

Locate your NAS Server

Now, locate your new TomatoUSB powered NAS storage device by browsing network locations.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Enjoy file sharing

Click on the hostname of your router to access the files and folders on the USB drive. If you selected the option ‘Yes, Authentication Required’, you will be prompted to enter the username and password prior to gaining access to your files.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Browse Files and Folders

Other Posts in Home Network Setup

Best VPN Routers

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

Looking for the most secure router for VPN service options? Look no further.

I have plugged in an etxernal hard disk as per instructions (https://www.tp-link.com/us/support/faq/253/ and https://www.tp-link.com/us/support/faq/340/) . How do I actually view the files stored on this hard disk? They don’t show up in my Media Player as described in the previous FAQ. Also I’d like to view them on my smart Samsung TV (worst case using Xbox, Firestick, Chromecast, Android, and/or Windows device)

I shared a folder as described “Videos” then try to access it from my Chrome as http://192.168.0.1/Videos without luck, nor can I get to it as http://tplinklogin.net/Videos . I even tried the http://192.168.0.1/Volume1 approach

What am i doing wrong here?? Going crazy! Please help.

I am not super strong with networking basics but am a software engineer by training so have some understanding 😉

  • Bookmark
  • Report Inappropriate Content
  • Report Inappropriate Content

The TL-WDR3600 should use a limited DLNA media server so if you enabled the media server. You can see if the Samsung TV is able to access DLNA content as well with your other devices.

  • Report Inappropriate Content

@ArcherC8 I tried that before I even posted here 🙁

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

  • Report Inappropriate Content

@Tony my TV(s) can see the router but cannot see any of the content inside the hard disk. What am I missing? 🙁

How to turn your computer into a dlna media serverHow to turn your computer into a dlna media server

  • Report Inappropriate Content

Try to access the media server on your Windows computer to see if that works. If it does you may need to have your computer display on your Samsung TV or turn your Windows into the DLNA streaming server.

  • Report Inappropriate Content
  • Report Inappropriate Content

The good thing is that you at least know the router is working, but now you need to have something else to provide the media files to the TV since the Samsung is not able to do it on its own.

  • Report Inappropriate Content

@Tony well what could that “something” else be?

Samsung has behaved in (what appears to be) VERY BIZZARE ways. I had exposed 2 directories: “VIDEOS” and another-one. Neither of which was vivible to Samsung. Changed it to “video” still nothing, then to “Videos” and now it shows both directories. I can see all the underlying content in the other directory but not inside of “Videos” I the shared one-more-dir and Samsung stopped seeing anything at all! Removed the 3rd-dir and it can again see “Videos” and another one but no content inside either of the directories now. Cray, cray 🙁

Samsung support says to contact computer manufacturer – duh! There’s not supposed to be a computer involved. Maybe router guys.. but even so.

How can I make my Mac be a DLNA server and/or client?

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

14 Answers 14

There are several choices based on the fact that any UPnP server should also be DLNA compliant :

  • Free ones :
    1. XBMC
    2. MythTV
    3. TvMobili (easier to install with MacPorts)
  • Paid ones :

The bold ones are directly mentioned to be DLNA servers.

How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

I’ve had this same frustrating hunt for ages, tried and found all of them to have serious issues either with usability or actual functionality. Most sadly arent even worth trying. But then last week I found a poster who recommended Plex media server and its so good I’m trying to find the post and poster to thank him.

Plex server is totally free but you can pay for mobile clients. I have an iMac and MacBook Pro both running Mountain Lion, and the iMac now serves my xbox, wdtv live and archos 7 faultlessly. This may sound set up but save yourself the pain and effort and try Plex first.

Plex takes a while to run through a big, say 3tb collection but it genuinely has been the most painless and reliable of all I’ve tried and the searchable options are far more varied and sensible than those for others. Don’t want to name names but I’ve pretty much tried them all. The only thing I can’t comment on is transcoding; I assume their clients manage this. From my perspective, I needed something to access my library, rather than rely on hardware specific transcoding. If you need this its a mixed bag regarding codec support, and I found the issues with other servers made the solution less viable. Connect360 was not bad for xbox, they also do a PS version, but for straight media serving, Plex no question.

If you want MediaMonkey to connect to a DLNA Server on a different network than the local network MediaMonkey is connected to, you’ll need:

  1. Setup the remote DLNA Server to connect to the internet. DLNA as a protocol is limited to local networks, but with port forwarding through the router you can make a DLNA Server accessible outside of the network. Be aware that there is no security preventing anyone else from connecting to the DLNA Server that’s made accessible through port forwarding. See online documentation as to how to setup port forwarding for your specific Router model. The port that MediaMonkey uses for its DLNA Server is set under Tools > Options > Media Sharing from the Main Menu per server. The port forwarding needs to be done for both UDP and TCP protocols.
  2. In MediaMonkey you’ll need to manually add the DLNA Server as remote DLNA Servers are not auto-detected.
    1. In MediaMonkey 5 go to the Devices & Services node in the Media Tree and use the + icon next to the Media Servers section to manually add a DLNA Server.
    2. In MediaMonkey 4 right click on the Media Servers node in the Media Tree and use Add Media Server
    3. You’ll need:
      1. Know if you can connect via https or only via http (MediaMonkey only supports http)
      2. the IP of the network the DLNA Server is on, as your going outside the network this generally is the public IP of the network, not the IP of the DLNA Server (or PC it runs on)
      3. the port used for port forwarding in the Router, in MediaMonkey this is set under Tools > Options > Media Sharing from the Main Menu per server.
      4. the device description document filename, MediaMonkey uses DeviceDescription.xml for this.

      If you have trouble accessing the MediaMonkey Media Server please see: MediaMonkey UPnP/DLNA Server inaccessible

      Insert your USB storage device into the router’s USB port directly or using a USB cable.

      Wait several seconds until the USB LED becomes solid on.

      • If you use USB hubs, make sure no more than 2 devices are connected to the router.
      • If the USB storage device requires using bundled external power, make sure the external power has been connected.
      • If you use a USB hard drive, make sure its file system is FAT32 or NTFS.
      • Before you physically disconnect a USB device from the router, safely remove it to avoid data damage: Go to Advanced > USB Settings > Storage Sharing and click Eject Disk.

      Step 2. Access the web-based management interface of TL-WR902AC

      Visit http://tplinkwifi.net, and log in with the username and password you set for the router.

      Step 3. Manage Media Server

      Go to Advanced > USB Settings > Media Server.

      Click Start to enable the Media Server.

      Click Add New Folder. Specify a name for the folder to be shared in the Display Name field. And select the folder you want to share or select Share entire partition to share all folders.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Click Save.

      You can check which folder is shared and also edit or delete the folder.

      Step 4. Access the Media Files on Your USB Disk

      Now the DLNA-supported devices (such as your computer and pad) connected to the router can detect and play the media files on the USB disk.

      For windows computer:

      Go to Computer > Network, and click the Media Server Name in the Media Devices section. (Here we take Windows 8 as an example.)

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Use a third-party DLNA-supported player.

      Get to know more details of each function and configuration please go to Download Center to download the manual of your product.

      Is this faq useful?

      Your feedback helps improve this site.

      What’s your concern with this article?

      • Dissatisfied with product
      • Too Complicated
      • Confusing Title
      • Does not apply to me
      • Too Vague
      • Other

      We’d love to get your feedback, please let us know how we can improve this content.

      Thank you

      We appreciate your feedback.
      Click here to contact TP-Link technical support.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Back when the PS4 first launched, Sony didn’t include any way to easily watch videos or listen to music from your other devices. It took well over year for the problem to get solved properly, but there are now multiple ways for you to stream your local media to your PS4. Today, I’ll be showing you two easy methods to stream your unprotected TV shows, movies, and music.

      Let’s start with a handy little app called Plex. For free, this server-client pairing lets you stream just about any DRM-free video or audio file from your computer or NAS directly to your PS4. It only takes a few minutes to get going, so let’s jump right in.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Install the Plex server

      First off, you need to install the Plex Media Server. Download it, install it, and then launch the executable. It’s simple enough, and it’s available on Windows, OS X, Linux, and FreeBSD. And while you’re at it, sign-up for a free Plex account if you haven’t done so already.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Configure server settings

      Once the server is up and running, you can configure your settings as you please. Choose your server’s name, add your media folders to the Plex library, and tweak your networking options as you see fit. If you need to change the port configuration, you’ll need to toggle on the advanced mode by clicking the “Show Advanced” button in the upper right. Most people shouldn’t need to tinker too much, but the options are available if you’re having issues. And if you can’t figure it out on your own, the Plex support page is a good place to start troubleshooting.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Download the Plex app

      Now that your Plex server is properly configured, go into the PlayStation store, and navigate to the “Apps” section. You’ll find the Plex app is free, so initiate the download. Once it’s done installing, you’ll find the Plex app under the “TV & Video” section of the PS4’s main menu. Alternately, you can always go to the “Library” menu, and navigate to “Applications.”

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Generate a code

      Launch the Plex app on your PS4, and you’ll be greeted with four alphanumeric characters. You’ll need this code to pair your account with your PS4.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Pair your PS4 to your account

      Head on over to the app linking page on the Plex website, sign in with your account, and enter the four characters being displayed on the PS4. Press the “Link” button, and you’ll be greeted with a message. If it tells you that the app was linked, you’re ready to rock. If you get an error, go back to your PS4, and generate a new code in the Plex app.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Start streaming

      Finally, you’ll be able to stream movies, TV shows, and music on your PS4 quickly and easily. And since the app also has “Channel” support, you can also stream videos from places like TED, YouTube, CNN, and our sister site IGN.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Using DLNA instead

      Last year, Sony began offering DLNA support through an app called Media Player. If you’d prefer to use that instead of the Plex app, here’s how to do it. First off, you’ll need to search on the PlayStation Store for the Media Player app. Navigate to the “Apps” section of the store, and you’ll find it under “Catalog.”

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Enabling your DLNA server

      Of course, you’re going to need a DLNA server to stream your media. Thankfully, the Plex server has DLNA streaming baked in already. Just go into the Plex server settings, find the DLNA tab, and make sure “Enable the DLNA server” is ticked.

      If you already have a DLNA streaming solution in place, you’ll probably be able to use that without much tinkering. And if you want to be sure that you’re only using supported file formats, check the PlayStation 4 User’s Guide for a full list.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Select your server

      Launch the Media Player app on your PS4, and select your DLNA server. If you’re using Plex, it should start with “Plex Media Server” in the server selection menu. From there, you’ll be able to navigate through your music, photos, and videos as long as you’re connected to the same network.

      Stream as you please

      Whether you prefer using the Plex app or Sony’s own Media Player, you’ll find that the PS4 is significantly more useful now than it was when it first launched. It compared very poorly to the PS3’s robust streaming offering before, but it’s a respectable set-top box these days. It’s definitely not as cheap as a Roku or Apple TV, but if you already have one for gaming purposes, it’s finally become a rock-solid media machine that’s easy to recommend.

      Of course, the best part of using Plex (or DLNA) is that you’re not locked into any one platform. If you also have an Xbox One, smartphone, tablet, or laptop, setting up your streaming solution is just as easy. As long as your files aren’t locked behind any kind of DRM system, you’ll be able to watch whatever you want whenever you want on nearly any modern device.

      VLC can easily access media from UPnP (Universal Plug and Play) as well as DLNA (Digital Living Network Alliance). The option is available in the View > Playlist section of the media player. UPnP and DLNA allow you to stream content over your local network. You can see televisions make use of this feature to access videos from your laptops and other devices supporting the standard. It’s like sharing the media content that you have on your computer or phone to other devices without the need to copy and move files. All of them should be connected to the same network or Wi-Fi.

      If you have VLC on your computer, you will be accessing the files available via UPnP as well as DLNA. There should be another device sharing media files using this standard or protocol. It’s like a private network for audio and video files.

      Here’s how you access media from UPnP or DLNA using VLC:

      • Open up VLC Media Player.
      • Go to View > Playlist [CTRL + L].
      • On the left under Local Network, click on Universal Plug’n’Play.
      • You’ll see a list of files or streaming networks listed on the left.
      • Browse through them and right click on them to Play, Stream or Add to Playlist.
      • You will be playing media from your network in some time.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Note: It can take some time for VLC to discover and list all the folders and sub-folders from your UPnP and DLNA servers.

      26 thoughts to “How to Access Media from UPnP or DLNA using VLC”

      VLC for Android does work with DLNA. Your servers will show up under local network. You may have to swipe left for them to display.

      If you were looking for How to Access Media from UPnP or DLNA using VLC Android, this information does not apply. VLC Android uses SMB. It does not support DLNA.

      Not so. Your DLNA servers should show up under local network. You may have to swipe left to view them. It does for me.

      I am using VLC on Apple TV and had no trouble streaming on Kingston media server. However, I recently changed over to WD My Cloud Home (Single bay) backup server and it is not able to detect any files/folders beyond the “Public” folder. Please help

      Were you able to figure this out?

      Go into the UI on the My Cloud device and make sure each “share” has Media Serving enabled.

      Hey guys just figured out that this menu is hidden, If you go with your mouse below the reproduction list it will enable a mouse cursor drag. Then you will be able to open the window and all is there.

      It’s not working on Windows: I tried DLAN on a Synology Disk Station and minidlna on a Raspberry Pi. Both Servers are recognized on an old LG Smart TV and VLC on Android. The VLC Windows Version (currently 3.0.8) doesn’t find anything when choosing UPNP like in the manual above. Same Home Network, WiWi or Cable connected. I even tried on Windows 7 and 10, different Computers… nothing. Any suggestion?

      I have a simple Wi-fi network in my house. Two PCs, one router. One PC in the living room as a media PC, the other in the office. I would like to store my movies and TV shows on a large hard drive in my office, and use my tiny intel NUC media PC to play the files wirelessly on my TV in the living room.

      I feel like this should be really, really easy to do.

      The whole file and print sharing thing appears to be only for sharing specific folders with other people on my "network" yet it seems I don't have a network.

      "Nearby sharing" requires bluetooth and wifi, and thats not really what I'm after.

      What I want is a way to boot up my media PC, navigate to a folder on my office PC and play a movie from there wirelessly. My question is can windows 10 do this and if not, why the hell not? 🙂

      Of course it can. It's pretty simple to share folders over the network, but you must set your network settings appropriately.

      First, make sure that your network type is set **Private **on both PCs, and that both Network discovery and File and Printer Sharing is enabled (this is usually the default for home networks, but you should verify):

      Open Settings->Network & Internet->Status and verify that your current network is private. If not, then click Change connection properties and fix it

      From the Status page, click on Sharing options and ensure that network discovery and file and printer sharing under the Private network type are both enabled. Also enable automatic setup of network connected devices (the default). Optionally, verify that these settings are disabled for public networks (for your own security)

      Under All networks, make sure that 128-bit encryption is selected (ditto)

      Your computers should now be able to see each other on the LAN, and you now have to decide how you want sharing to work: for people with user accounts, or anyone on the network.

      My personal recommendation is to control access by individual user accounts. To do this, enable password-protected sharing and public folder sharing on all the PCs on your LAN. Now when you log into your PCs using the same user account credentials, you will automatically have access to your personal folders (Documents, Pictures, Videos, etc.) over the network, as well as any additional folders that you share via File Explorer.

      This enables your PCs to act as a file server, which may be all you need. But a more sophisticated approach is to use actual media server software. Windows has had built-in DLNA media streaming since Windows 7, and it still works in Window 10, but you must use Windows Media Player to both play and serve the media. A more modern take on this is to use something like Plex. It's what I do, and if you are willing to put in the effort to set it up, it a far better experience than simple file sharing or DLNA:

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Xbox One is Microsoft’s 3rd game console. With this console, Microsoft focused heavily on not just gaming but media too. It can do just about any streaming service you can think of. It can even take in your cable box and allow you to watch television while playing video games.

      All of this is cool, but what about local media? Microsoft has you covered. The Xbox One can support DLNA with its Media Player app. Here’s how to get a DLNA server for your Xbox One up and running on Linux.

      Note: though this guide focuses on Xbox One, the exact same process with Minidlna can be applied for any DLNA-enabled device.

      Installing Minidlna

      Before you can set up your server, you’ll need to install the application responsible for handling such things on your network. Open a terminal, and enter the following command:

      It should be noted that minidlna is only officially available for Ubuntu as of version 15.10. If you’re using a later version you’ll need to track down a .DEB package file. Not using Ubuntu? Chances are it’s probably in your distribution’s official repository. If not, just check out pkgs.org to find the package file that’s right for your distribution.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Setting up directories

      Now that the program needed has been installed, it’s time to set up directories. When setting up a DLNA server, most just point it at the traditional “Music,” “Pictures” and “Videos” folders already in the home directory. This approach is fine; however, separating computer media and dlna media is a better idea.

      In the terminal (Note that the following steps can be done with a file manager as well. Simply create a “dlna” folder followed by Music, Videos and Pictures folders inside the “dlna” folder), enter:

      After creating the dlna folder in your home directory, enter it with the cd command.

      Inside the dlna folder, make three other folders called Music, Videos and Pictures.

      Once the directories have been created, move desired media files you wish to access over your network into the correct folders.

      Configuring Minidlna

      Configuring Minidlna is fairly straightforward. Just open a terminal and enter the following:

      This will open the configuration file in the Nano text editor. The first thing that needs to be added in “minidlna.conf” are the locations of the directories.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      In Nano, make your way down to the part of the configuration file that has “# set this to the directory you want scanned” in it. Directly underneath all of the # lines, enter the following text into the configuration file.

      After setting the directories in the configuration file, it’s time to name your server. Find the “# set this if you want to customize the name” part of the configuration file. Directly underneath it you’ll see “#friendly_name=” commented out. Remove the # sign from in front of it, and enter the desired name for your Minidlna server after the = sign.

      With all the editing finished, save Nano (by pressing “Ctrl + O” on your keyboard). After that, just run

      to update the server database, followed by

      Note: each time you want to use Minidlna on your network, you’ll need to launch it first. It is also possible to autostart the daemon via systemd by entering sudo systemctl enable minidlna.service into the terminal.

      Accessing your media on Xbox One

      Accessing your newly created media server on Xbox is fairly easy. Head down to the bottom of the dashboard and open “My games & apps.” Once you’re there, select “Apps” from the column on the left side.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Inside the Apps section, scroll all the way to the right. You should see something that says “Find more in the Xbox Store.” Click on it. This will bring up a search box.

      Inside the search box, type “Media Player.” This will bring up a search results screen. In the results, click Media Player.

      Clicking on Media Player will bring you to its installation screen. Just tap on the red install button, and soon the app will be installed to your Xbox One.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      With the App installed, the red install button will turn into a launch button. Click on it to launch the Media player.

      When the app opens, you should see your DLNA server straight away, and it should look something like the following image.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Just click on your server which is listed in the Media Player app, and you’ll be able to access everything you’ve shared with the Minidlna app. Everything is separated out by the Music, Video and Picture sections respectively in the app.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      Conclusion

      It’s no secret that video game consoles have started focusing on other things besides gaming. With the latest Xbox One, it’s nice to see that the console has support for homespun media servers. Let’s hope that the fourth Xbox will have support for more complex media servers instead of just DLNA.

      Do you use your video game console for consuming media as well? Let us know below!

      Lost DLNA streaming and NAS connections under Windows 10 20H2

      I’m going crazy since I upgraded from Windows 10 v1909 to Windows 10 v20H2. Under the old system, I had no problems streaming videos from my PC to various Roku devices throughout my house by connecting to the Windows Media Player DLNA server. However, since the upgrade, DLNA has been, at best flaky, and at worst, non-existent.

      Immediately after the upgrade, all Roku devices reported that there were no DLNA servers. I went through all of the procedures that everyone lists on the Web to correct the problem.

      Turned on streaming under Network and Sharing Center
      Turned on “Automatically allow devices to play my media” in Windows Media Player
      Enabled Windows Media Player full access through the Firewall
      Ensured that “Network Discovery” is turned on for both private and public
      Doublechecked to make sure that all drives were shared
      Ensured that the PC never goes to sleep
      Turned off my VPN
      Rebooted several times
      Installed Plex

      There was still no DLNA server detected.

      I’ve also discovered that my NAS drive is now disconnected and cannot be reached, although it is listed in the File Explorer list. Attempting to open it File Explorer causes Explorer to hang.

      I booted from a backup of my old Windows 10 v1909 and everything worked as it should, so it’s not a Roku, router or WiFi problem.

      Does anyone have any suggestions to fix this problem, other than reverting to my old version of Windows 10? Is this a known issue with 20H2? Will the same problem occur if I install Windows 10 v2004. There are hints on the Web of something called SMB protocol changing in 20H2 that is causing problems with NAS connections. Could this be the problem, and if so, how can I fix it?

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      DLNA provides a hassle-free solution for sharing digital media between devices, and you can put this technology to good use on your local network. Install DLNA software on a server on your network, and you can easily access photos, videos, and music from any device that has a DLNA client on it. Using the minidlna application, you can turn any Linux machine into a DLNA server in a matter of minutes. Here is how to do this on Debian and Ubuntu. Since minidlna is available in the official software repositories of both distros, installing it is a matter of running the apt-get install minidlna command as root. Once the package has been installed, open the minidlna.conf configuration file in a text editor by running the nano /etc/minidlna.conf command as root. At the very least, you need to specify two things: paths to directories containing digital media and a descriptive name for the DLNA server. On my Raspberry Pi, I store photos, videos, and music in separate directories on a USB stick, so my minidlna.conf configuration file looks like this:

      Next, you should generate minidlna’s database. To do this, stop the minidlna server with the /etc/init.d/minidlna stop command, then issue the following command (both commands should be run as root):

      Start then the minidlna server using the /etc/init.d/minidlna start as root, and you are done. Unfortunately, minidlna cannot update the database automatically, so you need to do this manually every time you add new media files.

      To access digital media served by the DLNA server, you either need a DLNA-capable device or to install a DLNA client software. On Linux, you might want to give eezUPnP a try (see this article for more info), while the AnDLNA app can come in handy for accessing media files from an Android device.

      Comments

      comments

      I’m using minidlna for a while, and found out that new media added will be served wihtout the need to restart the service.
      Another tip, I found the android app BubbleUPnP it’s great not only for DLNA, but for other streams.

      How to turn your computer into a dlna media server

      If you’ve ever watched the photos on your digital camera come alive on your TV or played the music files on your computer over your home theater system, you’ve brushed against the magic of DLNA. This widely integrated but little understood technology allows you to stream media files from a hard drive or memory card to other devices on your home network without your needing to know a whole lot about codecs, file formats, or even how your network operates.

      DLNA stands for Digital Living Network Alliance, the trade group founded by Sony in 2003 to define the interoperability guidelines that make this communication possible. Prior to DLNA, setting up a home-entertainment network was an arduous process of gathering IP addresses and configuring each component to talk to the others with no guarantee of success. DLNA simplified the process by establishing a single protocol that ensured DLNA-certified multimedia devices from different manufacturers would work together.

      How it works

      DLNA separates multimedia devices into 10 certified classes subdivided into three broad categories: Home Network Devices (PCs, TVs, AV receivers, game consoles), Mobile Handheld Devices (smartphones, tablets, digital cameras), and Home Infrastructure Devices (routers and hubs).

      A device’s class is determined by its functional capabilities—whether it stores, controls, or plays media—rather than the type of product it is. So it’s possible (even common) for a device to fall into more than one class. Some DLNA-certified TVs, for example, can be classified as both a Digital Media Player—meaning it can locate and play media from other devices—and a Digital Media Renderer—because media can be pushed to it by an external controlling device.

      A modern AV receiver that supports DLNA can stream movies, music, and digital photos from a storage device attached to your home network to your smart TV.

      All DLNA-certified devices use Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) to discover and talk to each other on the network. When you connect one to your router, it should automatically appear on any other DLNA-certified component’s menu without needing you to perform any setup.

      In a typical scenario, you might have a PC running DLNA-certified software that transforms it into a media server. Your DLNA-certified player—a TV or game console, for example—would be able to browse the content on the PC and stream it. Alternatively, a controller, such as a tablet or smartphone, could discover the content on the PC and tell the TV to play it back.

      Getting started

      With more than 4 billion DLNA-certified products on the market—including TVs, Blu-ray players, storage devices, media boxes, smartphones, tablets, game consoles and software—chances are good you already have more than one compliant device or application in your home. Depending on the manufacturer, the product may use a branded version of DLNA such as SmartShare (LG), SimplyShare (Philips), or AllShare (Samsung), but rest assured it’s all the same technology and it will all interoperate.

      If you own a recent model PC, NAS, smartphone, or tablet, it probably came with bundled DLNA-certified software that will allow any media on it to be recognized by your networked components. If you have an older model, however, you can still turn it into a media server by adding a program like Plex, Twonky, TVersity, or Windows Media Player. Even if a component manufacturer steers you to its branded media-server program—for example, Samsung’s AllShare for Windows, you may still be able to use one of these third-party options, but finding which application works best with your component’s brand takes some experimentation.

      Philips’ SimplyShare is simply a private-label version of DLNA that lets you stream music and other media between smartphones, media players, media servers, other devices to smart TV on your network.

      Another area where DLNA gets messy is codecs. The DLNA specification only allows for a few common audio and video formats like Windows Media Audio, MP3, MP4. FLAC, AVI and MKV files, and many others, aren’t supported. To make it more complicated, different implementations of DLNA support different codecs. And even supported formats may not work if the container, bitrate, or other details don’t comply with the DLNA spec. Some DLNA server software will try to make up for this shortfall by transcoding files from a non-compliant format to a compliant one on the fly, but results vary.

      Has DLNA outlived its usefulness?

      DLNA was developed more than a decade ago, when tapping into your vein of locally stored media was the only way to stream a movie or photo slideshow from your computer to your TV. Our current bounty of online media-streaming and -sharing sites like Spotify, Netflix, and Flickr have since satisfied DLNA’s original intent with a much simpler process. Sony, DLNA’s founder, doesn’t even support the standard on its PlayStation 4 (though it looks like it might add it in the future).

      Still, if you have gigs of media just sitting on a hard drive, it’s worth giving DLNA a try. Just be aware of its limitations and be prepared to endure some trial and error before you find the combination of components and server software that works best on your network.

      Even if DLNA eventually falls by the wayside, the alliance itself continues to do good work. It’s latest initiative—dubbed VidiPath—is designed to enable consumers to stream their pay-TV content over their home networks without needing to additional set-top boxes for each TV. We’ll have a story explaining how VidiPath will work in the near future.

      What is DLNA? How does it work? What will I need to stream moves at home from my PC. Here is a brief overview of what is DLNA technology and how it can benefit it you in setting up home media streaming.

      Streaming media has seen an explosion of popularity recently. While many have found ways to put videos onto their computers; siting in front of a keyboard might not be the ideal situation. Being in the comfort of your living room watching videos on your large HDTV screen would definitely be preferable to most people. This has been made easier with the development of the technology called DLNA. Making streaming movies in the home simple and convenient.

      With out much setup or configuration, DLNA can transfers movies, photos and other media from one device to another. It stands for Digital Living Network Alliance. All you would need to do is connect the DLNA Certified devices to your home Network – wired or wireless. Once connected the DLNA devices discover and communicate with one another over your Home Network. DLNA servers, that store your media, stream to DLNA compliant players. It provides a very convenient way for you to transfer media from one device to another.

      The first step with DLNA is to designate a server on your network. Most computers with Windows Media Center will act as your server. You can use external storage devices such as the Buffalo Technology LinkStation Live 1.0TB, as your NAS or Network Attached Storage. You connect this NAS device directly to your network, so computers or other DLNA capable devices can access the stored media within. Therefore, your computer would not always have to be powered on when you want to watch movies on your TV. But for most people using Windows Media Center, or software such as Nero MediaHome or Tversity will turn their computer into an efficient DMS – Digital Media Server.

      Additional hardware will be required, regardless if you use a hardware server or software server. You will need a DLNA certified device such as Sony’s PlayStation 3, Mircosoft’s Xbox or certain Blu-ray Players. They have DLNA capabilities that transform them into Digital Media Players or DMP. Allowing them to locate the media on your Digital Media Server and play the media back on your TV. Certain HDTV’s can also have DLNA capabilities, eliminating the need for that third hardware device.

      While DLNA is becoming more mainstream it is still not in every media device. So you have to look for the DLNA logo when purchasing Blu-ray Players or HDTVs. Other DLNA Certified devices include DVR’s, Mobile Phones, Personal Digital Assistants, Printers, Digital Media Adapters and many more. If you have a large collection of videos, music and photos, it maybe worth it to purchase DLNA products which will make distributing your media around your home a breeze.

      Home Network Devices

      Digital Media Sever – Devices which store data and make it available to networked digital media players (DMP) and digital media renderers (DMR). Examples: PC’s and Network Attached Storage (NAS) devices.

      Digital Media Player – Devices which find data on digital media servers (DMS) and produce playback. Examples: TV’s, Blu-ray Players, stereos, home theaters, wireless monitors and gaming consoles

      Digital Media Renderer – Devices which will play data received from a digital media controller (DMC) and found on a digital media server (DMS). Examples: TVs, A/V receivers, video displays and remote speakers for music.

      Digital Media Controller – Devices which find data on digital media servers (DMS) and then play it back on digital media renderers (DMR). Examples: Internet Tablets, Wi-Fi enabled digital cameras and Personal Digital Assistants (PDA).

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

Want to remove the credit or debit card you have on file for your Apple ID and use PayPal instead? Read on for how to change your Apple ID payment method.

If you want to start using PayPal as your primary payment method for your Apple ID, there are several ways do so. We’ll start by looking at the process on iPhone and iPad, then look at how to make the change on the web as well as iTunes.

How to use PayPal your Apple ID payment method

iPhone & iPad

  1. Open Settingsand tap your name
  2. Choose iTunes & App Store
  3. Tap your Apple ID at the top, then View Apple ID
  4. Finally, tap Payment Information,tap PayPal and follow the prompts

Here’s how the process looks:

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

iTunes on Mac and PC

  1. Open iTunes and click Account in the menubar at the top of your screen
  2. Choose View My Account…
  3. Enter your Apple ID password if required, then click Editon the right of Payment Type
  4. Choose PayPalinstead of Visa, Mastercard etc.
  5. When finished, click Done in the bottom right corner
  1. Head to appleid.apple.com
  2. Log in and scroll down to Payments & Shipping
  3. Click Edit on the right hand side
  4. Click Select Payment Method and choose PayPal
  5. Click Save in the top right corner when finished

For more help getting the most out of your Apple devices, check out our how to guide as well as the following articles:

FTC: We use income earning auto affiliate links. More.

How To

A collection of tutorials, tips, and tricks from the 9to5Mac team helping you fix and get the most out of your favorite gear.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

Apple ID

About the Author

Michael Potuck

Michael is an editor for 9to5Mac. Since joining in 2016 he has written more than 3,000 articles including breaking news, reviews, and detailed comparisons and tutorials.

Apple’s digital wallet – Apple Pay¹ – is a handy way to make purchases in person and online. Unfortunately at the moment, you can’t use Apple Pay and PayPal together – although you can link your Apple ID to PayPal for some in app purchases. This guide will tell you how.

We’ll also take a look at the Wise multi-currency Mastercard as an alternative to use with your Apple Pay account, to cut costs and spend conveniently. It could end up being up to 4x cheaper for spending abroad.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

Apple Pay and PayPal – the basics

As we have noted, you can’t use your PayPal account with Apple Pay. That means you can’t use PayPal to fund contactless purchases on the iPhone or Apple Watch. It’s also worth noting that you can’t use a PayPal Cash Card with Apple Pay.²

It is, however, possible to add PayPal to your Apple ID to make in app purchases. That means you can use PayPal to buy from the App Store, Apple Books or iTunes, or to buy Apple iCloud storage.

Try Wise instead

You can’t link your PayPal account or card to Apple Pay. But you can access simple, low cost payments using Apple Pay, if you use a Wise multi-currency account and Mastercard instead. If you’re spending overseas, or shopping online with retailers based abroad, this may also save you money compared to PayPal.

Get a Wise multi-currency account online to hold dozens of currencies and access currency conversion at the mid-market rate. Simply switch to the currency you need for a low, upfront charge, and you can spend using the card, with no additional foreign transaction fees. Link to Apple Pay for convenience, and you’re all set.

Spend online without a foreign transaction fee using the Wise Mastercard

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

How to add PayPal to your Apple ID

You can use PayPal for purchases using Apple ID. Here’s how to link your PayPal account and Apple ID.⁴

On an iPhone or iPad:

  1. Click Settings followed by your name
  2. Select iTunes & App Store
  3. Choose* Apple ID*, then View Apple ID
  4. Tap Payment Information, select PayPal and add the required information

On Mac and PC:

  1. Open* iTunes* and hit Account at the top of the screen
  2. Select View My Account
  3. Add your Apple ID password, then hit Edit, to the right of Payment Type
  4. Choose* PayPal* and click Done in the bottom right corner

On the web:

  1. Log into the Apple website⁵ and select Payments & Shipping
  2. Click Edit, Select Payment Method and then PayPal
  3. Hit Save and you’re done

So there you have it. You can’t use PayPal with Apple Pay – but you can make a limited number of purchases by linking PayPal to your Apple ID. For Apple Pay, why not link to a Wise multi-currency account and Mastercard instead, to save money when you shop.

All sources checked on 19 May 2020

This publication is provided for general information purposes only and is not intended to cover every aspect of the topics with which it deals. It is not intended to amount to advice on which you should rely. You must obtain professional or specialist advice before taking, or refraining from, any action on the basis of the content in this publication. The information in this publication does not constitute legal, tax or other professional advice from TransferWise Limited or its affiliates. Prior results do not guarantee a similar outcome. We make no representations, warranties or guarantees, whether express or implied, that the content in the publication is accurate, complete or up to date.

You can make PayPal as the default mode of payment on iPhone and make purchases on iPhone using PayPal, instead of linking your Credit Card or Bank Account to iPhone.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

Make Purchases on iPhone Using PayPal

Apple now provides the option to use PayPal as the default option for making purchases on iPhone using Apple Pay. In-fact, you can even use PayPal to pay for Apple services like iTunes, App Store, Apple Music, iBooks and iCloud.

Once PayPal is linked to your Apple ID, you will be able to use PayPal’s One Touch feature to make purchases on all Apple devices, including iPhone, iPad, Apple Watch and Apple TV.

In case you are not aware, the “One Touch” feature in PayPal basically allows users to make purchases, without having to login to their PayPal Account, every time they make a purchase using iPhone.

Since, PayPal does not share your Bank, Credit Card, Country and Region information with Apple, you should be able to download Apps that are not available in your Country or Region.

How to Add PayPal to Apple Pay on iPhone

All that is required to use PayPal on iPhone is to link your PayPal Account to iPhone.

1. Open Settings and tap on your Apple ID Name .

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

2. On the Apple ID screen, tap on Payment and Shipping option.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

3. On Payment & Shipping screen, tap on your existing Payment Method (Credit Card or None).

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

4. On the Payment Type screen, select PayPal and tap on Next .

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

5. On the next screen, provide your First Name, Last Name and tap on the Sign in to PayPal link.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

Next, follow the on-screen instructions to Sign-in to your PayPal Account and Agree to the “Terms and conditions”.

The new payment option is only available in the US and UK — and only on Apple’s website at this point.

Lance Whitney is a freelance technology writer and trainer and a former IT professional. He’s written for Time, CNET, PCMag, and several other publications. He’s the author of two tech books–one on Windows and another on LinkedIn.

This is the first time Apple has supported PayPal as a payment option for physical items, such as iPhones, iPads and Macs. Screenshot by Lance Whitney/CNET

You can now pay for your next iPhone or iPad at Apple’s online store using your PayPal account.

Previously, you could pay for Apple products and accessories online using only a credit card, special financing or an Apple Store gift card. But now when you order an item through Apple’s online store, you’ll see PayPal listed as an additional payment option. Select PayPal, and Apple will direct you to the PayPal site to sign in and confirm your purchase.

So far, the PayPal option is available only on Apple’s website and does not appear on the Apple Store mobile iOS app. Support is limited to just the US and UK.

PayPal has long been an option for Apple iTunes and App Store content. You can set up your Apple account to pay for such digital items via a credit card or PayPal. But this is the first time Apple has supported PayPal as an online payment option for physical items, such as iPhone, iPads, Macs and all the related products and accessories.

Apple and PayPal have had a seemingly more competitive relationship as of late. Apple’s new mobile payments system, Apple Pay, certainly stands to rival PayPal for mobile transactions. Launching Apple Pay during the iPhone 6 event in September, Apple didn’t announce PayPal as one of its partners. Shortly after the event, PayPal took a dig at Apple Pay by by hinting that it may not be as secure as Apple claims.

Related stories

So just why have Apple and PayPal come together for this new option?

For PayPal, the move gives it access to the second largest online retailer in the US, according to Internet Retailer. And for Apple, the move lets it expand the ways that its customers can afford its products.

PayPal gives you the ease of use and the security of using a single online account rather than forcing you to juggle with credit cards. Further, Apple is offering PayPal credit with no interest, so you can take as long as 18 months to pay off any purchase more than $250. That could certainly help people better afford Apple’s pricier items, such as a Retina Display iMac or a top-of-the-line Mac Pro. PayPay credit could also serve as a handy option to pay for the most luxurious and expensive edition of the Apple Watch when that device launches sometime early next year.

GET READY FOR THE ALL-IN-ONE PAYPAL APP
Join the millions of people who trust PayPal to send, spend, & manage their transactions without sharing financial information.
The new PayPal App lets you shop online and in person, send & receive money and raise or donate for a good cause – right from your phone.

SEND & RECEIVE MONEY
A simple, secure way to quickly send & receive money to family and friends.
Exchange messages to make payments between friends more fun & less awkward & more interesting with our animations, emojis & range of themes.
With encryption technology, we go the distance to help make sure your money transfers are secure.

SEND MONEY GLOBALLY
Transfer money using our Xoom service to 130+ countries, even if the recipient doesn't have a PayPal or Xoom account.

CRYPTO
Buy, sell, and hold Crypto. Conveniently explore crypto with confidence in the PayPal app.¹

1PayPal account required. Terms apply. GBP service only available in the UK. Buying & selling cryptocurrency is subject to a number of risks & may result in significant losses & the loss of the entire amount you have paid. Cryptocurrency is volatile. The value of cryptocurrency can rise or fall suddenly so you can lose money just as easily as you can make it. Cryptocurrency sales can be taxable. You can buy, hold & sell cryptocurrency through PayPal’s cryptocurrency service, but you can’t use it to send cryptocurrency. Purchases & sales of cryptocurrency aren’t reversible & cannot be changed. None of the information provided by PayPal should be taken as tax, financial, legal, trading or investment advice. Consider seeking advice from your financial or tax adviser. PayPal’s cryptocurrency service is not regulated by the UK Financial Conduct Authority or the Luxembourg Commission de Surveillance Du Secteur Financier. Therefore, if something goes wrong with the cryptocurrency, you won’t be able to use the UK Financial Ombudsman Service, the European Consumer Center or have the protection of any UK or Luxembourg Financial Services Compensation Scheme.

BUY NOW, PAY LATER
Keep track of all your PayPal Pay in 3 and PayPal Credit repayments.2
2 Subject to status. UK residents only. Late fees apply for purchases made on or before 30 September 2021. PayPal is a responsible lender. Pay in 3 performance may influence your credit score. T&Cs apply.

PAY IN PERSON
Paying in person is as easy as scanning a QR code at checkout – and it's contactless. You don't have to handle cards, or cash, simply use the app.

PAY HOW YOU WANT
Add your debit or credit cards or link your bank accounts for extra flexibility at checkout. You'll even be able to continue collecting rewards points.*
*subject to credit card provider

GET INSTANT NOTIFICATIONS
Whether shopping at your usual store or somewhere new, we help keep checkout fast & your eligible purchases protected. You also get instant spend notifications, so you can easily keep track of all your online hauls.

KEEP YOUR BILLS IN ONE PLACE
Manage your subscriptions & household bills, all from one place.

DONATE & RAISE FOR A GOOD CAUSE
Give to support causes you care about through the app or at checkout.
Raise money for yourself, friends in need, or local businesses that need a boost.

GET READY FOR THE ALL-IN-ONE PAYPAL APP
Join the millions of people who trust PayPal to send, spend, & manage their transactions without sharing financial information.
The new PayPal App lets you shop online and in person, send & receive money and raise or donate for a good cause – right from your phone.

SEND & RECEIVE MONEY
A simple, secure way to quickly send & receive money to family and friends.
Exchange messages to make payments between friends more fun & less awkward & more interesting with our animations, emojis & range of themes.
With encryption technology, we go the distance to help make sure your money transfers are secure.

SEND MONEY GLOBALLY
Transfer money using our Xoom service to 130+ countries, even if the recipient doesn't have a PayPal or Xoom account.

CRYPTO
Buy, sell, and hold Crypto. Conveniently explore crypto with confidence in the PayPal app.¹

1PayPal account required. Terms apply. GBP service only available in the UK. Buying & selling cryptocurrency is subject to a number of risks & may result in significant losses & the loss of the entire amount you have paid. Cryptocurrency is volatile. The value of cryptocurrency can rise or fall suddenly so you can lose money just as easily as you can make it. Cryptocurrency sales can be taxable. You can buy, hold & sell cryptocurrency through PayPal’s cryptocurrency service, but you can’t use it to send cryptocurrency. Purchases & sales of cryptocurrency aren’t reversible & cannot be changed. None of the information provided by PayPal should be taken as tax, financial, legal, trading or investment advice. Consider seeking advice from your financial or tax adviser. PayPal’s cryptocurrency service is not regulated by the UK Financial Conduct Authority or the Luxembourg Commission de Surveillance Du Secteur Financier. Therefore, if something goes wrong with the cryptocurrency, you won’t be able to use the UK Financial Ombudsman Service, the European Consumer Center or have the protection of any UK or Luxembourg Financial Services Compensation Scheme.

BUY NOW, PAY LATER
Keep track of all your PayPal Pay in 3 and PayPal Credit repayments.2
2 Subject to status. UK residents only. Late fees apply for purchases made on or before 30 September 2021. PayPal is a responsible lender. Pay in 3 performance may influence your credit score. T&Cs apply.

PAY IN PERSON
Paying in person is as easy as scanning a QR code at checkout – and it's contactless. You don't have to handle cards, or cash, simply use the app.

PAY HOW YOU WANT
Add your debit or credit cards or link your bank accounts for extra flexibility at checkout. You'll even be able to continue collecting rewards points.*
*subject to credit card provider

GET INSTANT NOTIFICATIONS
Whether shopping at your usual store or somewhere new, we help keep checkout fast & your eligible purchases protected. You also get instant spend notifications, so you can easily keep track of all your online hauls.

KEEP YOUR BILLS IN ONE PLACE
Manage your subscriptions & household bills, all from one place.

DONATE & RAISE FOR A GOOD CAUSE
Give to support causes you care about through the app or at checkout.
Raise money for yourself, friends in need, or local businesses that need a boost.

Take home the products you love with an affordable instalment plan. Shop first, then apply for financing at Checkout.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

  • Choose an instalment period of 3 to 18, 24 or 36 equal monthly payments.
  • £299 minimum order.
  • Get an instant decision and have your order shipped directly to you.*

Representative Example

  • £999 Loan Amount
  • Cash Price £999
  • Duration of Agreement 24 months
  • Representative APR 14.9% (fixed)
  • 24 Monthly payments of £47.95
  • Total Amount Payable £1,150.80

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

  • £99 minimum order.
  • Get an instant decision and have your order shipped directly to you, or choose to pick it up from an Apple Store or local pick up point.
  • Choose instalment period of 6,12,18 or 24 equal monthly payments.
  • With one-off application process, once approved, there’s no need to apply again for future purchases.
  • 14.9% interest rate p.a. fixed for the duration of the instalment plans. Any outstanding balance after the end of the instalment period will revert to the standard variable rate.
  • Standard variable rate applies to transactions made outside of any instalment plans.
  • Instalment example: A £500.00 purchase split over 24 monthly payments at 14.9% (fixed) would cost £24.00 per month. Total amount payable £576.00.
  • The example below represents the typical costs of using PayPal Credit as a standard funding method:
  • Representative example: £1,200 assumed credit limit, purchase rate 21.9% p.a. (variable), representative 21.9% APR (variable).

How it works.

Shop and make your purchase.

Continue with Checkout until you get to ‘How do you want to pay’.

Choose an instalment plan.

Pay over time. Choose Barclays or PayPal Credit.

Complete your order.

Place your order.

Barclays:-

  • Review and place your order.
  • You will be taken to Barclays website to complete your credit application.
  • Your delivery date will be confirmed once your credit application has been approved.

Paypal:-

  • Continue to PayPal website to complete your Credit application.
  • Return to the Apple website.
  • Review and place your order.

Gift cards are not eligible for financing

Credit subject to status. Different durations and interest may be offered. Subject to application, financial circumstances and borrowing history. Apple Retail UK Limited acts as a broker not a lender and offers finance from a restricted range of finance providers.

Barclays Terms and Conditions

*Important: Your delivery address and billing address must match to apply for financing.

Important: If you choose financing, the delivery date in bag and checkout may not apply. Your delivery date may be later due to the time required to process your financing application. When your application is approved, you will receive an email with the updated delivery date. Terms & Conditions.
If Barclays are unable to verify customers electronically then Barclays may ask the customer to provide documentation to prove their identity. Barclays Partner Finance, which is a trading name of Clydesdale Financial Services Limited, a member of the Barclays Group. Clydesdale Financial Services Limited is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (Financial Services Register number: 311753). Registered in England. Registered No: 2901725. Registered office: 1 Churchill Place, London E14 5HP. Our Trading address: PO Box 2501, Cardiff CF23 0FP.

PayPal Credit Terms and Conditions

Subject to credit approval. Finance provided by PayPal Credit. PayPal Credit is a trading name of PayPal (Europe) S.à r.l et Cie, S.C.A., 22-24 Boulevard Royal L-2449, Luxembourg. If you apply and are approved for PayPal Credit, you can use the credit limit granted to pay for today’s purchase and future purchases up to your credit limit. Apple Store Instalments purchases qualify for 14.9% p.a for a fixed period depending on the length of the term selected.

More ways to shop: Find an Apple Store or other retailer near you. Or call 0800 048 0408 .

iPhone apps and iPad apps are available without modification on the Mac App Store on Apple silicon Macs, opening new possibilities for users and developers alike. These apps can be optimized to work with keyboards, windows, and touch-input gestures by using existing capabilities that are already available to iPhone and iPad apps. You can even adjust the way they work on Mac by checking for existing capabilities and enabling and disabling features accordingly.

No porting required.

iPhone and iPad apps on the App Store are automatically available on the Mac App Store on Apple silicon Macs, without any modification to the app. There is no porting process — the same frameworks that your apps use on iPhone and iPad are available and tuned just for Mac, taking advantage of the same shared architecture across all three platforms.

Optimize for iPhone, iPad, and Mac.

There are features available to iPhone and iPad apps that make it easier for them to run on Mac and improve the overall user experience when run on any of these platforms. For example, adding keyboard support not only enables the primary interface for the Mac, it also supports the growing number of users who use keyboards with their iPads. Supporting iPad Multitasking and Auto Layout lets your app support resizable windows on iPad and Mac. If your app supports standard gesture recognizers for pinch, scroll, rotate, and zoom effects, they will automatically map to appropriate gestures on Mac input devices. Adding support for drag and drop enables a common use pattern on the Mac and makes your iPad app even more versatile. Apps that deal with files can handle files correctly on every platform using the latest Bundle and FileManager APIs. And when you’re ready, you can use Mac Catalyst to create an app that truly takes advantage of everything Mac has to offer.

Makes sense for Mac.

Some apps are optimized to take advantage of features unique to iPhone and iPad. Carefully consider if your app makes sense for Mac and, if so, how it will work. For example, your app might use hardware unique to iPhone and iPad, such as the multi-touch screen, gyroscopes, accelerometers, and depth-sensing cameras. Or it might use frameworks, such as ARKit and CallKit, that are not available on Mac. Decide whether your app depends on these unique features or whether it uses them occasionally. In either case, you can enable and disable features in your app as needed.

On the Mac App Store.

Users can find iPhone and iPad apps right on the Mac App Store. These apps are distinguished by the “Designed for iPhone” and “Designed for iPad” badge next to the app icon. They can be found by browsing curated selections and charts, or by searching and clicking the “iPhone & iPad Apps” toggle at the top of search results.

Rating and reviews. The ratings and reviews on the Mac App Store are independent of those on the App Store for iPhone and iPad, so users looking at your app will see reviews only from other users on the same platform.

Universal purchase. If your iPhone or iPad app is available on the Mac App Store, you can later replace it with a Mac version by adding the macOS platform to your app in App Store Connect. Existing users of your iPhone or iPad app on Mac will then receive the new Mac app as an update. If your iPhone or iPad app already offers a Mac app as part of a universal purchase, the option to offer the iPhone or iPad app on the Mac App Store will not be available.

Manage your app.

Managing Mac App Store availability. By default, your apps are published automatically on the Mac App Store. If you determine that your app does not make sense on Mac, you can edit its availability at any time in App Store Connect.

Verify your app on macOS. iPhone and iPad apps on the Mac App Store are labeled as “Not verified for macOS” by default. Once you’ve tested your app on an Apple silicon Mac to confirm that it runs well, you can verify its compatibility in App Store Connect to remove this label on the Mac App Store.

App Analytics. Determine how many product page views, downloads, and sales your app receives on the Mac platform using App Analytics in App Store Connect.

Xcode documentation

Find details and step-by-step instructions on how to use Xcode.

Documentation

Browse the latest documentation including API reference, articles, and sample code.

Session Videos

See the latest in Apple technologies presented at WWDC and other events.

Forums

Ask questions and discuss development topics with Apple engineers and other developers.

Justin Duino
How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app storeJustin Duino
Reviews Director

Justin Duino is the Reviews Director at How-To Geek (and LifeSavvy Media as a whole). He has spent the last decade writing about Android, smartphones, and other mobile technology. In addition to his written work, he has also been a regular guest commentator on CBS News and BBC World News and Radio to discuss current events in the technology industry. Read more.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

blackzheep/Shutterstock

If you own a Mac powered by Apple Silicon (such as the M1 processor), you no longer need to take out your iPhone or iPad to run some of your favorite mobile apps. As long as you’re running macOS 11Big Sur or newer, you can download and install iPhone and iPad apps onto your Mac.

Before you can run an iPhone or iPad app on your Mac or MacBook, you’ll first need to download it from Apple’s App Store.

Start by clicking on the Launchpad icon found on your computer’s dock.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

Next, click on the “App Store” button. If you can’t find it, use the search bar found at the top of the bat to locate the app.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

Alternatively, you can use Apple’s built-in Spotlight search to open the app. The easiest way to do this is by pressing Cmd+Space Bar on your keyboard. The search dialog will appear in the center of your screen. Type in “App Store” and select the first entry.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

You can now enter the iPhone or iPad app’s name into the search bar found in the top-left corner of the window.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

You won’t immediately see the app you’re looking for—this is because the App Store defaults to only showing Mac apps. Click on the “iPhone & iPad Apps” listing to switch views.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

If the iPhone or iPad app developer elected to have their mobile app available on Mac, you will now see it on the results page.

Click the “Get” or Download button (which looks like a cloud icon) to start the download process.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

Once the iPhone or iPad app is installed on your Mac, select the “Open” button. The app will open in its own window and run like any other application developed for your Mac.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

Later, after you’ve closed the App Store, you can open and run the iPhone or iPad app on your Mac by finding it in the Launchpad or by using Spotlight search, as we did above.

Unfortunately, at the time of writing, there are no Macs with touchscreens. You will have to interact with any apps or games you download with your trackpad, mouse, or keyboard.

  • › The Best MacBooks of 2022
  • › Should You Buy a 2021 MacBook Pro for Gaming?
  • › Can You Play Games on an Apple Silicon M1 Mac?
  • › Roborock Q5+ Review: A Solid Self-Emptying Robot Vacuum
  • › Every Microsoft Windows Logo From 1985 to 2022
  • › What’s New in Chrome 101, Arriving Today
  • › The 5 Most Ridiculously Expensive Phones of All Time
  • › Samsung T7 Shield Review: The Best Portable SSD, Now Rugged

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store Justin Duino
Justin Duino is the Reviews Director at How-To Geek (and LifeSavvy Media as a whole). He has spent the last decade writing about Android, smartphones, and other mobile technology. In addition to his written work, he has also been a regular guest commentator on CBS News and BBC World News and Radio to discuss current events in the technology industry.
Read Full Bio »

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

PayPal can be used in numerous ways to send or receive money.

You can’t add a PayPal account to your Apple Pay account, however. This means you can’t use PayPal on your iPhone or Apple Watch to make contactless Apple Pay payments.

This doesn’t mean that you can’t use PayPal on your phone at all, though; you can add your PayPal account to your Apple ID. This will let you buy apps and music using your PayPal account on Apple apps.

Here’s how to connect your PayPal account to your Apple ID.

Check out the products mentioned in this article:

iPhone 11 (From $699.99 at Best Buy)

Apple Watch Series 5 (From $399.99 at Best Buy)

How to add PayPal to your Apple ID

1. Unlock your iPhone and head to “Settings.”

2. Tap your name, which is located on top of the “Settings” page.

3. Click on “iTunes & App Store.”

4. On the next screen, tap “Apple ID” then select “View Apple ID” and login to your Apple ID account.

5. Once you are logged into your Apple ID, click on “Manage Payments.”

6. Click on “Add Payment Method,” then tap on “PayPal” on the next screen.

7. Log into your PayPal account and confirm that you’re adding PayPal onto your Apple ID account.

Now, when you purchase apps or music within Apple apps, your iPhone should default to using your PayPal account.

Now there’s more ways to PayPal— buy, sell, send, receive and explore all in one place. It’s a simple and secure way to get paid back for last night’s takeout, send money to friends who have an account with PayPal, buy and checkout with crypto, manage your bills and more. Plus, we’ve added some new features we think you’ll love.

*NEW* FIND DEALS RIGHT IN THE APP
• Get exclusive deals curated just for you right in the PayPal app.
• Earn cash back when you shop in the app.
• Multiply your rewards. Earn them with merchants, your credit cards, and with PayPal.

All rewards programs are subject to applicable terms.

PAY IN 4 WITH PAYPAL
• Buy now and pay later by splitting your purchase into 4 interest-free payments at millions of online retailers with no late fees.
• Just choose PayPal at checkout and select ‘Pay Later’, where you’ll see ‘Pay in 4’ as a way to pay.
• Make the down payment today and pay the rest in 3 payments—one every two weeks.
• Payments are easy to manage through the PayPal app and on PayPal.com.

Loans to California residents are made or arranged pursuant to a California Finance Lenders Law License. PayPal, Inc. is a Georgia Installment Lender Licensee, NMLS #910457. Learn more at paypal.com/payin4

CRYPTOCURRENCY
• Buy, sell and hold Bitcoin, Ethereum, Bitcoin Cash and Litecoin in the PayPal app.
• Now you can check out with crypto when you pay with PayPal at millions of online merchants.

PayPal Balance account required. Terms apply. Only available in the US and limited in certain states. Buying and selling cryptocurrency is subject to a number of risks and may result in significant losses. You have to report any gains or losses on crypto sales, including when you check out with crypto, on your taxes.

SEND AND REQUEST MONEY FOR FREE
• When funded by a bank account or with your PayPal balance, it’s free and secure to send money or ask for it back from friends and family in the US.
• Just type a name, email or phone number and PayPal will find the right person for you if they have an account.
• Request money quickly and securely from friends or family and personalize your payments with animations, stickers, emojis and more.

GET SPENDING NOTIFICATIONS
• Never miss a thing – stay on top of payments and sending or receiving money, with push notifications.
• Check out all your latest PayPal activity, by just logging in.

GENEROSITY NETWORK
• Create, share, and donate to fundraisers with millions of other PayPal users.
• Support a cause you care about by donating to charity right from the app. You can even set your favorite charity and donate at checkout.

Personal or business fundraisers on the Generosity Network may raise up to 20,000.00 USD and run for up to 30 days. You may run 1 Generosity Network fundraiser at a time. You may run multiple fundraisers to benefit charity at the same time, and there is no limit for amount raised.

ACCESS YOUR PAYPAL BALANCE INSTANTLY WITH THE PAYPAL CASH CARD
• Easily transfer funds from your bank balance to your PayPal balance.
• Shop in-store, online or everywhere Mastercard® is accepted and withdraw cash at ATMs worldwide.
• PayPal Balance account required to get the card.

TRUST PAYPAL SECURE TRANSACTIONS
• You can be sure PayPal will help keep your financial information secure, with commercially available encryption and advanced fraud protection. All that plus fraud monitoring transactions, 24/7.

A TOUCH-FREE WAY TO PAY OR BE PAID
• Pay touch-free by scanning a QR code. All you need to do is scan a seller’s QR code when you pay.
• Whatever you’re selling, now you can quickly set up a QR code and get paid in person, all with just your phone.

When purchasing apps or media with an Apple ID, most people grab a credit or debit card. But if you'd rather use PayPal to purchase apps from Apple's App Store or Mac App Store, it's easy to set it up on your iPhone, iPad, or Mac. Here's how.

How to add PayPal as an App Store payment method on iPhone and iPad

Before we begin, we'll assume that you already have an Apple ID that you use to purchase apps. Otherwise, it's easy to create one. Apple IDs are cloud-based accounts that apply to Apple services on all Apple devices.

On an iPhone or iPad, it's easy to add PayPal as an Apple ID payment method from the Settings app. It should be noted that once you add it using your iPhone or iPad, the payment method will apply to your Apple ID on any platform, including the Mac. Here's how to set it up.

First, open "Settings" on your iPhone or iPad.

At the very top of Settings, tap your Apple ID account name.

In your Apple ID settings, tap "Payment & Shipping."

In the "Payment and shipping" settings, tap "Add a payment method".

In the list of options, tap "PayPal", then "Connect to PayPal".

Then, log into PayPal using your PayPal account. You also have the option to create a new PayPal account during this step. Once logged in, review your PayPal payment options and click "Accept and Continue".

After that, PayPal will be added to your list of payment methods on your Apple ID. By default, Apple will use it to charge your account when you purchase apps from the App Store.

How to add PayPal as an App Store payment method on Mac

You can also add PayPal as a payment method for your Apple ID using your Mac.

It should be noted that if you share an Apple ID between all your devices and you have already added PayPal as a payment method using your iPhone or iPad, you do not have to do it again with the Mac. The PayPal option will already be configured.

The easiest way to link PayPal to your Apple ID on a Mac is to use the Mac App Store, which you can quickly find by opening Spotlight by clicking the magnifying glass icon in the menu bar and typing "App Store".

First, open the “App Store” on your Mac, then click on your Apple ID name in the corner.

On the next page, click on "Show information".

On the "Account Information" screen, locate the "Apple ID Summary" section. Then click on "Manage payments".

On the "Manage payments" screen, click on "Add a payment".

When the "Add a payment" screen appears, select the "PayPal" logo from the list of payment methods, then click "Connect to PayPal".

Go through the PayPal login process and agree to the terms. When you are done, PayPal will be added as a payment option to your Apple account.

How to remove PayPal as an App Store payment method

If you change your mind and want to remove PayPal from your Apple ID payment methods, you can do so through any interface where you can manage your Apple ID account.

On an iPhone or iPad, go to Settings> Apple ID> Payment & Shipping, then tap the "PayPal" method in the list and select "Remove payment method."

On a Mac, the procedure is similar. Open the App Store and visit Apple ID> View Info> Manage Payments, then click the "PayPal" option and click "Remove Payment Method".

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

As first spotted by our friends over at German language publication Macerkopf.de, Apple appears to be rolling out an option to make purchases on the Apple Online Store using PayPal. The feature appears to be limited to Germany currently, but it could mark the start of a broader roll out to other users.

Apple has never been opposed to offering the option to use PayPal for some services. Users in the U.S. have long been able to setup PayPal as a payment option for their Apple ID on the desktop, allowing them to purchase iTunes content with PayPal on iTunes & the Mac App Store. Apple does, however, already support PayPal payments for its online store in China.

It also allows its education customers to use PayPal for volume purchases of iOS apps, but the privilege didn’t extend to making purchases from the online store at Apple.com.

Apple’s help page for payments and tax information in Germany now explains how users can opt for PayPal at checkout, but we’ve yet to find the feature live in other countries that we’ve tested.

Users will not have to setup their PayPal as their payment option for their Apple ID, instead they will be redirected to log in using their PayPal username and password at the time of purchase:

When you place an order with PayPal you will be redirected to the PayPal website. There you will then need to login with your PayPal username and password. Before sending the order, whether the total amount and billing details are correct.

If you are not a PayPal customer, you can still choose this payment option, then set up a new account or pay as a guest. Your order consists of multiple deliveries, your PayPal account will be charged separately for each shipment.

We’ll keep you updated here if the service begins rolling out to others, and you can let us know in the comments below if you notice PayPal as a payment option in your country.

FTC: We use income earning auto affiliate links. More.

Move and manage money on-the-go with the PayPal or PayPal Business app. Whether you’re buying or selling, our apps make it easy for you to stay on top of your account wherever you are.

Move and manage money on-the-go with the PayPal or PayPal Business app. Whether you’re buying or selling, our apps make it easy for you to stay on top of your account wherever you are.

PayPal app.

Send money to, and request it from, friends and family in seconds with the new PayPal app. You can link your mobile contacts to make it easier and even ask Siri to send money for you.

If your friends don’t have PayPal, we’ll help them create an account to access any money you send them.

PayPal Business app.

Stay on top of your account activity with the PayPal Business app. Transfer funds, view transaction details, issue refunds and check your account balance, it’s all at your fingertips.

Create and send invoices in just a few taps so customers can pay you right away.

  • © 1999–2022

The PayPal service is provided by PayPal Australia Pty Limited (ABN 93 111 195 389) which holds Australian Financial Services Licence number 304962. Any information provided is general only and does not take into account your objectives, financial situation or needs. Please read and consider the Combined Financial Services Guide and Product Disclosure Statement before acquiring or using the service. PayPal credit services are provided by PayPal Credit Pty Limited (ACN 600 629 258).

When you visit or interact with our sites, services, applications, tools or messaging, we or our authorised service providers may use cookies, web beacons, and other similar technologies for storing information to help provide you with a better, faster and safer experience and for advertising purposes. Learn more here.

By Killian Bell • 3:05 am, May 15, 2019

Apple has finally given us the ability to pay for App Store, iTunes, and Books purchases with Apple Pay.

The company’s own mobile payments system can also be used for Apple Music and iCloud storage subscriptions. Here’s how to set it up.

There are several ways to buy digital content from Apple. You can use your credit or debit card, Apple gift cards, and in many countries, PayPal. After a lengthy wait, there’s now one more.

How to use Apple Pay for digital purchases

Apple Pay is now accepted in a number of markets where the mobile payment system is active. That includes the U.S., Canada, Russia, and Ukraine. It’s not yet available in the United Kingdom.

In the U.S., users can also choose to use Apple Pay Cash, according to an updated support document on Apple’s website.

You can add Apple Pay as a payment option by following these steps:

  1. Ensure you have a credit or debit card linked to Apple Pay
  2. Open Settings and select iTunes & App Store
  3. Select your Apple ID and then tap View Apple ID
  4. Tap Manage Payments then Add Payment Method
  5. Tap the card you want to use in the Found in Wallet list

You don’t need to update your iOS device — this is a server-side change. However, it’s always a good idea to be running the latest version of iOS.

Why you should use Apple Pay

Not only is Apple Pay support incredibly convenient, but there are a number of other benefits, too. It’s more secure than other payment methods, and it lets you quickly switch between the various cards you have linked to the Wallet app.

It’s actually pretty surprising it has taken Apple this long to add Apple Pay as a payment option for digital content.

I see a lot of people having the same problem (iTune / Apple Computer) is, for some mysterious reason, not allowing people to use money in their PayPal account to purchase anything from iTunes or the App Store. I had no problem using my PayPal account up until about two weeks ago.

Posted on Apr 16, 2018 12:36 PM

Thanks for all your help. I did what you suggested and “hopefully” got the situation resolved.

Posted on Apr 17, 2018 9:03 PM

Helpful answers

Apr 18, 2018 12:16 AM

There’s more to the conversation

Loading page content

Page content loaded

Terms and conditions may change from time to time.

Apr 16, 2018 12:41 PM

HUH. Well now THAT’S real helpful. DUH.

Apr 16, 2018 9:53 PM

Apr 17, 2018 12:24 AM

Well I appreciate your effort to help (to solve this dilemma) but unfortunately when I log into my PayPal account in an attempt to change “method of payment” from my credit card to payment from my PayPal account (yes, I have money in my PayPal account), I see only two choices: #1 – Keep what is showing (my credit card) or #2 – Apply for a PayPal credit card (which I certainly do not want). The is no option for making payment out of my PayPal account. I don’t know if iTunes screwed things up or if PayPal screwed things up. or a combination of both companies screwed things up. BTW – I sent an email to PayPal support complaining about this situation also. Haven’t heard back from PayPal yet but I suspect if & when I do receive their answer it will be as misleading as the information I found on the link you provided (not YOUR fault) – rather a “fault” on the part of iTunes (Apple) because this doesn’t resolve the problem. Yes, I have plenty of money in my PayPal account – enough to buy hundreds of songs or whatever off the iTunes site. Additionally, in my PayPal account, I have selected my “Preferred Method of Payment” to my PayPal account but they (or someone?) insists on showing my credit card as the method of payment. Totally frustrating! Again, thanks for trying to help but as I say either iTunes or PayPal screwed something up – typical of today’s so-called “improvements”! Roger

Apr 17, 2018 10:42 AM

Reach out to iTunes – Official Apple Support. Perhaps they can explain the issue or help you get PayPal reinstated as a payment method.

Apr 17, 2018 11:14 AM

Thanks for all your help. I did what you suggested and “hopefully” got the situation resolved.

Apple Cash (formerly Apple Pay Cash) is Apple’s peer-to-peer payments service. Once you’ve set up an Apple Cash card on your iPhone or iPad, it can be used to make and receive payments in Messages, or you can get Siri to send money to a friend or family member. This article shows you how.

alt=”apple pay cash 1″ width=”449″ height=”630″ />
When someone sends you money via Apple Cash, it goes on your virtual Apple Cash card, which is stored securely in the Wallet app on your iPhone or iPad. You can use the money on it to send to someone, make purchases using Apple Pay in stores, within apps, and on the web. Alternatively, you can transfer the money on your Apple Cash card directly to your bank account.

Furthermore, if you’ve applied for Apple’s own-branded credit card – called simply Apple Card – you can use Apple Cash to help pay off your Apple Card balance. You can also take advantage of Apple Card’s “Daily Cash” rewards system, where Apple pays out cash back bonuses on a daily basis.

Sending and Requesting a Payment via Apple Cash

  1. Open a conversation in Messages.
  2. Tap the Messages App Store icon.
  3. Choose the “Apple Pay” icon.
  4. Tap the “+” or “-” buttons to enter an amount, or use the keyboard.
  5. Tap “Request” or “Pay.”
  6. You’ll have an option to preview your payment or request for payment. alt=”applepayrequestmoney” width=”800″ height=”572″ />
  7. Press the blue arrow button to send.

When sending a payment, the money you’ve sent will be listed as “pending” in the Wallet app until the person on the receiving end accepts. Once accepted, the payment will be listed in “Last Transaction” under the Apple Cash card in Wallet. While still pending, a payment can be cancelled.

alt=”applepaycashpending” width=”800″ height=”572″ />
Money that you’re sending will be pulled from a linked debit/credit card or from the Apple Cash card itself if you’ve added funds to that card or received funds from other people. If you send money using the Apple Cash card or a debit card, there’s no charge. For a credit card, there’s a 3% fee.

When accepting a payment, the cash will be added to your Apple Cash card in the Wallet app. From there, it can be used to make purchases where Apple Pay is accepted like any other card or it can be transferred to a connected bank account.

alt=”applepaycashreceived” width=”800″ height=”571″ />
Apple Cash works in any conversation with a single person. The option won’t be available for group messages.

Sending Money via Siri

  1. Activate Siri.
  2. Tell Siri to send a payment. Example: “Send $1 to Eric.”
  3. If multiple payment apps are installed, you’ll need to confirm that you want to use Apple Pay.
  4. Unlock your iPhone using Face ID or Touch ID. alt=”applepaycashsendingmoneysiri” width=”800″ height=”571″ />
  5. Tap “Send.”
  6. Double click the side button to pay on iPhone X or put a finger on the Touch ID Home button to confirm payment on other devices.

Changing Apple Cash Settings

You can access your Apple Pay settings in the Settings app or through the Wallet app.

  1. Open Settings.
  2. Go to Wallet and Apple Pay.
  3. Tap on the “Apple Cash” card.

From this interface, you can add money to your Apple Cash card, transfer your cash to the bank (which requires adding a bank account) and choose to automatically or manually accept payments.

Verify Identity

Once you’ve sent or received a combined $500 with Apple Cash, you will need to verify your identity. Identity Verification is available in the Settings app, but it may not be fully functional at this time.

  1. Open Settings.
  2. Go to Wallet and Apple Pay.
  3. Tap on the “Apple Cash” card.
  4. Choose “Verify Identity.”

You will be asked to confirm your legal name and address, along with the last four digits of your social security number and date of birth. Apple will also ask questions related to your personal history and request a photo of a driver’s license or state ID card.

alt=”applepaycashverify” width=”800″ height=”571″ />
Once your identity has been verified, you can have up to $20,000 on your Apple Cash card.

Apple Cash Limits

There are limits on the amount of money that you can send per day and per transaction, and the amount of money you can add to your Apple Cash card.

When adding cash, you must add a minimum of $10 per transaction, but you’re not able to add more than $3,000. Over a 7-day period, you can add a maximum of $10,000 to your Apple Cash card.

When sending or receiving money, you can send/receive a minimum of $1 and a maximum of $3,000. Over the course of a 7-day period, you can send/receive up to $10,000.

Transferring money to your bank can be done at any time. A minimum of $1 can be transferred at a time, or less than a $1 if your total balance is under $1. Up to $3,000 can be transferred in a single transfer, and over 7 days, you can transfer up to $20,000 to your bank account from Apple Cash.

Apple Cash Requirements

To use Apple Cash, the following requirements must be met:

  • Both parties must be running iOS 11.2 or later.
  • An iPhone 6 or later must be used. .
  • You must be at least 18 years old.
  • You must be in the United States with a U.S. credit/debit card and social security number if verification is required.
  • An eligible credit or debit card must be available in Wallet.

Along with iPhones and iPads running iOS 11.2 or later, Apple Cash can also be used on the Apple Watch on devices that are running watchOS 4.2 or later. Sending money from an Apple Watch follows the same general process as the iPhone, with payments made and received through the Messages app.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

There’s a new way to add money on iOS and macOS that you can use to buy Apple content. It’s called Add Funds to Apple ID, and it lets you directly add money to your account.

Add Money on iOS

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

  1. Go to Settings > Your Name > iTunes & App Store .
  2. Tap on your Apple ID email at the top, then tap View Apple ID in the menu that appears.
  3. Tap on Add Funds to Apple ID on the next screen.
  4. Tap the amount you want to add, or Other to add a custom amount.
  5. Tap Next , then confirm by using Touch ID or Face ID. Depending on the payment method you have, you might need to verify it with a text message or other method.

After the authorization is done, you can use the money to buy iTunes and App Store content, or use it to buy iCloud storage.

Add Money on macOS

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

  1. Open iTunes .
  2. Using the menu bar, go to Account > View My Account .
  3. Sign in with your Apple ID and click View Account .
  4. Scroll down to the Apple ID Account section and click Add Funds to Apple ID .
  5. Click the amount you want to add, or Other to add a custom amount.
  6. Click Next and confirm your selection.

This method is basically iTunes gift cards without actually buying a gift card. This means you can use it to gift stuff to other people or buy stuff from Apple’s online store. You can’t cash it out either. And finally, I don’t have iCloud Family Sharing so I don’t know if parents can use this to directly add funds to a child’s account. But I’ll find out.

Apple yesterday quietly removed all mentions of PayPal Credit from its U.S. Online Store, signaling its decision to stop allowing customers to use PayPal Credit payment plans for purchases in the United States.

On the financing section of its website, where customers can get information about their payment options, Apple is now only offering financing through Barclaycard Visa, which allows users to make payments over 6 to 18 months depending on purchase price.

Apple is continuing to offer rewards to customers who buy with the Barclaycard Visa, with customers earning 3 points for every $1 spent at the Apple Store, 2 points for every $1 spent at restaurants, and 1 point on all other purchases. 2,500 points can be redeemed for Apple Store or iTunes gift cards.

Apple first began promoting PayPay Credit payment methods in December of 2014, which is when the company also began allowing customers to buy items using PayPal as a payment method. While Apple is no longer allowing customers to use PayPal Credit options to make purchases, it does still accept PayPal payments for purchases made from its online store and from its iOS app.

PayPal Credit is still available in the U.K., and it is not clear if Apple plans to drop support in other countries as well.

Top Rated Comments

Good. And long overdue. I'm one of the (many?) people who filed a complaint with Apple about this.

PayPal Credit would list a cheap rate on the Apple web site (something like no interest for 12 months and 12% after that), then when you got deep deep deep into the sign-up process, only if you clicked a tiny "more" disclosure button would you see that you were actually getting shafted with an entirely different interest rate and no free interest period.

It's so bad that you could actually display both of the rates on the same page, the lower one in big letters at the top, and the real rate at the bottom in tiny print. I sent a PDF of this to Apple.

When I called PayPal about it, the woman on the phone said there was nothing to be done, you have to pay the higher rate no matter what PayPal advertises on the Apple web site. When I went through the formal complaint appeals process my "claim" was "rejected" with no explanation.

I've been a PayPal customer for well over a decade. PayPal Credit isn't PayPal. it's a bank out of Atlanta. Maybe it's just licensed the name. I dunno.

Even today if you click the "view statement" link in the PayPal Credit section of your PayPal account it takes you to a redirect page that sends you back to the main PayPal page. There is no way to view your statement online. Smells very scammy to me.

Need to send some money to a friend or family member? Follow this guide to pay someone using Apple Pay.

Since so many people have an iPhone, sending them money or requesting cash through Apple Pay could be useful. But how do you pay someone with Apple Pay?

If you haven’t sent a payment this way before, it can seem confusing. However, once you set it up, future payments and payment requests are easy. This guide will show you how to use Apple Pay if you haven’t before.

Note: Paying friends and family members through Apple Pay is only available to those in the US.

1. Make Sure You Have Apple Wallet Installed

To use Apple Pay, you need to have the Apple Wallet app installed on your iOS device. After iOS 10 came out, it became possible to remove preinstalled Apple apps, and the Apple Wallet is no exception. Many people unknowingly remove the wallet app from their device before they even use it.

We all know there are a lot of preinstalled apps that we never use, but this one is actually handy and can make payments easy.

If you removed the Wallet app, you can download and install it from the App Store. It is also important to note that with Apple Pay, you can only send money to other Apple users, and they will need to have the Wallet app installed as well.

Download: Apple Wallet (Free)

2. Add Your Payment Method

In order to use Apple Pay, you will need to have a payment method in your account. Thankfully, adding a payment method is easy.

Once you’re in the Wallet app, you’ll see a black circle with a plus (+) sign. Tap this to add new payment methods. Once here, tap Continue to add a new card. The Apple Wallet app allows you to quickly scan a debit or credit card and it will input the information automatically, so you don’t need to type out each number individually.

You also have the option to apply for the Apple Card in the app. The Apple Card is a credit card with a variable interest rate issued by Goldman Sachs. You will need good credit to apply, and some fair credit scores are accepted.

3. Pay Merchants With Apple Pay

Once you’ve added a payment method or two, you are ready to start paying merchants. Many merchants and even vending machines have Apple Pay integration. You can quickly pay with your phone without having to pull out a card.

To pay a merchant with Apple Pay, simply double-tap the Side button on your iPhone near any Apple Pay reader device. This will pull up your Apple Pay cards. You can select the card you want to pay with and it will move to the top.

You will then be asked to confirm your payment, and you will hear a ding once the payment has been sent.

Note: If double-clicking the side button doesn’t work for you, be sure this option is enabled. To enable it, go to Settings > Wallet & Apple Pay and enable Double-Click Side Button.

4. Set Up Apple Cash to Pay Someone With Apple Pay

If you want to send money to friends and family using Apple Pay, you can! It is important to note that they must be in the US and they must also have an Apple Wallet. You currently cannot send money to other bank accounts or other payment apps (such as CashApp or Venmo) with Apple Wallet.

To send money to friends and family, you can do so through the Messages app.

However, in order to get this option, you will need to do one more thing—set up Apple Cash. This is essentially a cash wallet within your Apple Wallet. You can fund this wallet and also get payments sent to you by others with Apple Pay. Please note that all recipients of your payments will also need to have Apple Cash.

To set up Apple Cash, head to the Wallet app. In the Wallet app, you’ll see a black card that just says Cash. Tap on this to set up your Apple Cash account. This takes less than one minute in most cases. You just need to confirm some basic information.

5. Send a Payment to Someone With Apple Cash

Now that you’re all set up, you can start sending and receiving money. There are no more settings you will need to implement and everything should be working from here on out.

To start sending and receiving payments, all you need to do is use iMessage. Open the Messages app and tap on the person you want to pay. On top of the keyboard, you will see an Apple Pay icon. Select that and you can request or send money with an iMessage.

You can input the price you want to send or request, and just send it like a normal message. Once this is sent, the recipient will be notified. If there is an issue, you will be notified and the payment or request will be canceled, so there is nothing to worry about on your end.

For those with an Apple Watch, you can also use that to request and send payments. To do so, just open up the messages app on your watch and select the Apple Pay icon. You can get to this setting by swiping on the Messages app, it will be in the same place as all the other Messages options once it is set up.

Please note, you won’t be able to set up Apple Pay on your watch at the moment, so you’ll need to do those steps on your iPhone or iPad.

For those who frequently use Siri, you can use that to send or request payments quickly and hands-free. Just say “Siri, send [contact name] five dollars” and it will confirm your payment before it is sent. Requesting money is no different.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

If you’re an iPhone or iPad user, you probably use some sort of a payment method to make purchases on the App Store and iTunes Store. This could be a credit card, debit card, Apple Pay, PayPal or even Apple ID credit that you get from redeeming gift cards. Sure, your payment information is secure and there’s nothing to worry about it, but nonetheless there are still scenarios where you might want to remove the payment method from an Apple ID. Perhaps you’re sharing your device with others, or you want to replace the payment method with a new one, or perhaps you have an iPhone or iPad that gets used by kids frequently and you want to avoid any unintended purchases.

Considering how often iPhones, iPads, and iPod Touches are used by children in households today, unauthorized and accidental purchases tend to happen with some frequency. Sure you can disable in-app purchases universally or for specific apps like Fortnite, but for some that may not be far enough. If you have any payment method attached to an iOS device that you don’t primarily use, you might want to remove it before you get charged for something you didn’t even purchase.

Are you looking to get rid of your payment information from any of your iOS devices? Perfect, because in this tutorial we’ll be discussing exactly how you can remove your Apple ID payment method on the iPhone and iPad.

How to Remove Apple ID Payment Method on iPhone & iPad

Regardless of whether you’re using a credit/debit card, PayPal or Apple ID credit, removing the payment information that’s attached to your Apple account is a fairly straightforward procedure. Let’s review the necessary steps for removing payment methods from an Apple ID using iOS or iPadOS:

    Open the “Settings” app from the home screen of your iPhone or iPad.

Now there will be no payment method attached to the Apple ID. From now on, you don’t have to worry too much about unauthorized payments in your credit card bill.

If you got charged accidentally or someone else made an unauthorized purchase on the App Store, you could always request a refund and most of the time, they tend to accept the request and offer a full refund, as long as you aren’t too late, and assuming your request is reasonable.

“I Can’t Remove Payment Method from My Apple ID, Help!”

Unable to remove your payment method? This is usually because you have an active subscription that you’re currently paying for.

You will need to cancel your subscription and wait for it to expire before you can delete this particular payment method.

However, this shouldn’t be an issue if you have multiple payment methods and you’re trying to remove just one or two of them.

We hope you managed to delete your payment methods from your secondary iOS devices that are shared with someone else in your family. Did you remove it for a particular reason, because of unintended purchases or unauthorized payments, just to be be extra careful, or because multiple people are using the device with that Apple ID? Let us know your thoughts and opinions on how Apple handles payments in the comments section down below.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

What if you want an Apple ID but plan to never pay for a single thing from Apple through that ID? Apple makes that possible, though it’s not a highlighted method, since it’s frequently the case that you will pay Apple for a service or for software.

If you don’t have an Apple ID account or want to set up a fresh one

You can create an Apple ID via the App Store in both iOS/iPadOS and macOS.

In iOS and iPadOS:

  1. If you have an existing Apple ID account you don’t want to use, log out: go to Settings > account name > Media & Purchases and tap Sign Out .
  2. Launch the App Store.
  3. Find an app you can download at no cost. Such apps will have a Get button. Tap Get .
  4. The App Store prompts you for an Apple ID. Tap Create New Apple ID .
  5. When prompted for a payment method, select None .
  6. Follow the remaining steps to validate your account.
  1. Launch the App Store.
  2. If you have an existing Apple ID account you don’t want to use, choose Store > Sign Out .
  3. Find an app you can download at no cost. Such apps will have a Get button. Click Get.
  4. In the Apple ID dialog that appears, click Create Apple ID .
  5. Follow prompts. At the point where you’re asked for a payment method, select None .
  6. Follow the remaining steps to validate your account.

If you have an existing Apple ID

You can remove payment methods from existing Apple ID accounts in some cases. Apple requires a payment method on file if you are the family organizer for a Family Sharing group, and for accounts set up for children under 13.

In iOS and iPadOS:

  1. Go to Settings > account name > Payment & Shipping.
  2. Tap the Edit button.
  3. Tap the remove (minus in a red circle) button for each method.
  4. Tap Done.
  1. Launch the App Store.
  2. Choose Store > View My Account and then click View Information.
  3. Click Manage Payments.
  4. Click Edit next a payment method and click Remove. Repeat for each payment method.

This Mac 911 article is in response to a question submitted by Macworld reader Nancy.

Download free content from iTunes and the Apple App Store

  • Ithaca College
  • Tweet
  • Share
  • Email
  • Tweet
  • Share
  • Email

What to Know

  • In iTunes, go to Account > Sign in > Create New Apple ID and select None for Payment Method.
  • To redeem a gift card, go to Account > Redeem.

This article explains how to make an iTunes account without setting up a payment method on the desktop version of iTunes for Mac and Windows.

It is no longer possible to download apps through iTunes; however, you can still create an Apple ID for free.

How to Make an iTunes Account Without a Credit Card

You can download free content from the Apple App Store even if you don’t have a credit card. You can also continue downloading free apps after removing credit card information from your iTunes account.To use Apple iTunes without setting up a payment method:

Open iTunes and select Account > Sign In.

Select Create New Apple ID.

Provide the requested information and agree to the Apple Terms and Conditions, then select Continue.

Enter your personal information and set up security questions, then select Continue.

Select None next to Payment Method. Fill out the Billing Address section (even though you wont' be billed) and select Continue.

If you want to purchase apps that aren’t free, but you still don’t want to share your credit card information, you can select PayPal as your payment method.

An email will be sent to the address you used to confirm the account. Enter the confirmation code and select Verify.

Other Ways to Use iTunes Without a Credit Card

To purchase something that’s not free from the iTunes Store, you must provide a payment method. If you don’t want to put a credit card on file, you can use an iTunes gift card or PayPal. To redeem a gift card, go to Account > Redeem in iTunes.

Crooks use convincing email to collect PayPal log-ins

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

Cybercriminals have started a campaign to harvest PayPal credentials and are delivering scammy emails to users, claiming that a payment to Apple Store Australia has been made from their account.

Anyone with an active PayPal account has received at least one fraudulent message claiming to come from the service and leading to fake log-in pages. Most of them are extremely easy to spot.

Fake email could fool most users

This time around, though, the crooks have turned on their social engineering skills to the max and devised an email that could be taken as an official communication by many users.

For someone who does not rely too much on PayPal for financial transactions, this message could make them think that a third party gained access to the funds and used them to buy goods. Alternatively, they may believe that the order was recorded to their account by mistake.

The subject line reads “Receipt for your payment to Apple Store Australia” and the body of the email consists of a fake invoice allegedly issued by Apple for purchasing a product for AUD 158 / EUR 108 / USD 136.

At the end of the digital invoice an option is offered to dispute the transaction, via a provided link, and stop the money from being delivered to Apple.

This is the classic layout for a phishing scam: trick the user into believing that something has gone wrong and make available the possibility to revert the situation.

In this case, apart from a genuine-looking invoice and original graphic objects from PayPal, the cybercriminals also provide an essential detail about the link for disputing the transaction: it is encrypted. Of course, saying so does not make it true.

Extra data is requested to steal PayPal accounts

By accessing the given link, the user lands on a fraudulent page that asks for the PayPal account log in credentials, where the option to cancel the order is offered. According to Hoax Slayer, a second page launches after hitting the button to stop the transaction; this one asks for details that allegedly verify the identity of the account owner.

Everything entered in the fields is automatically sent to the crooks. Unless two-factor authentication (2FA) is enabled, the email and password are sufficient for logging into the account.

However, cybercriminals know that some users may have this fraud defense turned on; the additional information required can also be used to bypass the security checks set up by PayPal to prevent unauthorized log-in, giving cybercriminals unfettered access to the account.

One clue of an email scam is the fact that the user is not addressed by name. In notifications to customers, PayPal always address them by the given first and last name.

Apple’s digital wallet – Apple Pay¹ – is a handy way to make purchases in person and online. Unfortunately at the moment, you can’t use Apple Pay and PayPal together – although you can link your Apple ID to PayPal for some in app purchases. This guide will tell you how.

We’ll also take a look at the Wise multi-currency Mastercard as an alternative to use with your Apple Pay account, to cut costs and spend conveniently. It could end up being up to 4x cheaper for spending abroad.

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

  • Apple Pay and PayPal – the basics
  • How to add PayPal to your Apple ID

Apple Pay and PayPal – the basics

As we have noted, you can’t use your PayPal account with Apple Pay. That means you can’t use PayPal to fund contactless purchases on the iPhone or Apple Watch. It’s also worth noting that you can’t use a PayPal Cash Card with Apple Pay.²

It is, however, possible to add PayPal to your Apple ID to make in app purchases. That means you can use PayPal to buy from the App Store, Apple Books or iTunes, or to buy Apple iCloud storage.

Try Wise instead

You can’t link your PayPal account or card to Apple Pay. But you can access simple, low cost payments using Apple Pay, if you use a Wise multi-currency account and Mastercard instead. If you’re spending overseas, or shopping online with retailers based abroad, this may also save you money compared to PayPal.

Get a Wise multi-currency account online to hold dozens of currencies and access currency conversion at the mid-market rate. Simply switch to the currency you need for a low, upfront charge, and you can spend using the card, with no additional foreign transaction fees. Link to Apple Pay for convenience, and you’re all set.

Spend online without a foreign transaction fee using the Wise Mastercard

See if you can save

How to use paypal with apple’s iphone and mac app store

How to add PayPal to your Apple ID

You can use PayPal for purchases using Apple ID. Here’s how to link your PayPal account and Apple ID.⁴

On an iPhone or iPad:

  1. Click Settings followed by your name
  2. Select iTunes & App Store
  3. Choose* Apple ID*, then View Apple ID
  4. Tap Payment Information, select PayPal and add the required information

On Mac and PC:

  1. Open* iTunes* and hit Account at the top of the screen
  2. Select View My Account
  3. Add your Apple ID password, then hit Edit, to the right of Payment Type
  4. Choose* PayPal* and click Done in the bottom right corner

On the web:

  1. Log into the Apple website⁵ and select Payments & Shipping
  2. Click Edit, Select Payment Method and then PayPal
  3. Hit Save and you’re done

So there you have it. You can’t use PayPal with Apple Pay – but you can make a limited number of purchases by linking PayPal to your Apple ID. For Apple Pay, why not link to a Wise multi-currency account and Mastercard instead, to save money when you shop.

  1. Apple – Apple Pay
  2. PayPal Support Center Can I add my PayPal Cashback Mastercard or PayPal Extras Mastercard to Apple Pay?
  3. Apple Support Center Payment methods that you can use with your Apple ID
  4. 9to5mac How to use PayPal for your Apple ID payment method
  5. Apple – AppleID

All sources checked on 19 May 2020

This publication is provided for general information purposes only and is not intended to cover every aspect of the topics with which it deals. It is not intended to amount to advice on which you should rely. You must obtain professional or specialist advice before taking, or refraining from, any action on the basis of the content in this publication. The information in this publication does not constitute legal, tax or other professional advice from TransferWise Limited or its affiliates. Prior results do not guarantee a similar outcome. We make no representations, warranties or guarantees, whether express or implied, that the content in the publication is accurate, complete or up to date.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

After checking test blog posts from different authors, I know EXT4 is the fastest for 3y already in 2011. However, there are also other settings that make an SSD faster which I found in: http://www.howtogeek.com/62761/how-to-tweak-your-ssd-in-ubuntu-for-better-performance/

sudo gedit /etc/fstab

  • Add to / partition noatime,nodiratime
  • If kernel is >2.6.33, also add discard
  • tmpfs /tmp tmpfs defaults,noatime,mode=1777 0 0

sudo gedit /etc/fstab

Add to / partition noatime , and that’s it

And the data=writeback mounting option _if you formatted the disk without journaling. Otherwise add data=ordered which s[h]ould be a good compromise between full journaling and none at all.

tmpfs /tmp tmpfs nodev,nosuid,noexec,mode=1777 0 0

Why only noatime ? How can I know if the disk is without journaling from installation? What’s faster? No Journaling or opposite? And diff no journaling data=writeback or journaled data=ordered ?

Why tmpfs /tmp differs in both articles, how do they differ, and which is better and why?

All of this is about SSD, but can I use the same settings in HDD? I want to find an answer for HDD and SSD as I’ve made one-time scripts for setting it up in my https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Kangarooo/AfterCleanInstallation.

4 Answers 4

The howtogeek site is the more responsible of the two sites you mentioned. The atime tweaks are just metadata optimization that pipeline when a file will receive a certain timestamp update. It’s applicable regardless of the media you use, it also depends on how sensitive your application is to the coherency of that metadata. Most desktop users won’t miss it.

Now as for disabling journaling. that’s just crazy. That’s the whole point of using these advanced file systems: better performance while securing data integrity. Understand that if you make this trade you’re exchanging your personal data for a modest increase in speed. I personally wouldn’t recommend it. Most people don’t keep good backup’s to begin with to compensate for taking this risk.

Partition alignment does matter but not tweaking that bit won’t kill you either. It really depends on how heavily the disk is accessed. Assuming it’s unaligned, if you had tons of I/O going on a regular basis (server) you would see an improvement. On average desktop usage, who knows, probably not appreciable.

I would disregard that Ubuntu wiki you mentioned except for the notion that partition alignment is valuable. Here’s a more responsible link:

Some of the recommendations in that Ubuntu wiki are just plain wrong, like the reconfiguration of tmpfs using “nodev”. It’s already a RAMFS!

Moving firefox cache to /tmp may increase speed in your current session. Though it might be a security hazard (not secured in your home anymore) and it will be rebuilt on each boot since tmpfs isn’t persistent.

Adding discard to ext4 options is prudent, writeback is the default mode, leave journaling settings alone, the atime tweaks are fine, and the switch to deadline or nop scheduler might also be useful, partition alignment is optional. The rest is bunk.

What steps should be taken before/during/after installation of Ubuntu on a Solid State Drive to optimize performance and ensure maximum durability of the drive?

13 Answers 13

I have successfully used several different techniques to improve the way Ubuntu uses the storage device, whether that be solid state or traditional drive.

For SSD’s you are looking to minimise the number of times the drive is written too, as reads should not add wear to the drive.

1) Manage the swap file

If you do not hibernate your computer and you have ample RAM memory to run all your applications, then in theory you do not need a swap partition.

If you have a mix of SSD and hard drives, place your swap partition on the hard drives only.

2) No Writes for Read Timestamps (suitable for SSD’s and hard drives)

Mounting your partitions with the options noatime and nodiratime will stop timestamp writes when you read files and folders. These timestamp writes are not generally required unless you use a local mail server client such as mutt. The reason this is generally a bad idea, is because every read will produce a write when updating the timestamps. This decreases the life of the SSD.

Edit your /etc/fstab configuration file (carefully – take a backup to be sure as breaking your fstab configuration can prevent you system from working):

Edit the mounting options for your partitions by adding the text noatime and nodiratime to the lines defining your root (/) and other partitions if you have them (/home) – Note: if you have a /home partition, start with that just changing that partition if you are concerned about breaking something

You will need to reboot your machine before these changes take effect

3) Minimising writes from the OS and applications

Assuming that you are not running a mission critical product server, most people do not look at logs should something go wrong (especially as serious errors are rare for most Ubuntu users). Therefore you can configure Ubuntu so all logs get written to RAM memory rather than the SSD.

Note: only make the following changes when you have installed all software you are going to use (especially things like Apache web server), otherwise you may experience some issues with missing directories in /var/log

Open /etc/fstab with an editor (assuming you have backed up the /etc/fstab file)

I have been using Intel 520 SSD 180GB on my laptop for a while with great results. However, if you want to optimize your Linux SSD for Ubuntu, Linux Mint, Debian or any linux distribution to make your SSD run even faster and live longer, here how I do my Ubuntu SSD tweak.

SSD benefits

  • Faster than HDD, about 2-3 times faster than SATA2 7200 RPM
  • No moving parts
  • Lower heat during operating
  • Uses less power
  • Higher reliability

Always make a backup FIRST!

Update your SSD firmware

SSD manufactures (Intel, Samsung, SanDisk, Plextor, Corsair, Crucial…) often public new firmwares for their SSD to improve performance, reliability, and system compatibility, fix technical issues, bugs). Check your SSD’s manufacture often to make sure you have the latest firmware for your SSD.

Use EXT4 file system

Enable TRIM

TRIM lets an OS know which SSD blocks are not being used and can be cleared

Create a cron job for trim

monitor the expected life-time with smartctl

Your disk will not run forever. It has an expected life-time and you should probably monitor it

smartctl -data -A /dev/sda

This will output something like this:

At ID# 233 you see the MWI. This is a value starting at 100 and when it reaches values below 10 you should start to worry. Note that different manufacturers may have different names and numbers for this indicator.

more helpful hints to maximize SSD life

Edit fstab file, add discard to your SSD drives or partitions (after ext4)

noatime mount option

noatime is a mount option in linux. noatime disables atime updates on the file system. By adding noatime, you greatly reduce SSD load which translates to longer SSD life and performance gains.

Edit fstab file, add noatime to your SSD drives or partitions, after ext4

Disable hibernation

Hibernate and suspend don’t always work as expected and can make your system crash and/or unstable. Plus hibernation will put a lot of writes to your SSD which will shorten your SSD life.

Tmpfs

Files and directories stored in tmpfs are temporary. tmpfs keeps everything in virtual memory so nothing will be saved on your hard drive or SSD. Once your system is restarted, everything in tmpfs will be gone. To reduce writes on SSD, you can mount /tmp to tmpfs. (it may be the default on your distro)

Edit fstab file, add the following line to the end

Swap and Swapiness

Swappiness is a setting in the Linux kernel that let you control how much swap (virtual memory) is being used. Swappiness values can be changed from 0 to 100. The higher swappiness values the more Linux will try to use swap space. If your system has plenty have RAM, you should avoid using swap space. For systems with 4 GB or more RAM, I would suggest reducing swap by changing swappiness settings to 10 or even 0.

To check your swappiness setting on your system, you should see the value of 60 as default.

Here are my suggested settings depending on your RAM:

2 GB = 30
4 GB = 10
6 GB or more = 0

To change swappiness setting, add the following line into sysctl.conf

dirty_background_ratio and vm.dirty_ratio

dirty_background_ratio is the maximum percentage of dirty pages stores in total system memory before need to be written to disk when pdflush/flush/kdmflush or kernel flusher threads kick in. The default value of dirty_background_ratio depends on your linux distribution, but we are going to decrease its value to prevent heavy disk I/O.

vm.dirty_ratio is the percentage of total system memory to store dirty pages. Low vm.dirty_ratio means the kernel will flush dirty data to disk more often with smaller writes, and higher vm.dirty_ratio will allow kernel to flush dirty data to disk less often with bigger writes. We want to set vm.dirty_ratio high.

To check your current settings

To change them, add the following to sysctl.conf

Move Firefox cache to RAM

Firefox saves its cache to HDD or SSD, if you want to reduce writes to your SSD to increase SSD’s life, well move all firefox cache to RAM which will speed up firefox a little bit but all the cache will be gone after you restart your computer.

Open firefox, in the address bar type in

Ignore the WARNING. You can move on and click on “I will be careful, I promise”.

In the search bar (the about:config search bar, not the regular firefox search bar), type in

If the search result is blank it means your firefox does not have that string.

To create one, right click on firefox empty white space, click New > String – the value name is

Disclaimer: The tweak explained below changes how your Linux system handles SSD power management. I have been using this method for a long time and have not faced any problems. However, I cannot be held responsible if something goes wrong with your SSD drive after using this tweak. You are advised to use your own discretion while following these instructions.

Understanding SSD Power Management in Linux

Most Linux distributions use Linux Kernel’s “Advanced Power Management (APM)” API to handle configuration, optimize performance, and ensure stability of storage devices. These devices are assigned an APM value between 1 and 255 to control their power management thresholds. A value of 254 indicates best performance, while a value of 1 indicates better power management. Assigning a value of 255 will disable APM altogether. By default, SSDs are assigned an APM of 254 when the system is running on external power. In battery mode, the APM level is set to 128, reducing the read and write speeds of SSDs. This article explains how to increase SSD APM levels to 254 when your Linux laptop is running on battery mode.

Using GNOME Disks

To change the SSD APM level on any GNOME-based Linux distribution, launch the “GNOME Disks” app from the application launcher. Make sure that your laptop is on battery mode. Highlight your SSD drive entry in the sidebar and click on the three-dot menu in the top-right corner to launch the disk management menu. Click the “Drive Settings…” option to launch the configuration window.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

On the next screen, make sure that “Apply Advanced Power Management Settings” is toggled on. Use the slider to increase the APM to 254. Click the “OK” button to apply the settings. You may be prompted to enter the user password.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

After applying these settings, reboot your system for the changes to take effect. You should now have increased SSD read and write speed on battery mode. For reference, here are the read speeds of my SATA SSD, showing the positive performance impact of increasing the APM level.

SSD performance at APM of 128 on battery mode:

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

SSD performance at APM of 254 on battery mode:

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

The performance improvement is substantial. You can compare these read speeds with vendor-advertised speeds to assess the quality of the SSDs installed in your system.

Using hdparm

If you prefer the command line, you can use the “hdparm” configuration utility to handle SSD power management. To begin, identify your SSD “UUID” by running any one of the commands below:

You should receive an output like this. Make note of the “UUID” value.

Make sure that your laptop is disconnected from external power and then run the command below to check the current APM level (replace the UUID in the command with the UUID of your own SSD).

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

The screenshot above uses a different identifier for the SSD, but the end result is the same. To increase the APM level to 254, run the command in the following format (replacing the UUID with that of your device):

The above command will change the APM for the current session only. To make this change persistent across reboots, a little more work is required. To make the new APM level permanent, you must first locate the ‘hdparm’ executable binary and its ‘udev’ rules file. The following two commands will help you find these files:

Observe the output of these two commands to locate the correct paths of the files. The output may differ from distribution to distribution. Typically, the hdparm executable binary will be located in one of the ‘bin’ folders, and the rules file will be located in one of the ‘udev’ folders. For reference, in Ubuntu 20.04, the hdparm binary is located at ‘/usr/sbin/hdparm’ and the rules files is located at ‘/usr/lib/udev/rules.d/85-hdparm.rules.’

Now, open the udev rules file in a text editor by running the command below (replace ‘nano’ with the command for your favorite text editor):

If the hdparm rules file does not exist, you can create a new rules file in any of the udev folders located in your system.

Now, place the following code at the end of the file, carefully replacing the binary path and UUID of your own SSD drive. This is a reference code used for the SSD in my Linux laptop, so do not put the exact same code in the udev rules file in your system.

Save the rules file and reboot your system for the changes to take effect. Your SSD should now have an APM of 254 in battery mode.

Conclusion

Changing SSD APM values can improve read and write speeds, as well as the overall system performance of your Linux laptop. However, aggressive APM levels can lead to faster degradation of storage devices. Use this guide with caution and only change APM levels if performance is extremely important to you.

About the author

Nitesh Kumar

I am a freelancer software developer and content writer who loves Linux, open source software and the free software community.

Preload is a Linux software developed by Behdad Esfahbod. Preload learns programs that users use often, records statics using Markov chains, analyzes, and predicts what programs will be most used. Preload then will load those programs, binaries, and dependencies into memory or ram. By having programs already in RAM or memory, it will take less time when you actually start that program or programs.

To install preload on Ubuntu, Linux Mint or debian based distributions
# apt-get update && apt-get install preload

To install preload on Fedora, Centos or Redhat based distributions
# yum install preload
Swap and Swapiness

Swappiness is a part of Linux kernel that let you control how much swap (virtual memory) file is being used. Swappiness values can be changed from 0 to 100. The higher swappiness values the more Linux kernel will try to use swap space, the lower swappiness values means linux kernel will useless or try not to use swap space depends on our setting. The default swappiness value from linux kernel is 60, if your system have plenty have RAM, you should avoid using swap space which writes and reads will be on your SSD or hard drive. For system with 4 GB or more RAM, I would suggest to reduce the usage of swap by changing swappiness settings to between 10 even 0.

To check your swappiness setting on your system, you should see the value of 60 as default.
$ cat /proc/sys/vm/swappiness

The howtogeek site is the more responsible of the two sites you mentioned. The atime tweaks are just metadata optimization that pipeline when a file will receive a certain timestamp update. It’s applicable regardless of the media you use, it also depends on how sensitive your application is to the coherency of that metadata. Most desktop users won’t miss it.

Now as for disabling journaling. that’s just crazy. That’s the whole point of using these advanced file systems: better performance while securing data integrity. Understand that if you make this trade you’re exchanging your personal data for a modest increase in speed. I personally wouldn’t recommend it. Most people don’t keep good backup’s to begin with to compensate for taking this risk.

Partition alignment does matter but not tweaking that bit won’t kill you either. It really depends on how heavily the disk is accessed. Assuming it’s unaligned, if you had tons of I/O going on a regular basis (server) you would see an improvement. On average desktop usage, who knows, probably not appreciable.

I would disregard that Ubuntu wiki you mentioned except for the notion that partition alignment is valuable. Here’s a more responsible link:

Some of the recommendations in that Ubuntu wiki are just plain wrong, like the reconfiguration of tmpfs using “nodev”. It’s already a RAMFS!

Moving firefox cache to /tmp may increase speed in your current session. Though it might be a security hazard (not secured in your home anymore) and it will be rebuilt on each boot since tmpfs isn’t persistent.

Adding discard to ext4 options is prudent, writeback is the default mode, leave journaling settings alone, the atime tweaks are fine, and the switch to deadline or nop scheduler might also be useful, partition alignment is optional. The rest is bunk.

SSD Drives offers high performance with low power consumption and high speed. You can get maximum performance out from your Solid State Devices if you keep your SSD well maintained and tweaked for everyday use. Tweaking of your SSD can offer more speed and extend its life to the maximum. You can tweak your SSD with the operating system that you are going to use with it. Depending on your system OS like Windows, MAC or Linux the tools and the optimization method is different for your SSD. This tweaking and performance optimization process for your SSD is not limited to first time.

Better to keep monitoring your SSD once it is installed with your SSD monitoring tools and do the necessary optimization and trim when it is required.

Tweak SSD

Tweak SSD is built for your Windows 32bit and 64bit operating system to optimize your SSD and run with the best performance that can achieve. Tweak SSD tool make sure to set the best setting and optimization on your Windows operating system to perform your solid state drive better.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performanceThe simple UI design makes user easy to go through the different steps with the tool and easily set the operating system to perform better with SSD. Tweak SSD will recommend additional setting that can perform by the user for the best performance and longer life for the SSD.

SSD Tweaker

SSD Tweaker can use to tweak your Windows Operating system to get the most from your powerful SSD. This utility can restore back your SSD’s performance within seconds by going through the user-friendly interface.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

SSD Tweaker does a System Restore backup upon use to make sure you can reverse any changes and has a reset to default configuration to take your computer back to original windows settings.

SSD Fresh

SSD Fresh is a hard drive utility to tweak your system and SSD for the maximum performance and long life. This utility is adjusting the system to SSD and avoid write access. SSD Fresh can increase the life of your SSD by reducing the number of read and write operations. It can increase performance by disabling unnecessary services.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

In addition to these features, SSD Fresh displays general information suitable for the hard drives that are installed on the computer. You can see for example the storage capacity and how much space is already occupied.

Samsung Magician Software

Samsung Magician software can use to optimize your Samsung SSD with three different profiles like Maximum Performance, Maximum Capacity, and Maximum Reliability along with detailed descriptions of each OS setting.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

This tool features simple, graphical indicators to show SSD health status and Total Bytes Written (TBW) at a glance. You can determine SATA and AHCI compatibility and status. The updated Benchmarking feature lets users test and SSDs to compare the performance and speed.

Intel Solid-State Drive Toolbox

The Intel Solid-State Drive Toolbox can optimize the performance of an Intel SSD using Trim functionality and update the firmware on a supported Intel SSD. You can check and tune your system settings for optimal Intel SSD performance, power efficiency, and endurance. This tool supports a Secure Erase of your secondary Intel SSD.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

This drive management software allows you to monitor your drive health, estimated drive life remaining and S.M.A.R.T. attributes. It can run quick and full diagnostic scans to test the read and write functionality of an Intel SSD.

Please see this article for more tools that can monitor and benchmark your SSD in real time and warn you for any critical failure. SSD Drivers are high performed drivers compare to HDD. But to keep the drive with maximum performance, you need some tools to maintain SSD performance and fine-tune your operating system.

Disclosure: Mashtips is supported by its audience. As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

First, you may be wondering how I came to add a solid-state drive (SSD) to my existing notebook computer. If not, click here to skip to the recommendations.

This past holiday season, I decided to spend some money on myself and update my computer hardware. I wanted the speed of an solid-state drive (SSD) and lots of RAM, the weight of an ultrabook and the long battery life afforded by the latest mobile processor technology. After toying with replacing my two year old notebook with a thin, light, sexy ultrabook with Linux pre-installed, I decided to upgrade my existing computer instead. What I realized is that, with a couple of upgrades, my existing notebook computer could match most of the specs of what pass for ultrabooks these days. I would have to give up a 6 hour battery of course, and my i5 processor wouldn’t have the capabilities of the newest mobile processors, but those were almost the only tradoffs.

During my research for a wholesale replacement, boasting a 6 hour battery life and weighing-in at a mere 3.25 pounds, ZaReason’s UltraLap 430 easily beat the competition. Maxed-out, I could get a 14.1″ ultrabook with an i5-3317U processor, 16GB RAM, 512GB SSD and a one year warranty for about $1,500. The runner-up was the 14.1″ System76 Lemur Ultra with an i5-310M processor, 16GB RAM, a 512GB SSD drive and a 1 year warranty for under $1,200. What I realized was that the System76, and most of the other “ultrabooks” with Linux pre-installed were about the same weight as my current computer, 4.5 pounds. If I was going to spend over $1,000 on an ultrabook, I wanted it to be an ultra-lightweight ultrabook with ultra-long battery life. It would be the UltraLap 430 or nothing. So now it was time to compare replacing, with upgrading, my existing hardware.

My 14.1″ HP Pavilion dm4-1063cl is just out of warranty after a little over 2 years of use. With a meager 4GB of RAM and with the battery already upgraded a year ago to a 9-cell version, I am getting a respectable 2 hours of battery life. It’s i5-M430 processor clocks in at an also respectable maximum speed of 2.53GHZ. The cost of maxing-out the RAM to 8GB and replacing the 500GB spinning drive with a 512GB SSD came out to 1/3 of that sexy UltraLap 430! When I realized that I could upgrade my trusty notebook to almost the same specs as the the Lemur Ultra for 1/2 of its price, my decision was made. I would give up the longer battery life and settle for half the RAM, but I would end up with my high-performance dream machine. I’m willing to wait another couple of years for the technology to advance even further before replacing the HP outright.

After I ordered the 8GB of RAM and the 512GB M4 Series SSD drive recommended for my HP Pavilion dm4-1063cl notebook on the Crucial website, I began to look into what special considerations I would need when using an SSD drive on a Linux-powered notebook. I had read that SSD drives can read data 2-3 times faster than spinning SATA drives, that they boot and shut down faster, and that they are more reliable, quieter and cooler because they have no moving parts. I also read that SSD drives have a limited number of writes – 3,000-10,000 depending on design. So I did some research and found a handful of things you need to do to optimize a Linux notebook for an SSD drive.

Five tweaks to make to optimize your Linux computer for a solid-state drive

  1. Enable the TRIM command to clean up garbage on the drive. You can do this as long as the Linux kernel is 2.6.33 or later, and you are use ext4 or other TRIM-friendly file systems.
  2. Stop the system from recording every time files are accessed. By default Linux writes this information onto the drive for each file your system touches – every time it touches a file!
  3. Use RAM instead of the SSD drive for storing temp and log files.
  4. Swap more to RAM instead of the SSD.
  5. Prioritize “reads” over “writes”.

Enable TRIM and reduce writes to the hard drive

The first three tweaks are made by editing /etc/fstab. You use these flags to reduce SSD writes:
noatime,nodiratime,discard

    Edit the fstab file as an administrator. On Mint, I open a terminal window and type the command:

Reduce swappiness

Add these two lines to /etc/sysctl.conf to make the system swap more to RAM.

Prioritize “reads” over “writes”

Edit your GRUB boot loader’s configuration file to organize the I/O scheduler to maximize performance:

    Run this command to check the currently active scheduler:

The active scheduler appears in brackets.
noop‘ is essentially no scheduler at all. It uses a first-in, first-out (FIFO) prioritization.
deadline‘ prioritizes reads over writes. This is what you want for SSD drives.
cfq‘ completely fair queuing is the default and is designed for traditional rotating drives.

With increased RAM, a solid-state drive and these 5 tweaks, my two year old HP dm4 has become a fast booting, high-performance dream machine.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

Whenever I upgrade Linux on my home computer, I have a list of tasks I usually do. They’ve become habits over the years: I back up my files, wipe the system, reinstall from scratch, restore my files, then reinstall my favorite extra applications. I also make a few system tweaks. I’ve been making some of these tweaks for so long that I recently wondered if I still needed to do them.

One tweak is atime , which is one of the three timestamps on every file on Linux (more on that later). Specifically, I wondered if it’s still worth it to disable atime in more recent Linux systems. Since atime is updated every time the file is accessed, my understanding was that it had a significant impact on system performance.

I recently upgraded my computer to Fedora 32 and turned off atime on my upgraded system out of habit. But did I still need to? I decided to look into it further. Here’s what I found.

A bit about file timestamps

To understand noatime , you need to take a step back and understand a few things about Linux filesystems and how the kernel applies timestamps to files and directories. You probably are already aware of the Last Modified date on files and directories; you can see that in an ls -l (long) directory listing or if you look at file details in a file manager. But behind the scenes, the Linux kernel tracks several timestamps on files and directories:

  1. When the file was last modified ( mtime )
  2. When the file was last changed ( ctime )
  3. When the file was last accessed ( atime )

You can use the stat command to see these details for a file or directory. Here’s an example of the /etc/fstab file on one of my test servers:

From the output, you can see this file was created on April 25, 2019, when I installed the system. My /etc/fstab file was last modified on May 16, 2019, and any other attributes were changed at around the same time.

If I copy /etc/fstab to a new file, the dates change, indicating that this is a new file:

But if I just rename the file without changing its contents, Linux only updates the Change time for the file:

These timestamps are very useful for certain Unix programs. For example, biff is a program that notifies you when you have a new email message. You don’t see many people using biff these days, but in the days when mailboxes were local to your system, biff was quite common.

More Linux resources

How does a program know if you have new mail in your inbox? Biff compares the Last Modified time (when the inbox file was updated with a new email message) and the Last Accessed time (the last time you read your email). If Modified is more recent than Accessed, then biff knows an email message has arrived since you last read email and lets you know. The Mutt email client does something similar to alert you when new messages arrive.

That Last Accessed time is also useful if you need to do filesystem statistics and performance tweaking. On large Linux systems, administrators may need to know what’s being accessed so they can tune the filesystem appropriately.

But most modern programs no longer need the Last Accessed time, so there’s been some argument to not use it. In 2007, Linus Torvalds and several other kernel developers discussed atime and its performance issues. Linux kernel developer Ingo Molnár made this observation about atime and the ext3 filesystem:

It’s kind of weird that every Linux desktop and server is hurt by a noticeable IO performance slowdown due to the constant atime updates, while there’s just two real users of it: tmpwatch [which can be configured to use ctime so it’s not a big issue] and some backup tools. (Ok, and mail-notify too i guess.) Out of tens of thousands of applications.

But people still use some programs that need it, and removing atime would break those user programs. And the rule in Linux kernel development is not to break userspace.

The relatime compromise

Linux distributions include a lot of software applications, and users can download and install other programs to suit their particular needs. That’s the key benefit of an open source operating system! But that makes things more difficult in tuning your filesystem performance. Do you need atime , or will removing it break something on your system?

As a compromise, Linux kernel developers implemented a new method: relatime is a slightly different performance measure that is meant to balance performance with compatibility. The mount man page says this about relatime :

Access time is only updated if the previous access time was earlier than the current modify or change time. … Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this option (unless noatime was specified) … In addition, since Linux 2.6.30, the file’s last access time is always updated if it is more than 1 day old.

In short: modern Linux systems (since Linux 2.6.30, released in 2009) already use relatime , which should give you a really fast performance boost. That means you don’t need to tweak your /etc/fstab file and can rely on the relatime kernel default.

Tweaking system performance with noatime

But if you’re looking to tweak your system to get maximum performance, disabling atime is still a valid option in 2020.

This performance tweak might not be very noticeable on very fast modern drives (like NVME or a fast SSD), but there’s still a little boost there.

If you know you don’t use software that requires atime , then you can get a slight performance boost by setting noatime in your /etc/fstab file. This tells the kernel not to track the Last Accessed time, avoiding that tiny performance hit to continually update atime in the filesystem. Add noatime as an option to your Linux filesystems, usually after the defaults entry:

This will take effect the next time you reboot.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

Use the internet from the command line with curl

Download our new curl cheat sheet. Curl is a fast and efficient way to pull the information you need from the internet without using a graphical interface.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

4 open source tools for Linux system monitoring

Information is the key to resolving any computer problem, including problems with or relating to Linux and the hardware on which it runs. There are many tools available for.

SSDs are meant to be quick, but sometimes things slow them down. Here’s how to fix a slow SSD on Windows 11.

Windows 11 is packed with exciting new changes that significantly revolutionize the Windows operating system. However, among other issues, plenty of users have complained their SSDs have performed slower ever since updating to Windows 11. Microsoft has since released an update to remedy the slow SSD performance issue on Windows 11.

If you, too, have recently upgraded to Windows 11 and noticed a drop in SSD performance, then you’re going to need to attempt a few SSD performance-boosting fixes. Read on as we guide you through fixing a slow SSD on Windows 11 systems.

How to Fix a Slow SSD Through Windows Update

Ever since the release of Windows 11, there have been many complaints of users facing issues with the slow performance of NVMe SSDs. To solve this issue, Microsoft released the Windows 11 KB5007262 update. The Windows update patch has helped fix SSD performance issues for many users.

The KB5007262 update was released towards the end of 2021, so you may or may not have it installed on your system already. We recommend checking your Windows Update history before proceeding further.

If you don’t have the KB5007262 update installed, here’s how you can download the patch to fix a slow Windows 11 SSD through Windows Update:

  1. Launch the Start menu, search for Settings and click on the Best match.
  2. From the sidebar, click on Windows Update.
  3. Click on Check for Updates and once the updates are fetched, confirm if the KB5007262 update is listed. Windows 11 will automatically install the update if available, and you should be good to go.
  4. Once the installation process is complete, click on Restart now for the changes to take effect.

If you did not receive the KB5007262 update automatically, you will have to download it from the Microsoft Update Catalog manually. Be sure to download the x64 version of the update

Once the update is downloaded, install it, and when prompted, restart your system.

The update patch should have a significant impact on improving the SSD performance of your system.

Disable Startup Programs to Speed Up Your SSD

If you already have the KB5007262 update patch installed, then you’re going to need to tweak a few things to get your SSD performing well again. Reducing the number of apps that launch at startup can significantly affect the performance of your SSD and how fast it boots up.

To disable startup apps, simply right-click on the Start menu and click on Task Manager. Then click on the Startup tab and disable all unnecessary apps.

Enable Fast Startup

Fast startup is a nifty feature available in the Power Options of your system, and it allows you to start your PC faster after a shutdown.

To enable Fast Startup on Windows 11 and boost SSD performance:

  1. Open the Control Panel from the Start menu.
  2. Click on Hardware and Sound, select Power Options, and then Choose what the power button does.
  3. Click on Change settings that are currently unavailable.
  4. Under Shutdown settings, ensure the Turn on fast startup checkbox is enabled.
  5. Finally, click on Save changes to make the changes take effect.

Fixing a Slow SSD on Windows 11

Windows 11 is powerful, but it does come with a few issues. There’s plenty to look forward to after upgrading, and Windows 11 is only going to get better in 2022. Undoubtedly, a slow SSD is a severe and frustrating issue; and definitely not one you want to experience after updating to a new OS.

There are several ways to make your PC faster after upgrading to Windows 11, and unlike Windows 10, Microsoft’s newest OS does not come riddled with bloatware.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

The LAMP Stack is by far the most popular webstack used by small/medium websites. Learn now to improve the performance of your LAMP (Linux, Apache, MySQL, PHP) Stack with these 6 easy to complete optimizations.

  • Share on Facebook
  • Share on Twitter
  • Share on Linkedin
  • Send email

What is a LAMP Stack?

The standard LAMP Stack is the most popular and most used architecture on the web. Content management systems (CMS) like WordPress, Joomla and Drupal are written with LAMP in mind.

If you’re using a popular CMS, then you’re probably using a LAMP stack on your VPS or Dedicated Server.

  • LAMP stack is also free
  • Uses open-source software
  • And works on commodity hardware.

But LAMP default settings are not always best…

Servers running a Linux LAMP Stack need fine-tuning to optimize their performance.

How to speed up your LAMP Stack server

1. Use Opcode Cache for PHP

Opcode caching, aka PHP acceleration, caches the results of PHP code compilation. So next time the PHP is called on, it can simply load from a cache, thus speed up processing.

This is probably the easiest way to optimize the performance of any PHP-based application.

2. Disable unwanted Apache modules

Apache is popular because it’s stable, well-supported and open source. The robust web server has many features and modules. Apache comes with many of these modules enabled by default. And each of these consumes CPU and memory.

But why waste a resource if you’re not using that feature?

To increase your Apache webserver’s performance remove unwanted modules/features, and reduce unnecessary overhead.

However, keep it in mind that Apache modules can have shared dependencies, and uninstalling those dependencies can have repercussions.

There is no default list for “unneeded modules” and your needs may differ from the next person. So you must be careful!

Don’t just follow a random guide on a blog you found on Google, or your server may quit working! This second step requires research.

3. Use Apache mod_deflate HTTP compression

Want to learn another easy Apache performance tuning tip?

Enable HTML compression using “mod_deflate” to boost page load speed.

This Apache module compresses text, HTML, and XML files by around 70% of their actual size.

All modern-day browsers accept compressed content, and it helps you save server bandwidth.

4. Use Apache mod_expires caching

Adding an “expires headers” using “mod_expires” will prevent re-download of non-expired content by site visitors, and load certain data from their local browser cache, thus speeding up load times.

Cacheable files include CSS, JavaScript, and images.

5. PHP.ini performance tuning

A few tweaks to the php.ini file can improve your LAMP Stack’s performance significantly!

The php.ini file is the default configuration file for PHP is is read when PHP starts up. One of the easiest methods to improve PHP performance is to increase the default memory limit specified in your php.ini file.

The parameter “memory_limit” refers to the maximum amount of primary memory (in megabytes) a script is allowed to consume.

Consider enabling HTML compression and output buffering in the php.ini file.

Last but not least, disabling “’magic_quotes_” (now deprecated) and “register_globals” may also result in improved performance.

6. Optimize the MySQL database

Optimizing the MySQL database is a very effective performance boost that many server admins overlook! You’ll want to analyze the database queries running on your server, and tweak the MySQL performance to custom match the server needs.

Also, don’t forget about your storage type.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

MySQL performance is heavily dependent on storage having a very low latency and high durability under high random read and write IOPS. Below are some rules of thumb when it comes to storage.

RAID is better than non-RAID (especially RAID-10)

Below are a few MySQL performance tuning tips to help you speed up your LAMP stack’s performance.

MySQL Performance Tuning Tips:

  • Use a slow query log to identify slow running queries and find out the bottlenecks.
  • A query cache is a good idea if your queries are repetitive and your data does not change often.
  • Use a Key Cache for caching the database indexes.
  • Consider allocating a minimal value for the “max_connections” parameter. Too many connections can eat memory, and lock up the server.
  • Consider increasing the size of “temp_table_size” and “max_heap_table_size” to prevent disk writes.
  • Archiving old data is a good practice to remove excessive row returns from search queries. By using an ORM (object relational mapper), you can expect to gain certain performance benefits.
  • And the XFS file system can make the database faster compared to default ext3.

Maximizing MySQL Availability with Clustering

And if your MySQL database is super mission-critical, then the ultimate upgrade is to host the database servers and web servers on separate machines.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

Backing up databases isn’t enough when you can’t afford to miss even a single transaction. You need clustering.

Segmenting, or clustering, these server roles on different servers is a major boost as you’ll get serious database redundancy.

You can lose one of your MySQL Proxy servers or one or two of your database servers, and still be able to service query loads from your Apache web servers.

Need help optimizing your Linux LAMP stack?

Tuning a VPS or dedicated server for optimal performance is worth the effort – but it’s not always easy to do. And it takes a lot of time and concentration!

So instead of spending your time tweaking the Linux server, spend your valuable time developing your sites. Let the experienced professional techs at EuroVPS speed up your Linux LAMP stack server and you’ll not only get a faster server but a secure and reliable server too.

  • Share on Facebook
  • Share on Twitter
  • Share on Linkedin
  • Send email

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

I’m a full stack marketer with over a decade experience managing distributed growth teams with an overlap into InfraOps.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

Trim command (TRIM) helps keep your solid-state drive (SSD) at its full speed. If you find your SSD slowed down after a while of using, TRIM may help you make SSD always fast.

Because low-level operation of SSDs differs significantly from hard drives, the typical way in which operating systems handle operations like deletes and formats resulted in unanticipated progressive performance degradation of write operations on SSDs. Trimming enables the SSD to handle garbage collection overhead, which would otherwise significantly slow down future write operations to the involved blocks, in advance.

See more about TRIM on the Wiki page

UPDATE: Ubuntu 14.04 Trusty will have TRIM enabled by default.

To get started, press Ctrl+Alt+T on keyboard to open terminal. When it opens, follow steps below:

1. Check out if you have an SSD:

If you got 0 it’s a SSD. If the output was 1 it’s a HDD.

2. Even if you have an SSD not all of them support TRIM. To find out if yours does run:

If what you get back is this:

Data Set Management TRIM supported

Then you are all good to go. If there’s no output, your SSD doesn’t support TRIM.

You should see an output that looks something like this:

4. If everything went OK it’s time to make a CRON job so fstrim run’s once a day.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

As I explained in the previous post, replacing my notebook’s hard disk with an SSD significantly improved the overall system performance — even without any additional tweaking. But there are also a couple of simple tricks that can boost performance even further. The first one is to disable the sreadahead service. The sreadahead tool helps to speed up the boot process with conventional hard disks, but it actually slows the boot with SSDs. To disable the service, open the sreadahead.conf file for editing using your preferred text editor:

Comment then the following line:

Next trick is to add the elevator=noop kernel boot parameter to disable the elevator scheduler. On Ubuntu 9.10, open the grub.cfg file for editing:

Add then the elevator=noop parameter as follows:

This scheduler is used to read and write data from the hard disk sequentially. Since an SSD is not a conventional hard disk, disabling the elevator scheduler significantly improves the read and write performance of your SSD.

Finally, you might want to set the file system mount option to noatime. To do this, edit the /etc/fstab file, so it looks something like this:

Adding the noatime option eliminates the need for the system to make writes to the file system for files which are simply being read — or in other words, this means faster file access and less disk wear.

That’s it. Now reboot your machine, and you should notice faster boot and better performance.

Comments

noatime is safe for most application

ctime, mtime, atime dates back to the foundations of Unix is available in most POSIX-compliant operating systems.

atime (access time) is updated whenever a file system object is read — even from cache.

ctime (ionode modification time) gets updated whenever the file system object’s ionode is changed (e.g., file/directory is created, ownership is changed, permissions are changed, file/directory is deleted).

mtime (object modification time) gets updated whenever the file system object is modified (e.g., truncated, appended, overwritten).

Well-written backup applications use the mtime to flag modified files for progressive, incremental, and differential backup modes. If the backup application also preserves ownership & permissions, it should also look at ctime. atime is no use whatsoever here — backups are interested about file changes — not reads.

atime has a few edge cases. Some systems audit file reads to track usage. tmpwatch removes aged files from the /tmp directory based on atime. mail-notify looks at atime to notify users about new mail. Cache & proxy servers once used atime for pruning objects from their cache, but this has been largely replaced by tree indices that can weigh multiple factors (e.g., number of requests vs. aging).

noatime may break some applications like backup tools

noatime implies nodiratime

Disabling readahead may not be a win (at boot) as it will fetch blocks earlier than they would have been fetched otherwise and (depending on the readahead implementation) only when disk I/O would otherwise be idle. Thus more is done I/O is done in parallel earlier in the boot process so programs wait even less leading to a faster boot reagardless of the fact the underlying disk does not have a read seek penalty.

sreadahead

journaling on SSD is also a bad idea

fstab

One more tip, add "nodiratime":

setting readahead values for just one drive

If you want to set the readahead for just one device you can adjust it using the blockdev command like so;

blockdev –setra 0 /dev/sda

Obviously you’ll want to put this command in a init.d file or similar.

Test results

Re: GRUB configuration changes

Re: Quality information

@Andrea R: Actually, I wrote both posts on the same day, so the fact that you mentioned the tweaks covered in the article is just a coincidence. Or maybe not, since all the tweaks are more or less well-known.

There are many ways to skin a cat, and I don’t pretend that my way is the best one. However, I did try all the modifications myself and they worked.

GRUB configuration changes

on Ubuntu 9.10 I recommend editing /etc/default/grub instead of /boot/grub/grub.cfg. Any changes made to /boot/grub/grub.cfg directly will be lost the next time update-grub2 is executed (like when a new kernel or kernel-patch is installed via software update). So, by changing the line

GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT=quiet splash elevator=0"

in /etc/default/grub and then running update-grub2 one can make this change more persistent.

Re: editing grub.cfg is not advised in Ubuntu

thanks

Quality information

Hilarious, you basically took my comment to a previous entry and made it into a whole new post. You forgot the filesystem suggestion and put the noatime trick instead, which is not ssd-specific.

You also do things in a terribly dirty way.
Learn to disable a service. Uh uninstall readahead may be even esier. That and editing grub configuration properly.

Member Join Date Nov 2005 Location United States
Member Join Date Dec 2005
Member Join Date Nov 2005 Location United States
Member Join Date Dec 2002 Location Costa Rica

Same commands, but I think the examples are better.

Banned Join Date Oct 2004 Location Freedonia

Moontrash – If you want to use Linux, you can’t be scared of doing this kind of work. It comes with the territory.

Here’s another link that shows more or less the same stuff as above with perhaps some better explanations.
http://www.ab9il.net/linux/solid-state-drives1.html
Note that I do NOT recommend sending /var/spool and /var/log to tmpfs as in the instructions on this site. If you have problems, having those available on the disk drive to examine can be extremely helpful. I suppose for a home user you might consider it, but it’s not anything I’d recommend for a business installation.

Member Join Date Nov 2005 Location United States

thanks for the links. i have some reading to do

i just assumed by now they would have made it easier to do some basic things on Linux by now. It seems Linux just wants to remain a hobbyist/pc techy OS and not super easy to use like Windows. I hope this changes. Less commandline stuff and more GUI ways of doing things would make me a happy camper

Banned Join Date Oct 2004 Location Freedonia

I wouldn’t make any assumptions based on how SSDs are handled. Even under Windows and OSX you still really should tweak some things if you are using an SSD rather than just plug it in and go.

You do need to understand, even if you do not agree with it, that Linux is coming from a background where
GUI = bad
command line = good
I make my living supporting Linux servers and there are just times when doing it on the command line is easier and better than a GUI. Each has their place.

In my opinion Ubuntu is probably as GUI friendly as any Linux distribution out there so you might check it out if you haven’t already. Other pro-Linux people so share your concerns exactly and the situation gets better all the time towards getting it closer to what you ask for.

Member Join Date Nov 2005 Location United States

it’s good to know others share my thoughts on GUI stuff. I thought I was one of a rare few. I think the deal with commandline is having to always remember what they are and having to save them somewhere to txt file. All those strings of code seems like an awful lot to do where a GUI is just click and go.

I use an SSD here with Windows 7 and I have done all the necessary tweaks for performance and they work great. No issues. I did enable TRIM with a the DOS line "fsutil". What’s good to know is that there’s also small apps that can set TRIM for you so no DOS needed.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

Basics. Use a reasonably recent Linux (kernel) — at least version 3.2. SSD caching is only supported on Linux 3.9 or newer.

Is Ubuntu optimized for SSD?

By default, Ubuntu and Linux Mint use the I/O scheduler CFQ for some SSD’s. Which is good for conventional platter hard disks, but not optimal for SSD’s. So if you have only SSD’s to deal with, which have the CFQ setting, it’s better to change that scheduler into NOOP. Because that’s optimal for SSD performance.

How big of an SSD do I need for Linux?

120 – 180GB SSDs are a good fit with Linux. Generally, Linux will fit into 20GB and leave 100Gb for /home.

What affects SSD performance?

Compared to a common disk, SSD performance is affected by many factors. . As shown in the following figure, an SSD includes the following parts: host CPU, PCIe interconnection bandwidth, SSD controller and FTL software, backend NAND flash bandwidth, and NAND flash medium.

Is LVM slower?

The tests seem to suggest the performance drop can be from 15% to 45% with LVM, compared to when not using it. They found an even bigger drop when two physical partitions are used within one LVM setup. They concluded that the biggest performance impacts were the use of LVM, as well as the complexity of it’s use.

How do I access my SSD on Ubuntu?

  1. Unzip, on the command line (preferably from the admin) go to the folder with fixparts.exe.
  2. parallel open another command window, type diskpart , wait for the command line to start it, enter list disk , remember the number corresponding to your ssd (usually it’s either 0 or 1), close this command window.

Is SSD TRIM necessary?

TRIM is a feature supported by most SSD’s in the marketplace today. . This process is important because invalid data on an SSD will cause it to slow down over time as the drive begins to accumulate more and more invalid data. TRIM is a feature that is driven by the operating system.

How do I know if TRIM is enabled Ubuntu?

To see if your device supports it, use: sudo hdparm -I /dev/sda | grep -i TRIM .

Should I use swap partition on SSD?

Placing swap on an SSD will result in better performance than placing it on an HDD due to its faster speeds. Additionally, if your system has enough RAM (likely, if the system is high-end enough to have an SSD), the swap may be used only rarely anyway.

Is 128GB SSD enough for Kali Linux?

Kali can run on a little 128GB SSD and that would be overkill. It doesnt need much space at all. . Also, 256GB is probably enough to install Kali.

Is it better to clone or fresh install SSD?

From this point of view, a clean install gives you the best performance compared with disk cloning and OS migration. To summarize, if you focus on computer performance, clean install Windows. But if you do not want to do extra work, cloning disk or migrating system might be the better choices.

Is 250gb SSD enough for Ubuntu?

250 GB is definitely on the low end. It might be enough, but it depends on you. Personally, I need at least 1 TB without dual booting but using a few virtual machines and I’d recommend going for 500 GB to be safe. Especially if you’re dual booting.

SSDs (solid-state drives) and SD (Secure Digital) cards have a limited number of writes before they wear out. To get the most out of this storage type, let’s investigate, then make a few adjustments to maximize the life of your SSDs and SD cards. Article refreshed from 6 years ago.

Using iotop to monitor and minimize reads/writes

Use your Linux distro’s package manager to install iotop, a top-like utility for disk I/O. It monitors disk I/O usage information output by the Linux kernel and displays a table of current usage by processes on the system. Use iotop with the following options:

Then let iotop monitor things for a few mins or hours depending on how intense disk I/O is. This will result in a top-like screen which makes it easy to identify processes that are hogging your disk I/O. Have a look at the screenshot below as an example.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

See MySQL tuning and PHP performance tips. You cannot eliminate all disk I/O, especially for services like MySQL and PHP (pictured above). What you are looking for are processes hogging disk I/O without good reason. Below are additional tips for avoiding some common disk overhead.

noatime Mount Flag

Using the noatime mount flag in the /etc/fstab file stops the logging of read access times to the file system. The noatime mount flag eliminates the need for the system to make timestamp writes for files that are being read. Since writes are more expensive, this often results in measurable performance gains.

Here’s what this line should look like in /etc/fstab:

Mount temporary directories as tmpfs

If your system has enough memory, you can mount some temporary directories as a tmpfs . This reduces unnecessary writes to the SSD. Again edit /etc/fstab:

Avoid heavy use of Swap Space

This is a recommended tweak for SSDs and SD cards on systems using a swap partition. This will reduce the “swappiness” of your system, thus reducing disk swap I/O. On Debian/Ubuntu (or Red Hat/CentOS), add or modify the following in /etc/sysctl.conf (or the equivalent config file).

If you have adequate free memory and understand the risks, you can avoid adding swap altogether or use this instead.
Also, read Linux Performance: Why You Should Almost Always Add Swap Space, and Does your Linux server need a RAM upgrade?

You can also automate swap to only be enabled when absolutely necessary using systemd-swap.
Also, see zram-generator or zram-swap.

Reduce logging writes

Disable access logs for Apache, Nginx, mail server, and other services you have installed. Once your system is stable, you can reduce system log levels from info, to warn or even error OR i f you don’t mind losing log files between boots move them to tmpfs by editing /etc/fstab:

For journalctl, you can tweak this in /etc/systemd/journald.conf.

Edit the following lines accordingly (read descriptions and size format):

Mount even more directories with heavy I/O to tmpfs

For example, mount t he WordPress cache directory from disk to tmpfs:

profile-sync-daemon (for desktop only)

If you’re not optimizing a web server and use Firefox, Chrome, etc., install the profile-sync-daemon. The Profile-sync-daemon (PSD) is a tiny pseudo-daemon designed to manage your browser’s profile in tmpfs and periodically sync it back to your physical disc (HDD/SSD).

I/O Scheduler

Consider switching from the CFQ to NOOP or Deadline. Both offer better performance on SSDs and SD cards.

Check which scheduler you are using with the following command (replace sdX):

Change the scheduler by adding the kernel parameter “elevator=noop.” (Red Hat/CentOS, Debian/Ubuntu)

If not already enabled by default. TRIM allows Linux to inform the SSD which blocks of data are no longer considered in use. Therefore, when you delete a file, your SSD can now write data to blocks without performing the cumbersome deletion process. In essence, TRIM makes sure that your SSD’s performance doesn’t degrade too much with use.

First, check your /etc/fstab file, to confirm that you have the discard option set for your SSD.

To check if your SSD or SD card supports TRIM, use:

To check if TRIM is enabled, use:

The result will look like this if enabled:

Further increasing performance/life of SSDs & SD Cards

Use larger SD cards. – Writes are spread based on the storage size, so the larger the storage, the less it will repeatedly rewrite over the same areas = less wear.
You get what you pay for – Cheap SSDs and SD cards usually will not last as long or perform as fast.
Use this command to check for issues and lifespan:

I’ve allready applied well known mountpoint options for ssd, enabled stuff in LVM for ssd optimisation as well.

Now i’ve ran into a possible challenge. Would it be possible to gather information on how to tune the values for the deadline io-scheduler such as shown below. To work better with this particular disk + controller.

For this Kingston V300 240G ssd the below seems to work well. Repeated iozone -0 showed much better values.

I hope such tweaking might avoid some drawbacks of the Kingston SSD. It can really be a bottleneck on this system since it runs SATA2 instead of SATA3 as this SSD can handle.

2 Answers 2

echo 640 > /sys/block/sda/queue/max_sectors_kb

That seems a particularly odd value for max_sectors_kb. You’ve not said which SSD this is – but most modern drives I’ve come across are using 4128 byte sectors (although many lie about their geometry – presumably to keep other operating systems happy). Certainly your OS is likely using 4kb pages, although the overriding figure should be the size of the physical sectors on the disk.

I would strongly caution that you optimize your config based on your application performance – not on benchmarking software. Admittedly it’s not always practical to run high volumes of tests with realistic application data, but if you have a look at Jens Axboe’s fio, it allows for extensive configuring such that it creates a more representative demand on your system.

Would it be possible to gather information on how to tune the values for the deadline io-scheduler such as shown below

If there were a single recipe which made everyone’s computer go faster I think you’d have little trouble in finding it. Once you’ve dealt with the glaring issues then the answer is to measure throughput and tweak parameters under load, observing te response and avoiding local minima – if you are Google, then it’s very worthwhile to destroy a few SSDs finding the optimal settings. If you only have one SSD, then this might not be the best idea?

(IMHO the best thing you could for the performance of this device, assuming your partitions are aligned, correctly is to NOT use LVM)

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

Solid state drives have tumbled in price in recent months, which is great news for us demanding PC users.

There’s a problem though: Windows isn’t fully optimised to get the best from SSDs. There’s also the lingering worry about the longevity of this type of storage device.

We say don’t be put off – the benefits of fitting a solid state drive far outweigh any potential downsides. Happily, the negatives that remain can be sidestepped easily with some tweaks and tips. Read on and we’ll show you how to make your solid state drive purr.

1. Reduce write-heavy tasks

One of the early concerns about solid state storage was that it wouldn’t be able to handle the same intensity of read/write cycles that traditional hard disks manage. Many tips for extending the life of drives centered around reducing unnecessary writing to disk.

Things have improved considerably since then and, while this concern is still broadly justified, you’d have to write intensively to disk for many years before you’d wear out a modern SSD.

However, write times are still a little slower than read times for these drives, so in theory reducing the number of write operations to SSD should result in a performance boost. Moving temporary storage or working folders to RAM may help, but avoid merely transferring these to a slower drive, otherwise you won’t see any improvement.

2. Enable write caching

This is generally enabled by default, but it’s worth checking that data written to the drive is cached in its RAM before it’s stored permanently. There’s a slight risk that a power outage will wipe out the data stored temporarily in RAM, but this is only really a problem with external drives that don’t have their own power source.

You can check to see if write caching is enabled in Device Manager. To do this, right-click ‘Computer’ and choose ‘Properties’. Select ‘Device manager’ from the left-hand pane and expand ‘Disk drives’. Select the solid state drive, right-click it and choose ‘Properties. Select the ‘Properties’ tab and tick the box marked ‘Enable write caching’.

3. Tweak paging files

Using a portion of hard drive as virtual memory can lead to intensive writing to the disk for swap purposes, which can degrade SSD performance. You can achieve some speed boosts by moving the swap file to a different disk, or turning it off altogether if you have sufficient RAM installed.

Virtual memory tweaks like these produce varied results depending on the kind of operations you need to carry out.

To move the file, click ‘Start’, right-click ‘Computer’ and choose ‘Properties’. Select ‘Advanced system settings’, choose the ‘Advanced’ tab and then click ‘Settings’ under ‘Performance’. Choose the ‘Advanced’ tab and click ‘Change’ under ‘Virtual memory’.

Clear the box marked ‘Automatically manage paging file size for all drives’. Select the SSD and choose the radio button next to ‘No paging file’. Click ‘Set’, then click ‘OK’ in each of the open dialogs to clear them.

4. Move temporary files

If you have another drive available, try moving your temporary Windows files onto it. Again, this reduces the need to write to the SSD during routine Windows operations.

Choose ‘Start’, then right-click ‘Computer’ and select ‘Properties’. Choose ‘Advanced system settings’, pick the ‘Advanced’ tab and click ‘Environment variables’.

You should see values listed for ‘temp’ and ‘tmp’ for the current user and the system. Select one of these and choose ‘Edit’ to move it to a different folder. Make sure you select one that’s on a different drive.

5. Disable indexing

Disabling indexing on your SSD may help reduce writing to the disk, but think carefully before you decide to do so. Indexing can have a negative impact on your drive’s performance, but it can also massively improve your productivity if you have a lot of data on the drive and you need to find something quickly.

I only know of two performance related tweaks. You can mount your SSD with noatime (which is something about updating file access times). I have heard that it will improve performance, but I actually do not know what it does so I will not advise it. You could search more on the matter or ask for help here of course.

The tweak I know and understand is to use the No-Op I/O scheduler. By default Ubuntu uses a scheduler called CFQ (Completely Fair Queueing), which has optimizations to make up for hard disk physical seek time. NOOP does not have such optimizations, which makes it suited for a disk that has no physical movements like an SSD. You can boot Ubuntu to use the NOOP scheduler temporarily to test for any noticeable performance improvements. After a reboot, it will revert to the default CFQ scheduler.

If you are using Karmic, this will make using the NOOP scheduler. There is a way to set a scheduler for a specific device, I am unsure how to make the change permanent. (This is not as complicated as it sounds):

While booting, hold in the shift key until a menu appears that lists Ubuntu kernels.
The first option in the list should be the latest Ubuntu kernel. When you have it highlighted, press "E" to edit it.
Tap the down key until you are on the line titled "Kernel" and push the "END" key.
Your cursor will be at the end of the line. Type: elevator=noop
Press CTRL+X to boot.

I can help you make the change permanent if you want.

About NOOP:
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Noop_scheduler

is the noop scheduler better than deadline? i have it set to deadline right now.

bump for more suggestions.

The schedulers are not "better" than one another except in some cases. CFQ is the default because it seems to have the best average performance. Deadline has been shown to do better on high performance disks or databases. NOOP is simple, and uses less CPU, but does not optimize for any sort of situation. The last one is Anticipatory, which is suited for hard disks, but it is largely replaced by CFQ.

NOOP is said to be best on media with no phyiscal movements, such as flash or SSD drives. Optimising I/O for physical movement would be a waste on such disks. Unless you really know otherwise, CFQ is the best option.

Ah, you are using Jaunty. That simplifies things.

Press Alt+F2 and type: gksudo gedit /boot/grub/menu.lst
Find the kernel you are using, and look for the line that ends in quiet splash.
Append this at the end of the line: elevator=noop
Save the file and reboot.

To check if it works after a reboot, type this command. The one in brackets is the current IO scheduler. Replace "sda" for your main drive.

For example mine comes back with:

> cat /sys/block/sda/queue/scheduler
noop anticipatory deadline [cfq]

I hear the new kernel 2.6.33 may have specific new features for ssd’s. You will have to wait until Ubuntu adopts it or perhaps use something like Debian Unstable.

I do not think 2.6.33 is out yet, it is still in release candidate.

just installed a ssd into my netbook. are there any tweaks for ubuntu (jaunty) that i can do to make the most of my ssd?

What sort of SSD?

If it’s a 2.5 inch SSD and it was relatively expensive, then you’re probably pretty much good to go. Try the noop scheduler, use noatime when mounting your SSD, and ignore the people who tell you to use ext2 because it doesn’t make a lot of difference.

If it’s smaller than 2.5 inches and really cheap, then put your HDD back in. Cheap SSDs are horrible.

I have seen the question a few times about whether WoW will run in Linux or not. The short answer is. yes it does, and quite well. I recently was writing a guide on this subject but for about any game in a Debian based distro on another forum when it dawned on me that it would fit right in here.

As you all know gaming has begun to become a lot more friendly to the average user in the Linux world. There are many programs and even distros now that are centrist on providing a better gaming experience for users. I recently stumbled across this little gem and wanted to share it with you. The program is called Gamemode, its been created by Feral Interactive. Basically what this program does is optimize your system to allow the game to bypass system governors and use the full performance of your hardware. The end result is some pretty staggering performance gains in Linux that often puts the game on par with its performance in Windows, or at least closes the gap. As I only use Debain based distros, I will only be able to show you how to install in the like, but you will also see a link to the Github so you can work your magic if on another distribution. For me, this was nearly an instant 20-30 FPS gain in WoW.

Since WoW runs in Vulkan or more specifically DXVK compatibility layers, its important your system is up to date with the latest drivers. For nVidia this is currently the nVidia-430 drivers. We will be performing this tweak using something called Gamemode as stated above, feel free to research it before installing, I have added links at the bottom of the page.

**To install Gamemode open a console and enter the information below line by line. (For: Debian, Mint, and Ubuntu)**

sudo add-apt-repository ppa:samoilov-lex/gamemode

sudo apt-get update

sudo apt install gamemode

**Its important to note that simply installing this software is not enough, you need the software to know when to run for increased performance. Below you will find (3) ways to use this utility with popular gaming software in Linux and the console. Particularly in this case being with WoW, Lutris is the best way to use it.**

LUTRIS

Open console and type the command below, save output of this command for Value in Lutris later.

sudo find /usr/ -name libgamemodeauto.so.0

2. Now follow the steps below after you have a game installed in Lutris. You will navigate the options below and then enter the Key and Value items to the command box, press enter after each item or it will not save.

Open Lutris -> Right Click Game -> Configure -> System Options -> Key/Value

Value = "Value From the console command above without quotes"

3. Check if Gamemode is operating. While the game is running open up a console window and type the command listed below. It will tell you if the optimizations have started or not with an active or inactive output.

sudo gamemoded -s

STEAM

Open steam up and right click an installed game. Navigate to the following path then enter the command listed below into the box that STEAM provides without the quotation marks.

Properties -> General -> Set Launch Options -> (Enter Text Below)

2. Check if Gamemode is operating. While the game is running open up a console window and type the command listed below. It will tell you if the optimizations have started or not with an active or inactive output.

sudo gamemoded -s

CONSOLE START

Open a console window and type the following command below. Replace the word game with the command that starts the game or process you wish to run.

2. Check if Gamemode is operating. While the game is running open up a console window and type the command listed below. It will tell you if the optimizations have started or not with an active or inactive output.

sudo gamemoded -s

REFERENCES

Thanks for reading everyone! May you enjoy as much of a difference as I have on this change!

A guide to boost performance in Cyberpunk 2077 on PC – Cyberpunk 2077 has finally been released. If you are encountering poor performance in Cyberpunk 2077, this article will help you.

I provide you with this performance guide to help you tweak the game with your system. This guide aims to fix performance issues in Cyberpunk 2077 such as low frame rates, stuttering, freezing, fps drops, lagging. How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

How to make Cyberpunk 2077 run better

1) Graphics drivers

There are new graphics drivers that give major performance improvements for Cyberpunk 2077. Uninstall previous versions of graphics card drivers and install the latest one. How to completely uninstall graphics drivers?

  • NVIDIA: https://www.nvidia.com/en-us/geforce/drivers/

Game Ready for Cyberpunk 2077. This new Game Ready Driver provides the ultimate gaming experience for Cyberpunk 2077. In addition, this driver provides optimal day-1 support for the official launch of Minecraft with RTX for Windows 10.

  • AMD: https://www.amd.com/en/support

Radeon Software Adrenalin 2020 Edition 20.12.1, Support For Cyberpunk 2077™

2) Nvidia Control Panel settings

  • Open NVIDIA Control Panel
  • Go to the Adjust image settings with preview tab.
  • Click the “Use my preference emphasizing
  • Put the bar in Performance mode.
  • Apply
  • Click the Manage 3D settings
  • Click the Program Settings
  • Click the Add
  • Select the Cyberpunk 2077 from the list, then click on the “Add Selected Program” button.
  • Set the “Power management mode” to Prefer maximum performance
  • Set the “Texture filtering – Quality” to High performance
  • For laptop users: make sure you have selected the “High-performance NVIDIA processor” on preferred graphics processor.
  • Apply and close the NVIDIA Control Panel.

3) AMD Radeon Adrenalin settings

  • Open the AMD Radeon Software app by right-clicking on an empty area on your desktop.
  • Click the Settings icon in the AMD Radeon Adrenalin 2020 Software.
  • Go to the Graphics tab.
  • Set the “Texture Filtering Quality” to Performance
  • Then go to the General tab.
  • Disable the “Instant Replay” and “In-Game Overlay

4) SSD

SSD is recommended for Cyberpunk 2077. While an SSD does little for frame rates, it improves loading times compared to HDD.

  • Go to the Steam library
  • Right-click on Cyberpunk 2077
  • Click Properties
  • Go to the Local Files tab.
  • Click “Move Install Folder” button.
  • Select the Steam library folder to move files to
  • Click Move Folder

5) Windows 10 Graphics Settings

  • Enter graphics settings into Windows search box, then select Open once the results populate.
  • Click the Browse button under “Graphics performance preference” in the window that appears.
  • Select the exe application of Cyberpunk 2077 (…\SteamLibrary\steamapps\common\Cyberpunk 2077\bin\x64\Cyberpunk2077.exe)
  • Then click Add
  • After that click on the Options button.
  • A new window will popup, select the High performance in the Graphics preference page.
  • Then click Save button.
  • Restart your PC.

6) Fullscreen optimizations & high DPI settings

  • Go to the folder where Cyberpunk 2077 is installed
  • Open the bin
  • Open x64 folder
  • Then right-click on Cyberpunk2077.exe file.
  • Select Properties
  • Go to the Compatibility tab.
  • Tick the Disable fullscreen optimizations
  • Then click on the “Change high DPI settings” button.
  • Under the “High DPI scaling override” section, tick the “Override high DPI scaling behavior
  • Use the “Scaling performed by:” drop-down menu and select the “Application”
  • Click on the OK and again OK.

7) CPU Limiter – High CPU Usage Fix

  • Download and install the Process Lasso
  • Run the Process Lasso application.
  • Launch the game.
  • Go to the Process Lasso app and find the Cyberpunk2077.exe in “All processes” list.
  • Right-click on the exe and select the CPU Limiter
  • Set the “When CPU use is” to 98
  • Set the “Reduce by this many CPU cores” to 1
  • Below the “Reduce by this many CPU cores”, set the “For a period of” to 1
  • Click on the Add Rule button.
  • Finally click OK button

8) Best Graphics Settings for Performance

Settings > Video

VSync: Off
Maximum FPS: Off
Windowed Mode: Fullscreen

9) Gameplay Settings

It is possible to increase performance in Cyberpunk 2077 by applying a few changes in the gameplay settings menu (Settings > Gameplay).

The first thing you should do is setting “Crowd Density” to Low. Also, you should enable the “Slow HDD Mode” if your hard drive is slow. Just set it to “On”.

What are your tips for improving overall system performance on ubuntu? Inspired by this question I realized that some default settings may be rather conservative on Ubuntu and that it's possible to tweak it with little or no risk if you wish to make it faster.

This is not meant to be application specific (e.g. make firefox load pages faster), but system wide.

Preferably 1 tip per answer, with enough detail for people to implement it.

A couple of mine would be:

  • Install Preload (via Software Center or sudo apt-get install preload );
  • Change Swappiness value – "which controls the degree to which the kernel prefers to swap when it tries to free memory";

PS: Since this is not intended to have a unique answer but rather, several useful tips, I'm making this community wiki out-of-the-box.

Best Answer

If you are "the average Joe", then just don't do anything. Don't fiddle with programs or settings which you don't understand. Don't follow tips posted on the Internet how to improve the performance of your system by compiling some software yourself or by installing a selfmade kernel.

Some of those tips may give you minor performance improvements indeed, but some of them will also give you a real headache, if you changed the wrong setting, disabled the wrong service, installed the wrong driver etc.

Therefore just be happy about your nicely running system. And BTW: Why would you need those 5 percent performance improvements? It will not lead to typing your office documents faster or editing your holiday photos in half the time.

And just to be clear: If you are not the average Joe, but a developer/hardcore gamer/. needing any cycle you can get, you are not the target of this comment.

[Solved] Poor performance under Windows host versus Linux host

[Solved] Poor performance under Windows host versus Linux host

by Super-chemist » 17. Jul 2019, 11:27

Hello everybody
Please excuse my spells, english is not my native language.

I try to run VirtualBox on an old DELL VOSTRO 3560 with a i5-3210M CPU (dual core 2.5GHZ with intel VT-x).
This computer is from 2012 but still runs good since I added an SSD in it and 8GB of RAM.

In 2016, I played with VirtualBox 5.1.10 and several linux iso under my Windows 7 host.
At that time, the computer had an old HDD and 4GB of RAM, and Virtualisation runs pretty well with Ubuntu LTS 16.04 as a guest.
I then stop "playing" because of my family life.

Now in 2019, I wanted to play again.
So I installed the new VirtualBox 6.0.8 and get the last Ubuntu 18.4 LTS iso.
The host is the same except that:
– I formatted and reinstalled Windows a couple of time
– I put an SSD in place of the old HDD
– I gave it 8GB of RAM
The problem is that the guest is incredibely slow .
Intel VTx is activated in the host BIOS (I checked twice) and in VirtualBox configuration.
The guest is so slow that I can’t even install Ubuntu in the virtual HDD!

I tried also this configuration:
– Windows 7 host
– old 5.1.10 VirtualBox that used to work
– old 16.4 ubuntu iso that used to work
The problem is the same, the guest is so slow that I can’t use it.

I then tried this configuration on the same hardware:
– Ubuntu 18.4 host, up to date (installed on multiboot on the SSD)
– VirtualBox 5.2.18 as packaged in Ubuntu repos (sudo apt install virtualbox)
– Ubuntu 18.4 iso as a guest
Surprisingly, the virtualisation is then quite fast, as it was in my memories in 2016.

I don’t see any difference between the params on my two hosts, neither in VirtualBox params nor in the specific VM params (which I left default for the sake of debug).

I guess there is a little different parameter between my two hosts configurations, but I have no idea where to seek.

I send you the logs of the Windows 7 host

.
Logs of the Ubuntu host will come in a few minutes in another message, reboot needed.

I have the experience that Linux works fine until the physical memory is exhausted. As soon as swap space is used the performance is severely degraded and the GUI becomes unresponsive.

This problem is not limited to a specific distro or desktop, because I’ve tried a few (and the issue remains).

What can I do about this?

12 Answers 12

I suggest reading SwapFAQ , in particular the swapiness parameter.

How to tweak your ssd in ubuntu for better performance

  1. Don’t run so many GUI programs at once.
  2. Make sure that any programs running in the background that you don’t need e.g. Apache are stopped.
  3. Use a distro aimed at low-memory situations (e.g. for a netbook)
  4. Buy more memory.
  5. Buy a faster HD (or SSD) for your swap partition. 🙂

Purchase more memory? 🙂

If you are running applications that are using more memory than you have present in the system, there’s nothing that any operating system can do about this other then to swap to the swap partition. If this is a situation you find yourself in often, stop running some of the programs that you do not need, or, really, buy more memory, it is very inexpensive these days.

Try to change the values of the kernel variables ‘vm.swappiness’ and ‘vm.page-cluster’ to more appropriate values.

  1. Start a terminal emulator.
  2. cd /etc/sysctl.d/
  3. sudo echo “vm.swappiness = 0” > 60-memory-management.conf
  4. sudo echo “vm.page-cluster = 1” >> 60-memory-management.conf
  5. sudo chmod 644 60-memory-management.conf
  6. Reboot.

Check if the new values are in use with:

  1. cat /proc/sys/vm/swappiness
  2. cat /proc/sys/vm/page-cluster

Swapping will heavily decrease performance no matter what, so it’s best to avoid that altogether. This may sound stupid, but one option is to not configure a swap partition. I’ve been running swap-free on all my systems for some time now:

  • 1 GB on the netbook is enough for browsing the web, listening to music and other lightweight stuff.
  • 4 GB on my desktop is enough for all above things plus development (even in Eclipse) and basic image editing.

If you do something that’s really memory intensive (Gimp with large images, 3D modelling, CAD) than you should probably purchase some RAM.

You can try compcache, if you can figure out how to set it up in your distro. For example, on Ubuntu, you can enable it by editing /etc/initramfs-tools/initramfs.conf and editing the “COMPCACHE_SIZE” line.

I don’t think my on-disk swap has been touched once since I enabled compcache. Here are my current swap stats:

Notice that the compcache device (ramzswap0) is used, and the on-disk device (sda5) is not.

I run the System Monitor applet in a dock on the right side of my screen. Any time that the system feels sluggish, I take a look at the meters. If anything is running at above 10% capacity, that is an indication that a process is getting out of hand.

If you click on the system monitor, you can dig in to the processes that are consuming resources on your system.

A few years ago it was usual to use a dedicated drive for swap, while connected to it’s own IDE/ATA bus – swapping data around on the same drive just didn’t make sense in terms of performance.

That trick worked ten years ago, but with drive speeds now you really shouldn’t see such hectic performance degradation, unless you’re swapping the library of congress, otherwise I’d be concerned about your drive’s health – have you checked that lately?

You can always give it a try, you don’t have much alternatives if your RAM is already maxed out. If anything I hope it makes your GUI more responsive.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

man command in Linux is used to display the user manual of any command that we can run on the terminal. It provides a detailed view of the command which includes NAME, SYNOPSIS, DESCRIPTION, OPTIONS, EXIT STATUS, RETURN VALUES, ERRORS, FILES, VERSIONS, EXAMPLES, AUTHORS and SEE ALSO.

  • Executable programs or shell commands
  • System calls (functions provided by the kernel)
  • Library calls (functions within program libraries
  • Games
  • Special files (usually found in /dev)
  • File formats and conventions eg /etc/passwd
  • Miscellaneous (including macro packages and conventions), e.g. groff(7)
  • System administration commands (usually only for root)
  • Kernel routines [Non standard]

Syntax :

Options and Examples

1. No Option: It displays the whole manual of the command.

Syntax :

Example:

Output:

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

In this example, manual pages of the command ‘printf‘ are simply returned.

2. Section-num: Since a manual is divided into multiple sections so this option is used to display only a specific section of a manual.

Syntax :

Example:

Output:

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

In this example, the manual pages of command ‘intro‘ are returned which lies in the section 2.

3. -f option: One may not be able to remember the sections in which a command is present. So this option gives the section in which the given command is present.

Syntax:

Example:

Output:

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

In this example, the command ‘ls‘ is returned with its section number.

4. -a option: This option helps us to display all the available intro manual pages in succession.

Syntax:

Example:

Output:

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

In this example you can move through the manual pages(sections) i.e either reading(by pressing Enter) or skipping(by pressing ctrl+D) or exiting(by pressing ctrl+C).

5. -k option: This option searches the given command as a regular expression in all the manuals and it returns the manual pages with the section number in which it is found.

Syntax:

Example:

Output:

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

The command ‘cd‘ is searched in all the manual pages by considering it as a regular expression.

6. -w option: This option returns the location in which the manual page of a given command is present.

Syntax:

Example:

Output:

The location of command ‘ls‘ is returned.

7. -I option: It considers the command as case sensitive.

Syntax:

Example:

Output:

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

The command ‘printf‘ is taken as case-sensitive i.e ‘printf‘ returns the manual pages but ‘Printf‘ gives error.

With a command-focused OS like Linux, you don’t need a graphical interface to manage your files. The terminal has got everything you need.

Modern Linux desktops have come a long way in regards to letting you manipulate files on your system. However, because of all the overhead resources used by a GUI (such as GNOME or KDE Plasma), when you need to work with more than one file or directory, the command line is often the fastest and most efficient way to get things done.

Learning how and when to take advantage of the Linux command line with just a handful of essential file-manipulation commands will help to enhance your productivity and transform your Linux experience.

Linux Command Line Basics

Before we get into actual commands, here are a few tips to help avoid confusion and errors:

  • The Linux command line is case-sensitive. Capital and lowercase letters are different in Linux. Typing ls will list files in your current directory. Typing Ls or LS will return a command not found error. ls -a and ls -A are also two different commands. Be sure to pay attention to capital and lowercase letters when copying or entering any command.
  • The tilde (

) is shorthand for your home directory. Every user on Linux has a home directory. This directory stores all your personal files. The full path to that directory is usually something like /home/user/ or /var/home/user/. You can substitute

anywhere in a command to represent that path. For example, the commands cd /home/user and cd

The Linux man Command

The single most useful command available on every Linux system is the man command. Man is short for manual.

When you type man followed by any other command, the system will show you a help document that explains—often in great detail—how that command works. Above is the first page of output for the ls manual page (often referred to as the man page).

Explanations and examples of commands described below are meant to show some of the most common use cases. They are far from exhaustive. We encourage you to use the man command to find out more about what you can do with these commands on your own.

The ls Command

The ls command will list the contents of your current directory. There are several common switches used to change the type of output the command returns. Entering ls alone will show a list of the current directory contents.

On most Linux distributions, the list will be sorted alphabetically, divided into columns, and color-coded to help differentiate between files, directories, executables, and other attributes.

There are several useful flags that you can use to change the command output. You can either use them separately or combine them into a single argument.

The three commonly used switches are -l, -a, and -h.

The Linux cd Command

The cd command will change your current directory. You can simply type cd followed by the name of any directory to switch to it or enter a complete path to jump to a specific place.

The cp Command in Linux

To copy one or more files using the command line, use the cp command. You can use cp to copy files from one directory (or drive) to another, or to create a second file with a new name.

The command follows the format cp /original/file.ext /destination/file.ext.

The Linux mv Command

The mv command will move files or directories. It follows the same basic syntax as the cp command. The only real difference is that the move command will erase the source file(s) as the data is moved to its new location.

This command also serves to rename files in Linux. Since Linux has no actual rename command, the job is done by moving a file from one name to another.

The rm and rmdir Commands

Short for remove, the rm and rmdir commands will remove (as in permanently delete) files and directories. The rm command simply requires the name or path to a file or files to delete. You can delete multiple files by using the * wildcard character.

You can use rmdir to remove an empty directory. A common problem when using this command is trying to delete a directory that seems empty but contains hidden files. Use the ls -a command to show hidden files that need to be removed if you get an error.

Removing Directory Trees With rm

The rm command also functions as a powerful utility for removing entire directories and even directory trees. Since the rm command permanently deletes files and directories, you must be extremely careful when issuing a command that traverses directories and acts based on wildcards.

There are two important flags that you need to be aware of. The first is -f. The f stands for force. It turns off the “Are you sure?” prompt that normally comes up when you try to delete a file.

When you run the rm command with the -f switch, it will delete whatever you tell it to delete without checking or asking if you are sure. When you hit Enter, the command is done and there is no going back.

The second switch is -r, which stands for recursive. This will allow the rm command to go down through the directory tree from where the command is issued and act on any files or subdirectories that it finds.

The command rm -rf * is useful when used correctly to erase large amounts of files that are no longer needed. It can remove huge amounts of data in just a second or two. If, however, you are not paying attention to where you are in the directory structure it can be very dangerous.

Running rm -rf * in your home directory, for example, will instantly wipe out all of your personal files. Worse, running the command as the root user, or using sudo, can wipe out your entire operating system.

If you need to use this command, stop, check where you are in your directory tree, think, then stop, look again, and think some more before you hit Enter. There is no going back.

Manipulating Files and Folders Using the Linux Terminal

Armed with these seven Linux commands, you can manipulate your entire file system however you see fit. Learn to use them well, and you will never have to hunt through the menus on your file manager to get something done again.

Best of all, without all the extra processing caused by those desktop file managers, your file maintenance operations will be instantaneous. But if you still need a graphical file manager, Linux has got plenty of them.

Thus the manual page related to each of these arguments is then found and displayed. Each page argument given to man is normally the name of a program utility or function.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics Tr Short For Translate Is A Useful Command Line Utility That Translates And Or Deletes Characters From Stdin Input And Writes To Stdou Linux Command Writing

5202020 The man command is used to display the user manual of a command.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Linux man. Section 1 user commands introduction Section 2 system calls introduction Section 3 library functions introduction Section 4 special files introduction Section 5 file formats introduction Section 6 games introduction Section 7. 562020 In this tutorial you learned how to install man-db and manpages-posix packages for Ubuntu Linux system using the apt command. A user can request to display a man page by simply typing man followed by a space and then argument.

3302020 To use man you type man on the command line followed by a space and a Linux command. Topics covered include computer programs including library and system calls formal standards and conventions and even abstract concepts. Lets type the following and see what man says about man.

Man is the systems manual pager. Man opens the Linux manual to the man page that describes that commandif it can find it of course. Man – an interface to the on-line reference manuals man is the systems manual pager.

Due to its small footprint the above installed packages will only add the core man pages. The man page for man opens. 3312021 It allows users to view the reference manuals of a command or utility run in the terminal.

Still many other installed programs dont include their own man pages. As you can see this is the man1 page. The man command gives users access to manual pages for command line utilities and tools.

Following is the syntax of this command. A man page short for manual page is a form of software documentation usually found on a Unix or Unix-like operating system. The manual page associated with each of these arguments is then found and displayed.

To see the full list of Linux man pages for a section pick one of. Is a short term for manual page. Here its argument can be a command utility or function.

The Linux man-pages project The Linux man-pages project documents the Linux kernel and C library interfaces that are employed by user-space programs. This page is part of release 511 of the Linux man-pages project. To search the Linux manual pages via the web.

This commnd help us to show all the man page sections of a particular topic. Man commandtool name And heres how mans own manual page describes it. See man command man page here for more info or by typing the following man command.

In this tutorial you will learn to use the man command in Linux. 12262020 Now you can view the man pages of Linux commands in Alpine Linux system. Usually the argument given to man is the name of a program a utility or a function.

With respect to the C library the primary focus is the GNU C library glibc although where known documentation of variations in other C libraries available for Linux is also included. Use Linux Man Pages Online. Man pages are grouped into sections.

We know that chmod has two sections 1 and 2. A user may invoke a man page by issuing the man command. Sections will come in ascending order that is lowest section number will come first.

Each page argument given to man is. A section if provided will direct man to look only in that section of the manual. The man page short for manual page includes a command description applicable options flags examples and other informative sections.

In the below picture we have given the command man -a chmod. Instead they provide an associate package that contains the man pages. In unix like operating systems such as linux man is an interface to view the systems reference manual.

To go to the next section press q and then enter.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics How To Use Linux S Man Command Hidden Secrets And Basics Linux Command Device Driver

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics 50 Amazing Linux Crontab Commands For The Sysadmins Ubuntupit Linux Command Prefixes

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics 29 Linux Commands You Must Know Hongkiat Linux Shell Linux Linux Operating System

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics Pin On Linux

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics Linux Tutorial History Command Tutorial Linux History

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics Pin By R On Linux Command Line Tricks Linux Reboot Command

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics Pin By Wolf Global Hacking On Hacking Linux Command Evaluating Expressions

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics 25 Practical Mv Command In Linux For Everyday Users Linux Command Practice

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics Linux Shell Commands Linux Shell Linux Shells

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics Sar Command In Linux To Monitor System Performance Linux Monitor Sar

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics Cara Mudah Install Htop Di Centos 8 Linux

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics Unix Linux View Colour Man Pages Linux Man Page Unix

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics How To Use Journalctl To Read Linux System Logs Linux Reading System

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics How To Display Man Pages In Color On Linux Regular Expression Reverse Text Man Page

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics Pin On Computers

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics Pin By Tecmint Linux Howto S Guide On Linux Command Line Tricks Syntax Command Highlights

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics Explains How To Add Or Subtract Days Using Date Command Calculation On Linux Unix And Macos Bsd Operating System Command Li Linux Day Linux Operating System

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics How To Use The Chmod Command On Linux Chmod Command Linux Linux Operating System

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics The 25 Best Linux Compilers For Modern Developers Linux Development Gnu

Useful Linux Commands:

1. How to find and kill a process in Unix:

find a process: ps -ef |grep tomcat

kill process: kill -9 (pid)

2. How will you figure out free available space in Uni

Ans: df command – Shows the amount of disk space used and available on Linux file systems. du command – Display the amount of disk space used by the specified files and for each subdirectory.
df -h

3. Help for any command

man command name like man df

4. How will you find files recursively that contains specific words in their contents

5.Search for a given string in a file (case in-sensitive search)

7. How to sort a file using unix command
sort -filename
for numeric sort
sort -n filename

reverse sort
sort -r filename

reverse sort without duplicate

sort -u -i filename

8. How to count number of lines in a file in unix terminal

filter for specfic port:
netstat -tulpn | grep :80

11. How will you copy a file from one Unix host to another Unix host
In the following example, transfer all files (/var/www/html) from remote server called server1 to another server called server2:
scp -r [email protected]:/var/www/html/ [email protected]:/var/www/html/

I recommend using rsync command which will only push or download updated files. It can copy locally, to/from another host over any remote shell, or to/from a remote rsync daemon. In this example, copy files from remote server called server1 into /backup directory:
rsync -avz -e ssh [email protected]:/var/www/html /backup

I’ve a script that launches inside of itself a command with a parameter that is a secret. For example:

While running the command I can read through ps -ef | grep command-name which is the secret.

Is there any way of hiding the secret in a way that through ps -ef , the command line parameter is obfuscated?

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

11 Answers 11

Help us improve our answers.

Are the answers below sorted in a way that puts the best answer at or near the top?

First, you can NOT hide command line arguments. They will still be visible to other users via ps aux and cat /proc/$YOUR_PROCESS_PID/cmdline at the time of launching the program (before the program has a chance to do run-time changes to arguments). Good news is that you can still have a secret by using alternatives:

Use standard input:

Use a dedicated file if you want to keep the secret detached from the main script (note that you’d be recommended to use full disc encryption and make sure the file has correct chmod permissions):

Use temporary file descriptor:

Use environment variables (with caveats). If your program can read them, do this:

In the last case your program will be launched like myCommand /dev/fd/67 , where the contents of /dev/fd/67 is your secret ( hello-neo in this example).

In all of the above approaches, be wary of leaving the command in bash command history (

/.bash_history ). You can avoid this by either running the command from a script (file), or by interactively prompting yourself for password each time:

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

‘ will show env vars as long as you have privs (root or owner). It may be easier to hide env vars (setenv) once the process is running, but there’s still some time for an attacker to read the file before the process is able to hide the data. The sniffing process won’t necessarily have too few perms to read a sensitive process’s environment.

If the secret doesn’t change between executions, use a special configuration file, “.appsecrets” . Set the permissions of the file to be read-only by owner. Inside the file set an environment variable to the secret. The file needs to be in the home directory of the user running the command.

Load the config file so the environment variable gets set.

What I’ve seen done:

1)
echo $SECRET | command

works if the command prompts for the password from stdin AND if ‘echo’ is a builtin of your shell. We were using Korn.

2)
password=$ENV<"SECRET">;

works if you have control of the code (e.g. in perl or C++)

3)
. ./.app.config #sets the environment variables
isql -host [host] -user [user] -password <$
SECRET

works if the command can accept the secret from std-in. One limitation is that the << string has to be the last argument given to the command. This might be troublesome if there is a non-optional arg that has to appear after -password

The benefit of this approach is you can arrange it so the secret can be hidden in production. Use the same filename in production but it will be in the home directory of the account that runs the command in production. You can then lock down access to the secret like you would access to the root account. Only certain people can ‘su’ to the prod account to view or maintain the secret while developers can still run the program because they use their own ‘.appsecret’ file in their home directory.

You can use this approach to store secured information for any number of applications, as long as they use different environment variable names for their secrets.

(WRONG WAY)
One old method I saw the DBAs use was to set SYBASE to “/opt/././././././././././././././././././././././././././././././././././sybase/bin” . So their commandlines were so long the ps truncated it. But in linux I think you might be able to sniff out the full commandline from /proc.

/.appsecrets file has reset the command line arguments of the shell to have just one, the value of $1 is now ‘SECRET=polkalover’; there is no variable, let alone environment variable, called SECRET. Secondly, if you get a variable SECRET created (not hard), running ‘command $SECRET’ expands $SECRET before executing the command, and ps shows the expanded version of the information.

I saw it on another post. This is the easiest way under Linux.

This modifies the memory part of command line that all other programs see.

You can also change the name of the process, but only when read from the command line. Programs like top will show the real process name:

Don’t forget to copy maximum strlen(argv[0]) bytes because probably there’s no more space allocated.

I think that arguments can only be found in the portion of the memory that we modify so I think that this works like a charm. If someone knows something accurate about this, please comment.

VasyaNovikov note: The password can still be intercepted after the program has invoked but before it started doing the changes you described.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

The expect library was created partially for these kind of things, so you can still provide a password / other sensitive information to a process without having to pass it as an argument. Assuming that when ‘secret’ isn’t given the program asks for it of course.

The only way to conceal your secret argument from ps is not to provide the secret as an argument. One way of doing that is to place the secret in a file, and to redirect file descriptor 3 to read the file, and then remove the file:

It isn’t entirely clear that this is a safe way to save the secret; the echo command is a shell built-in, so it shouldn’t appear in the ‘ps’ output (and any appearance would be fleeting). Once upon a very long time ago, echo was not a built-in – indeed, on MacOS X, there is still a /bin/echo even though it is a built-in to all shells.

Of course, this assumes you have the source to command and can modify it to read the secret from a pre-opened file descriptor instead of from the command line argument. If you can’t modify the command, you are completely stuck – the ‘ps’ listing will show the information.

Another trick you could pull if you’re the command owner: you could capture the argument (secret), write it to a pipe or file (which is immediately unlinked) for yourself, and then re-exec the command without the secret argument; the second invocation knows that since the secret is absent, it should look wherever the first invocation hid the secret. The second invocation (minus secret) is what appears in the ‘ps’ output after the minuscule interval it takes to deal with hiding the secret. Not as good as having the secret channel set up from the beginning. But these are indicative of the lengths to which you have to go.

Zapping an argument from inside the program – overwriting with zeroes, for example – does not hide the argument from ‘ps’.

How to covertly hide data in images using Steghide on Kali Linux.
Hint: There’s no hidden messages in the first image.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Hiding data within an image sounds like something out of a spy movie. You don’t have to be a modern James Bond to learn this skill known as steganography.

Steganography is the art of hiding data within a non-secret medium. This practice has been around since ancient times dating back to 440 B.C. in Greece (Siper, Farley, and Lombardo 2005). The Americans and the British used invisible ink in the Revolutionary War to conceal messages from each other. Heat would be applied to the paper to reveal the hidden message.

Steganography is used in many capture the flag challenges in cybersecurity and hacking events.

In this article, we will discuss how to use Steghide on Kali Linux to conceal and extract hidden data within an image.

  • Kali Linux
  • JPEG or BMP Image
  • Text File
  • Internet Connection

Steghide should work on other Linux distributions, but your mileage may vary.

1. Install Steghide

You’ll first need to install Steghide. To see if you have Steghide installed you can run the following command.

If nothing is returned you will need to run the following command to install Steghide.

Steghide should now be installed. Run the following command to verify.

Step 2. Read the Steghide man page and help section

You should familiarize yourself with the man page and help section that is available after installing Steghide.

While we will cover the required commands and flags to accomplish basic embedding and extraction of data from an image, it’s best to have a grasp on what a program does and the available flags/options.

Run the following command to pull up the man page.

Press Q to exit the man page once you have a basic understand of the program and features.

Run the following command to pull up the Steghide help section.

Move on to the next step once you are familiar with how the program works.

3. Find an Image

You are now ready to find an image in which you will embed data.

Steghide supports JPEG and BMP image file types. Once you have an image, ensure it is available on your Kali machine.

In this example, we will use the first JPEG image located in this article. Feel free to grab that image or any other JPEG or BMP file.

The filename in this example will be named “regular_image.jpeg”.

4. Have Your Secret Text Ready

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Although we are using text in this example, Steghide does not have restrictions on the type of format secret data. You can embed anything you’d like in the image.

We are going to create a text file called “super_secret_stuff.txt” that we will use to embed in the image. You can use any text editor you’d like or you can run the following command to quickly create a text file.

You can check to see if the text file has been created and the contents by running the following command.

Now that you have your image and text we are ready to move on to embedding the text in the image.

5. Embedding Data

You are now ready to start embedding data into your image using Steghide.

Run the following command to embed “super_secret_stuff.txt” into the image named “regular_image.jpeg”

Let’s break down what this command is doing.

You will be prompted to enter a passphrase. This passphrase will be required for anyone trying to extract the data from the image.

Note: A passphrase is not required. However, anyone trying to extract the data will be able to do so.

Enter a passphrase of “secrettext”.

Re-Enter your passphrase.

Congrats! Your text file is now embedded in the image!

Let’s move on to how we can extract the text file from the image.

6. Extract Data From Image

Extracting the data from the image is fairly easy as long as you know the passphrase.

Run the following command to extract the “super_secret_stuff.txt” file from the “regular_image.jpeg” file.

Note: While testing, make sure you aren’t trying to extract the text file into the same directory or you’ll be prompted to overwrite the file.

You will be prompted to enter the passphrase.

The embedded text file will be extracted and written to your current directory.

Congrats! You successfully extracted a hidden text file from an image!

Notes/Tips

  • Entering an incorrect passphrase will show the following response
  • Steghide can be used on JPEG and BMP image files and WAV and AU audio files.
  • Passphrases can be brute-force attacked by an attacker to extract any data in a file.

Wrapping Up

Steghide is a simple to use application that can easily embed files into images or audio. It’s one of my go-to tools when participating in CTF’s and has helped me find numerous flags.

While most people aren’t using steganography daily, it is a cybersecurity skill to have in your toolkit should the occasion arise.

The Linux man command is one of the lesser known helpers for those new to Linux. Typing in ‘man find’ give you a whole manual page on the ‘find’ command and this is what ‘man’ is short for – Manual.

Let us see part of the ‘man find’ command and its output:

The actual entry continues for quite a bit.

Searching the Linux man entry

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Searching for a keyword in a manual entry is the same syntax as ‘vi’ – type a forward slash (/) followed by the search string and then press enter. You can jump to the next entry found by pressing ‘n’.

Searching for a term across ALL man pages is accomplished by using man -k [search string]. You could even go so far as to type ‘man man’ to get instructions on the Linux man command! This is actually a good place to start as the structure of the ‘man’ system is explained here and makes the ‘man’ system a bit easier to understand.

Linux man can be invoked for all the standard Linux commands, but some extra software or custom written commands may not have Linux man entries.

Remember: Linux man is your helper – no need to always use Google.

The mkdir command

Creating a directory is pretty easy. The command we are after is mkdir which is short for Make Directory. In the most basic form, we can type ‘mkdir [mynewdirectory] and the new directory will be created in our current directory (pwd). Once again the directory creation can either be a RELATIVE PATH or an ABSOLUTE PATH.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

So you are looking to learn Linux? Instead of rambling for the next two paragraphs about how the following commands are going to lay the metaphysical groundwork for the rest of your technical experience, I am going to jump right into it. No fluff, no expose—just commands and how they work. Let’s do it.

Note: I recommend having the GUI and CLI side by side as you make changes to files and directories to solidify that what you are doing in your terminal is, in fact, happening on the system.

More Linux resources

Looking around

If you want to have a look around the filesystem, you will need to know how to list files and directories, move between directories, and see where you are currently.

When you open a terminal, you will see a prompt similar to this:

The only information provided is the user you are logged in as (tcarrigan), the hostname of the machine you are logged into (server), the directory you are currently in (noted by

probably doesn’t mean much to you.

1. pwd – print working directory

The pwd command tells you the directory you are currently working in:

I am currently working in the /home/tcarrigan directory, as noted above. Now, what do you do if you want to see which file and directories are inside of /home/tcarrigan ?

2. ls -l

The ls command will list any non-hidden files contained in a given directory. I recommend combining it with the -l option to make the output a bit more legible (and to get a little more information about the files and directories listed).

Now, as I said above, ls usually displays only NON-hidden files and directories. So what about the hidden stuff?

3. ls -al

The ls -a command is the answer you were looking for. Combine with the -l option as well for the same “pretty’”output you were looking at earlier, with the hidden files included.

You will notice that there are many more entries in this output than before. Any file or directory that starts with the . character is now revealed.

Now, let’s navigate around the file system a bit. Let’s say you want to see a file inside /home/tcarrigan/article_submissions .

4. cd (dir) – change to (directory)

The change directory command is self-explanatory. It allows you to change your working directory.

You can see that we changed our working directory to

/article_submissions . What if I wanted to get back to where I started?

5. cd – with no options

The cd command, when used with no additional options, will return you to the home directory of the user you are logged in as.

6. Going backward

If you need to go back to a previous directory, use the following:

Making and removing

Now that you know how to move around, let’s look at creating and removing directories and files.

7. mkdir (X) – make (X) directory

To create a new directory, we use the mkdir command.

What if we want to create a new file inside the newly created Test directory?

8. touch (file) – creates a new file (filename)

The touch command creates and updates individual files. To create a file called touch_test inside the Test directory:

Ok, so we created a new directory, as well as a file within that directory. How do we get rid of them?

9. rm (file) – remove (filename)

10. Now the directory: rm -r (directory)

What’s next?

If today was your first time using Linux, congrats on making the leap. We looked at basic navigation, creation, and removal of files and directories. Keep an eye out for the next 10 commands, coming soon. We will look at moving and copying files, creating links, and the various ways to read files. In the meantime, keep practicing what we did today on your favorite virtual machine.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

This Linux command tutorial shows you some examples of how to run the Linux man command using popular, commonly used command options.

The Linux man Command

The man command is used to view Linux “man (for manual) pages” and these describe thousands of commands and concepts.

  • look up a command option
  • learn a new concept
  • find out about various directories and files in the file system
  • learn about the settings in text (configuration) file

Linux man Command Tutorial – Using This Command Without Any Options

To learn about a single Linux command, like the find command, use the following example and replace “find” with the name of the command you need to learn more about.

Searching for Text in a Man Page

To search for text in a page, such as an option of the command, type in a / slash and then the text you need to find and then press Enter.

For example, type in /copy to find the word copy.

All locations of the word you have searched for will be highlighted and you can press n to go to the next location and p to go to the previous version.

And now I would like to offer you free access to my Linux Commands Training Mini-Course [http://www.LinuxCommandsTrainingCourse.com], a 7 Lesson, Daily Mini-Course, including the free Linux Commands ebook and Linux audio podcasts – showing you how to get started learning how to use Linux commands.

You can get your instant access at: [http://www.LinuxCommandsTrainingCourse.com]

From Clyde Boom – The Easy Linux Training Guy – Easy, self-paced Linux training – In Plain English!

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Despite the ‘man’ commands, relative simplicity and appearance of unimportance, the ‘man’ command is, perhaps, one of the most important commands to lean in Linux.

Why is the ‘man’ command important?

The true value of the ‘man’ command is that provides access to the online manuals (documentation), which will be consulted often until Linux commands and functions have to be learned and internalized. Even after learning the more familiar and commonly used Linux command and functions, one will still need to refer the less commonly used capabilities or to confirm something which has been used in a while.

When some the more arrogant Linux users will sometime tell folks with questions to “read the frickin’ manual” (RTFM), the ‘man’ command is what they are usually talking about. Although there are other perfectly useful reference materials online (e.g., git documentation project) or commercial books, the ‘man’ command should be the go-to place for documentation. The reason this is actually very simple, if the command or function is installed in your version or environment instance of Linux, then man pages will be available. Therefore, usually, there will no need to go search on the internet for answers or carrying books around.

The ‘man’ command syntax

The syntax of the ‘man’ command is simple and easy to learn to use. In fact, the ‘man’ command is so easy to use that people frequently will not even use options when they use the man command and enter ‘man’ command and the keyword.

‘man’ command syntax

man [options] (keywords)

Simple examples to illustrate how to use the ‘man’ command.

Example to pull up the ‘Man’ command documentation

In this example, the man command is using ‘man man’ to pull up its own online documentation.

Example to pull up the ‘ls’ command documentation

In this example, the man command is using ‘man ls’ to pull up the ‘list directory contents‘ online documentation.

list directory contents

Example to pull up the ‘cp’ command documentation

In this example, the man command is using ‘man cp’ to pull up the ‘copy files and directories ‘ online documentation.

In Linux, as you should already know, there is the concept of hidden files and hidden folders. It is not exactly hidden in the literal sense, but all that means is that the file managers and file system utilities will not display these types of files (or folders) by default.

  • These files are usually a mechanism to store user preference or system files that are not modified by user regularly.
  • They are also used by different utilities to store configuration and state of the programs. As these files are not actively used by user on a normal day-to-day basis, it makes sense to hide them in most cases.
  • It also allows the file manager utilities to prevent cluttering up the user interface and provide a soft division between user files and user specific configuration files.

Any file or folder whose name start with a dot (.) is a hidden file, also known as dot file. These files will not be displayed by default when listing the contents of a folder. These files can be referenced just as any file, by using the name of the file (including the dot).

We will see how you can view these files using the most popular directory listing commands and file managers.

ls command

The ls command is probably the most used command line utility and it lists the contents of the specified directory. In order to display all files, including the hidden files in the folder, use the -a or –all option with ls.

This will display all the files, including the two implied folders: . (current directory) and .. (parent folder). If you want to omit the display of these two folders, then use the -A or –almost-all option.

This is quite useful, if you are using the output of the command as input to some other script. You probably do not the script to loop in the current folder (depending on the script).

If you want to display only the hidden files, then you will need to specify a regular expression with the ls command., the following will display just the hidden file and folders.

The -d option is to ensure that the directory contents are not printed out for each directory in the list.

dir command

Another popular command used to display directory contents is dir. Almost all options for dir is the same as ls, which means everything that was shown for ls in the previous section will work for dir as well.

will display all files, hidden files and the implied folders (. and ..).

will display all files, folders including the hidden folders but excluding both . and ..

will display just the hidden files and hidden folders.

KDE File Manager (dolphin)

The default file manager in KDE is Dolphin. The default setting in Dolphin is not to display hidden or dot files. There are couple of different ways you can enable the option here.

The easiest is probably the keyboard shortcut Alt+. (Alt and dot). You can easily enable the display and disable it again using the same shortcut.

The other option is using the menu option. Click on the Hamburger icon on the menu bar (for Settings/Configuration). In the drop down menu, you will see the option named Show Hidden Files. Click and select it on it to enable the display of hidden files.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

You can leave that option selected, if you want to always display the hidden files. The other commonly used file manager is Konqueror, which uses embedded dolphin to display the file system, as well.

Gnome File Manager (files or nautilus)

The default file manager in Gnome on most distros is Gnome Files. It was formerly known as Nautilus. The keyboard shortcut to display hidden files in Nautilus is Ctrl+H. This shortcut can be used to toggle the display of dot files.

The other option is to change it in the configuration. Open Edit -> Preferences and navigate to the Views tab. Select the option Shown hidden and backup files. In modern or latest versions, this option is in Files -> Preferences menu.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Xfce File Manager (thunar)

Xfce is a popular light weight desktop environment, and the default file manager is thunar. The keyboard shortcut is display hidden files is again Ctrl+H just as with Gnome File Manager.

You can find the option with in the menu as well, as with other file managers. Click on View in the menu bar, and select Show Hidden Files option.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Midnight Commander

Midnight Commander is a command line based file manager which has a loyal following. The keyboard shortcut to display dot files here is Alt + . (Alt-Period).

There is also a configuration setting with in Panel Options. Open Options from the menu and then Panel Options. Select the option Show Hidden Files.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

No matter which file manager you are using, there should be an option to display hidden files. Most times, it is disabled by default and as it should be. You can try first by right clicking and checking the context menu. The next place to check is either the Settings or Preferences dialog which is often in the Edit or View menu.

How do I exit man page from the terminal? Once you have finished viewing a Linux manual page for a program, you’ll obviously want to exit or quit. Most likely so that you can and go back to the same open terminal window to proceed to enter new commands.

Although the answer is well known, due to how many times I have been asked how to exit man page or exit info page once done viewing, I figured it a good idea to post a quick answer. Manual pages aka; Linux man-pages are provided with almost all software available for Linux. They house important documentation about an application or program and explain how to use it. Info pages can be used to provide information on programs or commands and how to use them.

Accessing Man Pages in Linux

Linux manual pages can be easily accessed via the terminal by typing man followed by the program name and then pressing Enter.

To Navigate Man Pages

Manual page or info page navigation can be accomplished by using the up and down arrow keys or in some cases, by pressing Enter for more.

For Man Page Help

Additional help regarding the general use of man pages can be accessed by pressing h followed by the Enter key.

To Exit Man Page

Once you are finished viewing a manual or info page, you can exit or close the manual by pressing q.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Once you’ve quit, you will be returned to a command prompt within the same open terminal window.

How to use Man Pages

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Now that you’ve learned the basics of Man, here is a full example on using it to display the manual for the fdisk (a disk editing program).

  1. Open a terminal and type man fdisk (to open the manual for the fdisk application)
  2. Use the up and down arrow keys on your keyboard to read the document.
  3. Once finished press q on your keyboard to quit reading the manual.

How to use Info Pages

Note: Info can be used in place of man to access informational pages. For example;

Or for displaying information regarding commands. For example;

report this ad

more command is used to view the text files in the command prompt, displaying one screen at a time in case the file is large (For example log files). The more command also allows the user do scroll up and down through the page. The syntax along with options and command is as follows. Another application of more is to use it with some other command after a pipe. When the output is large, we can use more command to see output one by one.

Syntax:

  • [-options]: any option that you want to use in order to change the way the file is displayed. Choose any one from the followings: (-d, -l, -f, -p, -c, -s, -u)
  • [-num]: type the number of lines that you want to display per screen.
  • [+/pattern]: replace the pattern with any string that you want to find in the text file.
  • [+linenum]: use the line number from where you want to start displaying the text content.
  • [file_name]: name of the file containing the text that you want to display on the screen.

While viewing the text file use these controls:

Enter key: to scroll down line by line.
Space bar: To go to the next page.
b key: To go to back one page.

    -d : Use this command in order to help the user to navigate. It displays “[Press space to continue, ‘q’ to quit.]” and displays “[Press ‘h’ for instructions.]” when wrong key is pressed.

Example:

Example:

Example:

Example:

Example:

Example:

Example:

Using more to Read Long Outputs: We use more command after a pipe to see long outputs. For example, seeing log files, etc.

Commands and Tools to help you find hidden data in images while participating in Capture The Flag events.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Jeopardy-style capture the flag events are centered around challenges that participants must solve to retrieve the ‘flag’. The flag is a hidden string that must be provided to earn points. The more challenges you solve, the more flags you obtain, and the more points you receive. The participant or team with the highest score wins the event.

Challenges incorporate several hacking skills such as web exploitation, reverse engineering, cryptography, and steganography. These skills must be applied to the challenges to solve for the correct answer.

In this article, we will focus on finding hidden data in images and introduce commands and tools that you can use to help you find the flag.

Note: This is an introduction to a few useful commands and tools. The challenges you encounter may not be as straight forward as the examples in this article. Please do not expect to find every flag using these methods.

There will be images associated with each command and tool. The images will be stored at this GIT repository if you’d like to download them and try the commands and tools for yourself.

  • Linux system
  • Internet connection
  • Command-line knowledge
  • Patience

The file command is used to determine the file type of a file. There may be times when you are given a file that does not have an extension or the incorrect extension has been applied to add confusion and misdirection.

We’ll cover 2 examples of the file command.

Example 1:
You are given a file named rubiks.jpg.
Running the file command reveals the following information.

The file command shows that this is a PNG file and not a JPG.

Example 2:
You are given a file named solitaire.exe.
Running the file command reveals the following:

The file command show this is a PNG file and not an executable file. Changing the extension to .png will allow you to further interact with the file.

Exiftool

Exiftool allows you to read and write meta information in files. Flags may be hidden in the meta information and can easily be read by running exiftool.

You may need to install exiftool on your system. Run the following command to install exiftool.

Example 1:
You are provided an image named ocean.jpg.
Running the exiftool command reveals the following information.

Hidden in the meta-information is a field named ‘Comment’. The value is where the flag can be hidden.

Additional meta-information within files may be useful depending on the challenge.

xxd allows you to take a file and dump it in a hexadecimal (hex) format.

Flags may be hidden in the image and can only be revealed by dumping the hex and looking for a specific pattern. Typically, each CTF has its flag format such as ‘HTB<flag>’.

Example 1:
You are provided an image named computer.jpg.
Run the following command to dump the file in hex format.

The output shows “THIS IS A HIDDEN FLAG” at the end of the file. Most challenges won’t be this straight forward or easy. You may have to grep for a pattern, decode data, or look for anything that stands out and can be used to find the flag.

Strings

The strings command will print out strings that are at least 4 characters long from a file. A flag may be embedded in a file and this command will allow a quick view of the strings within the file.

Example 1:
You are provided an image named computer.jpg.
Run the following command to view the strings in the file.

The string “THIS IS A HIDDEN FLAG” is displayed at the end of the file. Flags may be embedded anywhere in the file. You may need to manipulate the output of strings to look for specific details.

Tip 1: Pipe the strings command to grep to locate specific patterns.

Tip2: Use the -n flag on the strings command to search for strings that are at least n characters in length. Look at “man strings” for more details.

Binwalk

Binwalk is a tool that allows you to search binary images for embedded files and executable code. We can use binwalk to search images for embedded files such as flags or files that may contain clues to the flag.

You may need to download binwalk on your system. Run the following command to install binwalk.

Example 1:
You are provided an image named dog.jpg.
Run the following command to see if Binwalk finds any embedded files.

Binwalk detects a zip file embedded within dog.jpg. The file within the zip file is named hidden_text.txt.

You can extract hidden files by running the following command.

A directory named ‘_dog.jpg.extracted’ has been created with the file automatically unzipped.

Running the cat command on the embedded text file reveals “THIS IS A HIDDEN FLAG.”

Wrapping Up

This an introduction to finding data hidden in image files. The majority of challenges you encounter will not be as easy in the examples above. You’ll need to use these commands and tools and tie them in with your existing knowledge. Patience is key. If one thing doesn’t work then you move on to the next until you find something that does work. The challenge intends to hide the flag.

There are many other tools available that will help you with steganography challenges. Below are a few more that you can research to help expand your knowledge.

If you have any questions feel free to Tweet or PM me @mrkmety

There are a lot of beginner tutorials like this one for getting started in CTFs, if you’re new to this, one of the best CTF for beginners is PicoCTF, if you want a jump start take a look at this 2021 PicoCTF Walkthrough.

linux ls command – Show files and directories that are not hidden.

linux ls -a command, display all files and subdirectories in the current directory, including hidden “.” And “..” etc.

  • ls -a Include directory entries whose names begin with a dot (.).

linux ls -A command, show all files and subdirectories in the current directory, including hidden files, but excluding . And ..

  • ls -A List all entries except for . and … Always set for the super-user.

linux ls -l command, display detailed information of non-hidden files and directories.

  • ls -l List in long format.

ls -al

linux ls -al command, display all files and subdirectories in the current directory, including hidden “.” And “..” etc. details.

ls -lrt

linux ls -lrt command, sort non-hidden files and directories by date from old to new.

man it is the interface used to view the system’s reference manuals.

SYNOPSIS

DESCRIPTION

man is the system’s manual pager. Each page argument given to man is normally the name of a program, utility or function. The manual page associated with each of these arguments is then found and displayed. A section, if provided, will direct man to look only in that section of the manual. The default action is to search in all of the available sections, following a pre-defined order and to show only the first page found, even if page exists in several sections.

Options

Tag Description
-C file, –config-file=file Use this user configuration file rather than the default of

EXAMPLES

Example-1:

To Display the manual page for the item (program) ls :

it will display man page of ls command

To Display, in succession, all of the available intro manual pages contained within the manual. It is possible to quit between successive displays or skip any of them:

# man -a intro
–Man– next: intro(8) [ view (return) | skip (Ctrl-D) | quit (Ctrl-C) ]

–Man– next: intro(3) [ view (return) | skip (Ctrl-D) | quit (Ctrl-C) ]

–Man– next: intro(2) [ view (return) | skip (Ctrl-D) | quit (Ctrl-C) ]

–Man– next: intro(5) [ view (return) | skip (Ctrl-D) | quit (Ctrl-C) ]

–Man– next: intro(4) [ view (return) | skip (Ctrl-D) | quit (Ctrl-C) ]

–Man– next: intro(6) [ view (return) | skip (Ctrl-D) | quit (Ctrl-C) ]

–Man– next: intro(7) [ view (return) | skip (Ctrl-D) | quit (Ctrl-C) ]

to get to next page press q to quit.

Example-3:

Format the manual page referenced by `alias’, usually a shell manual page, into the default troff or groff format and pipe it to the printer named ps :

$ man -t alias | lpr -Pps

command content will be sent to printer.

Example-4:

Search the short descriptions and manual page names for the keyword printf as regular expression. Print out any matches. Equivalent to apropos -r printf. :

# man -k printf
printf (1) – format and print data

Example-5:

To Lookup the manual pages referenced by mkdir and print out the short descriptions of any found. Equivalent to whatis -r mkdir.

Research from Unit4 covering the state of the European market reveals optimism, but concerns about barriers to growth

A few moves have been made in the channel over the past working week as the hunt for growth continues

Cloud player Civo becomes one of the first to offer staff the option of a four-day working week after a successful trial

While the botnet is not new, it appears operators are honing their skills and evading Alibaba Cloud’s monitoring service to take .

Lapsus$’s alleged theft of T-Mobile source code is in line with its previous activity; the cybercrime group previously stole code.

Binary diffing is a useful tool in the ethical hacker’s arsenal. This excerpt teaches aspiring penetration testers and red .

Vast Data combined its disaggregated ‘share everything’ storage with Vertica’s high-performance analytics to create a data .

Metadata Streaming enables users of LucidLink’s Filespaces to access petabytes of data faster without slowdowns, a new feature in.

Buy or lease? Subscription or consumption pricing? Ask these storage-as-a-service questions — and others — to decide if the .

Power over Ethernet provides a way to supply electricity to low-power devices through a standard Ethernet cable. Learn about the .

As network environments evolve and grow more complex, enterprises are realizing their need for unified network management. But is.

Under the Linux Foundation, SONiC could get enterprise features that make the open source network operating system more useful .

Flexera’s new ‘State of the Cloud Report’ puts Azure ahead of AWS for the first time as enterprise IT pros’ preferred public .

With Terraform, developers can lean on familiar coding practices to provision the underlying resources for their applications. .

Admins can use AWS CloudFormation templates and resource stacks to deploy an EC2 instance using an infrastructure-as-code .

A data compliance management strategy is key for organizations to protect data the right way. Different positions have .

Gaming vendor Sega is using the data vendor’s technology to unify its data for sales as well as game balancing to enable players .

New hardware is coming to the tech giant’s cloud service for database workloads, with the Exadata X9M for more compute and .

With worldwide events such as the COVID-19 pandemic and war in Ukraine causing economic uncertainty, organizations need to be .

The platform update adds capabilities including a hub for analytics assets and natural language query designed to increase the .

IT departments enable analytics in organizations by ensuring that the data architecture is in place, including tools, processes .

All files in a Linux filesystem are arranged in form of a big tree rooted at ‘/‘.These files can be spread out on various devices based on your partition table, initially your parent directory is mounted(i.e attached) to this tree at ‘/‘, others can be mounted manually using GUI interface(if available) or using mount command.
mount command is used to mount the filesystem found on a device to big tree structure(Linux filesystem) rooted at ‘/‘. Conversely, another command umount can be used to detach these devices from the Tree.

Syntax:

Other forms:

These commands tells the Kernel to attach the filesystem found at device to the dir.

Note:

  • If you leave the dir part of syntax it looks for a mount point in /etc/fstab.
  • You can use –source or –target to avoid ambivalent interpretation.
  • /etc/fstab usually contains information about which device is need to be mounted where.
  • Most of the devices are indicated by files like /dev/sda4, etc. But it can be different for certain filesystems. Please refer below for more information.

Note: It is important to note that we are only discussing the standard form of mount command given as syntax. Different forms are somewhat discussed because it has certain limitations on different kernels.

  • l : Lists all the file systems mounted yet.
  • h : Displays options for command.
  • V : Displays the version information.
  • a : Mounts all devices described at /etc/fstab.
  • t : Type of filesystem device uses.
  • T : Describes an alternative fstab file.
  • r : Read-only mode mounted.

    Displays information about file systems mounted:

In Basic Authentication, a HTTP request contains a header Authorization: Basic , where credentials is the Base64 encoding of username and password joined by a single colon : .

Basic Auth is considered as not safe enough, but we still use it a lot for some less sensitive stuff because it is easy to set up.

You can use Basic Http Auth with curl in following two ways:

Option 1: Pass credentials to curl

Passing Basic credentials to curl command is easy as this:

curl -u username:password https://example.com

If your username or password contains a special character, such as white-space, then you might want to surround credentials with single quotes:

curl -u ‘username:password’ https://example.com

Option 2: Pass Authorization header

If you want to have a full control over your HTTP request, you might want to Base64 encode your username:password and place it into Authorization header.
Curl command should look like this:

curl -H ‘Authorization: Basic dXNlcm5hbWU6cGFzc3dvcmQ=’ https://example.com

Colon : is not allowed to be used in an username according to Basic Auth specification. But in case you need to support it (ie your users are allowed to create such username) and you are in charge of client and server, you might want to URL encode the username and password on both sides.

You could have installed many applications on your Linux system. This brief guide explains how to list all installed packages in Linux from command line with examples.

The commands to display all installed packages varies depending on the type of the package manager you use. I have included example commands for all popular package managers.

1. Display installed packages using pacman in Arch Linux

Pacman is the default package manager for Arch Linux and its derivatives like EndeavourOS and Manjaro Linux.

To list all installed packages using pacman in Arch Linux and its variants, run:

Sample output:

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

List installed packages using Pacman in Arch Linux

If you want to view the output page by page, pipe the output to more command like below:

To list only the explicitly installed packages and versions:

To list only the total number of installed packages in Arch Linux, pipe the pacman output to wc command:

As you can see in the above output, I have installed 134 packages in my Arch Linux system.

You can also export all installed packages to a text file and install them later on a freshly installed Arch Linux. For details, check the following guide:

  • Create A List Of Installed Packages And Install Them Later From The List In Arch Linux

2. Get list of installed packages using apk command in Alpine Linux

Apk, short for Alpine Package Manager, is the default package manager for Alpine Linux.

The command to view the list of installed packages in Alpine Linux is:

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

View installed packages using apk command in Alpine Linux

If you want to view the list of installed packages with along with version number and package description, use -vv flag like below:

Sample output:

To list only the total number of all installed packages in Alpine Linux, pipe the apk info output to wc command like below:

3. Find installed packages using apt command in Debian, Ubuntu

Apt provides a high-level command line interface for the package management system in Debian, Ubuntu and other Debian-based systems.

To display the list of installed packages in Debian, Ubuntu, Linux Mint and other DEB-based systems, run:

Sample output:

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Display installed packages using apt command in Debian, Ubuntu

Display the total number of installed packages in Debian-based systems, pipe the output of apt command to wc command as shown below:

4. Using dpkg command in Debian, Ubuntu

Dpkg is a command line tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages.

To list all installed packages with versions and details using dpkg command, run:

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Get installed packages using dpkg command

Alternatively, you can use dpkg-query command to list all installed Debian packages.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Get all installed Debian packages using dpkg-query command

List only the total number of installed packages in Debian-based systems:

5. Using yum command in RHEL, Fedora, CentOS

Yum, stands for Yellowdog Updater, Modified, is the command line management utility to install and manage packages in Red-hat based systems. It is now replaced with dnf in the recent versions of RHEL and CentOS.

To find the list of installed packages in Fedora, RHEL and its clones like CentOS, run:

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

List installed packages using yum command

List only the total number of installed packages using yum and wc commands:

6. Using dnf command in in RHEL, Fedora, CentOS

DNF is the next generation version of YUM and it has been the default package manager since Fedora 22, RHEL 8 and CentOS 8. DNF usage is same as Yum.

To find the list of installed packages in RHEL, Fedora, CentOS using dnf , run:

If you want to display only the total number of packages using dnf command, run:

7. Using zypper command in openSUSE

Zypper is the default command line package manager to install and manage packages in SUSE and openSUSE.

To list installed packages in openSUSE using zypper , run:

8. Using rpm command

RPM command, stands for Red Hat Package Manager, is used to install and manage applications from command line in Redhat-based systems.

To list every RPM package installed on your system, run:

To view the output page by page, pipe the output to more command:

You can also all installed packages with the latest ones at the top using –last flag like below:

The following two are universal methods. You can use these commands on any systems that have installed with either snap or flatpak tools.

9. List packages installed with snap

Snap is a software deployment and package management system developed by Canonical.

To list all snap applications installed on your system, run:

Sample output:

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

List installed snap applications in Linux

10. List installed packages using flatpak

Flatpak is a platform-independent package management system to build, install and run sandboxed desktop applications and runtimes on Linux.

To list all installed flatpak applications in Linux, run:

Sample output:

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

List packages installed with flatpak in Linux

Please note that the above command will list only the packages that are exclusively installed with flatpak application.

echo command in linux is used to display line of text/string that are passed as an argument . This is a built in command that is mostly used in shell scripts and batch files to output status text to the screen or a file.

Syntax :

Displaying a text/string :

Syntax :

Example :

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Options of echo command

NOTE :- -e here enables the interpretation of backslash escapes

1. \b : it removes all the spaces in between the text

Example :

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

2. \c : suppress trailing new line with backspace interpretor ‘-e‘ to continue without emitting new line.

Example :

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

In above example, text after \c is not printed and omitted trailing new line.

3. \n : this option creates new line from where it is used.

Example :

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

4. \t : this option is used to create horizontal tab spaces.

Example :

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

5. \r : carriage return with backspace interpretor ‘-e‘ to have specified carriage return in output.

Example :

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

In the above example, text before \r is not printed.

6. \v : this option is used to create vertical tab spaces.

Example :

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

7. \a : alert return with backspace interpretor ‘-e‘ to have sound alert.

Example :

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

This command when executed, it will produce an alert sound or Bel .

8. echo * : this command will print all files/folders, similar to ls command .

Example :

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

9. -n : this option is used to omit echoing trailing newline .

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basicsGetty Images

Some Linux commands are very easy to remember. The names may have only a couple letters and they often relate directly to what you want to do – like cd for changing directories or pwd for displaying the present working directory. Others can be very difficult to remember, especially if what you want to do relies on using a series of options.

So, let’s look at some commands and tricks that can help you remember commands that do just what you need them to do and that make issuing those commands so much easier.

Use aliases

The best way to nail down a complicated command is to turn it into an alias. Just take a command that works for you and assign it an easy name. In fact, there is nothing wrong with using the name of the command itself as the alias as long as this doesn’t interfere with other ways you might want to use that command. For example, grep and egrep are often aliased to include using color to highlight your search term.

This next alias might not save you a lot of typing, but it might save you from having to remember the particular command syntax:

Creating an alias requires syntax like these examples illustrate. Making an alias permanent, on the other hand, requires that you add the definitions to one of your startup files (e.g.,

Aliases can also help you not forget when you need to use sudo!

They can also keep you from having to memorize a long string of command options.

Here’s an alias for doing some web-server troubleshooting:

You would use it by typing something like “cksite somesite.org”.

And don’t forget that you can always turn an alias off for a while by using the unalias command:

It’s a good idea to keep your alias names as simple and personally meaningful as possible. Otherwise, they may not save you as many neurons as you might hope.

Use apropos

The apropos command will help you find a command by matching your search term with command descriptions found in the man pages. You might just run across some commands that you didn’t realize were available!

Use filename and command completion

Both filename and command completion can help you to specify files and enter commands. For example, type “cale” and press enter and you won’t have to remember if calendar ends in an “er” or an “ar”. You can also also type “more ” followed by the first few letters of a filename and then a tab and likely not have to enter anything more before the complete filename appears. If you hear a little “bing!” and nothing happens, type another letter and try again. That means there’s more than one file that matches what you’ve typed so far.

Use an intuitive shell

Another option for helping recall Linux commands is to use a shell like fish that offers features such as suggesting command completion. You can learn more about the fish shell here.

Use a cheat sheet

You can always resort to a cheat sheet, especially when you’re first learning a series of new commands. Over time, however, you’re better off making the commands that you frequently use easier to remember.

Use man pages

The man pages are a lot more useful than some of us give them credit for. From time to time, I even surprise myself by finding an option I hadn’t known about that turns out to be very useful. The SYNOPSIS at the top of each man page provides helpful information like this to remind you what the command syntax should be:

Cheat

If you’ve got snap available on your system, you can install cheat – a tool for creating and viewing interactive cheat sheets.

Then, you can use cheat to provide command hints such as these:

Sandra Henry-Stocker has been administering Unix systems for more than 30 years. She describes herself as “USL” (Unix as a second language) but remembers enough English to write books and buy groceries. She lives in the mountains in Virginia where, when not working with or writing about Unix, she’s chasing the bears away from her bird feeders.

I wanted to add classpath to my JDK. While searching a way to do it I noticed everyone open .profile file using terminal. But when I want to open and edit it with a text editor I couldn’t see that file in Home folder.

Can someone tell me why is this. And also if possible how can I access .profile in home folder the GUI way.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

/.profile . Check the output, that is your .profile.

3 Answers 3

GUI way to show a hidden file or folder

Hidden files and folder have names that start with a . (dot character). To toggle show/hide hidden files or folders use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl + H .

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

in Linux and Unix systems, the files starting with . (a dot) are hidden files. To see them with the ls command, add -a or -A at your ls.

From the manual man ls :

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

may also be hidden.

The reason you can’t “see” .profile” is because the ls command does not display file and directory names starting with . – this is the original device for “hiding” files in Unix.

You can still edit .profile by typing emacs .profile (or whatever editor you wish to use.)

And, you can “see” all your files by typing ls -al which asks for the “long form” (more informative) output for all specified directory or file arguments.

Find files are hidden from your USB drive/HDD/SSD? Read this article carefully to learn how to show hidden files using command lines in Windows 11/10/8/7.

By Dervish / Last Updated March 7, 2022

Quick Navigation:

The issue: files not showing in USB

“I had files stored on a flash drive. They were in folders and some were out of folders. The contents of the folders are showing empty; although the size of the properties describes them as containing files of size consistent with their original content.

I have used chkdsk /f and it said that it found problems and fixed them. That did not restore the missing files. Why are things so complicated? I am using Windows 7 but I also have access to a Windows 10 computer. Please help!”

The problem of files not showing in external hard drive happens now and then. It could be caused by hidden files, corrupted file system, virus attack and so on. Then, how to show hidden files in Windows 11/10/8/7? Command Prompt, a built-in tool in Windows, can give you a hand.

How to show hidden files using command lines?

Actually, there are two kinds of command lines which can help to show hidden files: dir command and attrib command. Learn how to show hidden files in CMD below:

Way 1: view hidden files with dir command

1. Hit Windows Key + X on your keyboard, and select Command Prompt (Admin) from the menu.

2. Type dir F: /a:h /b /s and press Enter to show hidden files in drive F. You should change the drive letter according to your situation.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Tips:
▪ /a:h—displays the names of the directories and files with the Hidden attribute; the colon between “a” and “h” is optional;
▪ /b—displays a bare list of directories and files, with no additional information;
▪ /s—lists every occurrence of the specified file name within the specified directory and all subdirectories.

3. Type exit and press Enter to exit Command Prompt.

You can only view hidden files in the Command Prompt window by using dir command. To unhide those files from specific drive, please learn how to show hidden files via command from Way 2.

Way 2: show hidden files with attrib command

1. Open Command Prompt as you do in Way 1.

2. Type attrib -h -r -s /s /d F:\*.* and press Enter to unhide hidden files in drive F. Replace the drive letter with yours.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Tips:
▪ -h—clears the Hidden file attribute; -r—clears the Read-only file attribute; -s—clears the System file attribute;
▪ /s—applies attrib and any command-line options to matching files in the current directory and all of its subdirectories;
▪ /d—applies attrib and any command-line options to directories.

3. Type exit and press Enter to exit Command Prompt. You can then see the hidden files in corresponding drive.

Extra tips for fixing hidden files on external hard drives

As mentioned in the first part, corrupted file system can lead to files not showing. If you fail to fix the issue via dir command and attrib command, you can check and fix disk errors with a handy freeware AOMEI Partition Assistant Standard. It supports all Windows PC operating systems like Windows 11/10/8.1/8/7/Vista/XP. Follow the instructions below to fix a corrupted external hard drive via AOMEI Partition Assistant:

Step 1. Connect the external drive to your computer and make sure it is detected. Download, install and launch AOMEI Partition Assistant.

Step 2. Right click on the partition of the drive, select “Advanced” and then “Check Partition”.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Step 3. You’ll see three check options. Choose the first one and click “OK”.

Check partition and fix errors in this partition by using chkdsk.exe

Check partition for errors by using chkdsk.exe

Check whether there is bad sector on the partition

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Step 4. Wait for the process to be completed. Click “OK” when it’s done. Corrupted file system can be fixed in this way, so you can see hidden files again from File Explorer.

How to use linux’s man command hidden secrets and basics

Verdict

Now you know how to show hidden files using command lines in Windows 11/10/8/7. You can also use AOMEI Partition Assistant to fix corrupted file system, thus retrieving hidden files. Apart from checking and fixing disk errors, AOMEI Partition Assistant allows you to permanently assign drive letter and fix unformatted hard drives. Why not give it a try at once?

How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

Chris Hoffman
How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searchesChris Hoffman
Editor-in-Chief

Chris Hoffman is Editor-in-Chief of How-To Geek. He’s written about technology for over a decade and was a PCWorld columnist for two years. Chris has written for The New York Times and Reader’s Digest, been interviewed as a technology expert on TV stations like Miami’s NBC 6, and had his work covered by news outlets like the BBC. Since 2011, Chris has written over 2,000 articles that have been read nearly one billion times—and that’s just here at How-To Geek. Read more.

How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

Google may still be the top search engine, but Bing is starting to stand on its own. Bing has many of the same search operators offered by Google, but it has a few tricks you won’t find elsewhere.

Master these search operators and you’ll find exactly what you’re looking for, and do it faster. These search operators will also work in Yahoo, which is now powered by Bing.

The Basics

Bing’s basic search operators work similarly to Google’s. Search for an exact phrase by surrounding it with quotes:

How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

Omit words with the NOT or minus sign operators. For example, if you wanted to search for smartphones, but didn’t want any results mentioning the iPhone, you’d use one of the following:

smartphones NOT iphone
smartphones -iphone

Use the OR or | operator to find pages that contain one word or another. For example, search for pages about Android or iPhone using one of the following:

android OR iphone
android | iphone

How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

Site Search

Use the site: operator to search within a specific website, just like on Google. For example, search for Bing-related content on How-To Geek with this query:

How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

File Type

Bing can search for files of a specific type using the filetype: operator, just like Google. For example, search for PDF files about Bing with the following query:

How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

Pages Containing a Link to a File Type

Bing doesn’t index all file types. If you wanted to find public domain MP3 files, the following query wouldn’t do anything:

How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

Use the following query and you’ll get pages containing the words “public domain” that link to MP3 files:

How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

Word Closeness

If you type a search such as “bing awesome,” you’ll get pages that have the words “bing” and “awesome” anywhere on the page, even if they’re far apart. Use the near: operator to restrict the distance between search phrases. For example, the following query only returns pages where the words “bing” and “awesome” are within five words of each other:

How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

IP Search

Use the ip: operator to search websites located at a specific IP address. Here’s how to search How-To Geek’s current IP address:

How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

Specify a Location or Language

Use the loc: operator to specify a specific location. For example, the following query returns tourist attractions in the UK:

How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

Use the language: operator to specify a specific language.

For a full list of location and language codes, visit Microsoft’s website.

Feeds

Use the feed: operator to find Web feeds that contain a word. You could use this to find blogs about a topic. For example, find feeds that contain the word “geek” with the following query:

How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

If you don’t want to find a feed itself, just a website that has a feed, use the hasfeed: operator:

The real power comes when you start combining search operators, stitching together complex queries out of several different operators.

  • › How to Turn Your Caps Lock Key into a Chrome OS-Style Search Key
  • › How to Use Windows’ Advanced Search Features: Everything You Need to Know
  • › How to Search Any Website, Even If It Doesn’t Have a Search Function
  • › Samsung T7 Shield Review: The Best Portable SSD, Now Rugged
  • › What Does “Touch Grass” Mean?
  • › The 5 Most Ridiculously Expensive Phones of All Time
  • › Roborock Q5+ Review: A Solid Self-Emptying Robot Vacuum
  • › What’s New in Chrome 101, Arriving Today

How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches Chris Hoffman
Chris Hoffman is Editor-in-Chief of How-To Geek. He’s written about technology for over a decade and was a PCWorld columnist for two years. Chris has written for The New York Times and Reader’s Digest, been interviewed as a technology expert on TV stations like Miami’s NBC 6, and had his work covered by news outlets like the BBC. Since 2011, Chris has written over 2,000 articles that have been read nearly one billion times—and that’s just here at How-To Geek.
Read Full Bio »

Find what you’re looking for in less time. Use the following symbols to quickly modify your search term or search function:

Symbol Function
+ Finds webpages that contain all the terms that are preceded by the + symbol. Also allows you to include terms that are usually ignored.
" " Finds the exact words in a phrase.
() Finds or excludes webpages that contain a group of words.
AND or & Finds webpages that contain all the terms or phrases.
NOT or – Excludes webpages that contain a term or phrase.
OR or | Finds webpages that contain either of the terms or phrases.
Notes
  • By default, all searches are AND searches.
  • You must capitalize the NOT and OR operators. Otherwise, Bing will ignore them as stop words, which are commonly occurring words and numbers that are omitted to speed a full-text search.
  • Stop words and all punctuation marks, except for the symbols noted in this topic, are ignored unless they are surrounded by quotation marks or preceded by the + symbol.
  • Only the first 10 terms are used to get search results.
  • Term grouping and Boolean operators are supported in the following preferred order:
    • ()
    • ""
    • NOT – +
    • AND &
    • OR |

    Some features and functionality described here may not be available in your country or region.

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    Google kan fortsatt være den beste søkemotoren, men Bing begynner å stå alene. Bing har mange av de samme søkeoperatørene som tilbys av Google, men det har noen triks du ikke finner andre steder.

    Behør disse søkeoperatørene, og du vil finne akkurat det du leter etter, og gjør det raskere. Disse søk operatørene vil også fungere i Yahoo, som nå drives av Bing.

    Det grunnleggende

    Bings grunnleggende søkoperatører fungerer på samme måte som Googles. Søk etter en eksakt setning ved å omgjøre den med anførselstegn:

    “find this exact phrase”

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    Slett ord med operatørene NOT eller minus tegn. Hvis du for eksempel vil søke etter smarttelefoner, men ikke vil ha noen resultater som nevner iPhone, kan du bruke ett av følgende:

    smartphones NOT iphone smartphones -iphone

    Bruk OR eller | operatør for å finne sider som inneholder ett ord eller et annet. For eksempel, søk etter sider om Android eller iPhone ved hjelp av ett av følgende:

    android OR iphone android | iphone

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    Nettstedssøk

    Bruk siden: operatøren til å søke på et bestemt nettsted, akkurat som på Google. For eksempel, søk etter Bing-relatert innhold på How-To Geek med denne spørringen:

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    Filtype

    Bing kan søke etter filer av en bestemt type ved hjelp av filetype: operatøren, akkurat som Google. For eksempel, søk etter PDF-filer om Bing med følgende spørring:

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    Sider som inneholder en kobling til en filtype

    Bing indekserer ikke alle filtyper. Hvis du ønsket å finne offentlige MP3-filer, ville følgende spørring ikke gjøre noe:

    filetype:mp3 public domain

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    Bruk følgende spørring, og du får sider som inneholder ordene "offentlig domene" som kobler til MP3-filer:

    contains:mp3 public domain

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    Ord nærhet

    Hvis du skriver inn et søk som "bing awesome", får du sider som har ordene "bing" og "awesome" hvor som helst på siden, selv om de er langt fra hverandre. Bruk nær: operatoren til å begrense avstanden mellom søkefraser. For eksempel returnerer følgende spørring bare sider der ordene "bing" og "awesome" er innenfor fem ord fra hverandre:

    bing near:5 awesome

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    Bruk ip: operatøren til å søke nettsteder som er lokalisert på en bestemt IP-adresse. Slik søker du etter How-To Geeks nåværende IP-adresse:

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    Angi en plassering eller et språk

    Bruk operatøren loc: til å spesifisere et bestemt sted. For eksempel returnerer følgende spørring turistattraksjoner i Storbritannia:

    loc:UK tourist attractions

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    Bruk språkoperatøren til å spesifisere et bestemt språk.

    For en fullstendig liste over sted og språkkoder, besøk Microsofts nettsted.

    Feeds

    Bruk innmatingsoperatøren til å finne webfeeds som inneholder et ord. Du kan bruke dette til å finne blogger om et emne. Finn for eksempel feeder som inneholder ordet "geek" med følgende spørring:

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    Hvis du ikke vil finne en feed selv, bare en nettside som har en feed, bruk hasfeed: operatoren:

    Den virkelige kraften kommer når du begynner å kombinere søkoperatører, og setter sammen komplekse spørringer ut fra flere forskjellige operatører.

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    Google อาจยังคงเป็นเครื่องมือค้นหาอันดับต้น ๆ แต่ Bing ก็เริ่มยืนอยู่บนตัวของมันเอง Bing มีโอเปอเรเตอร์การค้นหาเดียวกันจำนวนมากที่เสนอโดย Google แต่มีเคล็ดลับเล็กน้อยที่คุณจะไม่พบที่อื่น.

    ฝึกฝนตัวดำเนินการค้นหาเหล่านี้และคุณจะพบสิ่งที่คุณต้องการอย่างแน่นอนและทำได้เร็วขึ้น โอเปอเรเตอร์การค้นหาเหล่านี้จะทำงานใน Yahoo ซึ่งขณะนี้ขับเคลื่อนโดย Bing.

    พื้นฐาน

    ตัวดำเนินการค้นหาพื้นฐานของ Bing ทำงานคล้ายกับของ Google ค้นหาวลีที่ถูกต้องโดยการใส่เครื่องหมายคำพูด:

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    เว้นคำด้วยตัวดำเนินการ NOT หรือเครื่องหมายลบ ตัวอย่างเช่นหากคุณต้องการค้นหาสมาร์ทโฟน แต่ไม่ต้องการผลลัพธ์ที่กล่าวถึง iPhone คุณต้องใช้วิธีใดวิธีหนึ่งต่อไปนี้:

    สมาร์ทโฟนไม่ใช่ iPhone
    มาร์ทโฟน -iphone

    ใช้เครื่องหมายหรือหรือ | โอเปอเรเตอร์เพื่อค้นหาหน้าเว็บที่มีคำหนึ่งคำหรืออีกคำหนึ่ง ตัวอย่างเช่นค้นหาหน้าเกี่ยวกับ Android หรือ iPhone โดยใช้วิธีใดวิธีหนึ่งต่อไปนี้:

    android หรือ iphone
    android | iPhone

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    การค้นหาไซต์

    ใช้ผู้ให้บริการไซต์: เพื่อค้นหาภายในเว็บไซต์ที่เฉพาะเจาะจงเช่นเดียวกับใน Google ตัวอย่างเช่นค้นหาเนื้อหาที่เกี่ยวข้องกับ Bing ใน How-To Geek ด้วยข้อความค้นหานี้:

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    ประเภทไฟล์

    Bing สามารถค้นหาไฟล์ประเภทเฉพาะโดยใช้ตัวดำเนินการ filetype เช่นเดียวกับ Google ตัวอย่างเช่นค้นหาไฟล์ PDF เกี่ยวกับ Bing ด้วยคำค้นหาต่อไปนี้:

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    เพจที่มีลิงค์ไปยังประเภทไฟล์

    Bing ไม่จัดทำดัชนีไฟล์ทุกประเภท หากคุณต้องการค้นหาไฟล์ MP3 โดเมนสาธารณะคำค้นหาต่อไปนี้จะไม่ทำอะไรเลย:

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    ใช้คำค้นหาต่อไปนี้แล้วคุณจะได้รับหน้าที่มีคำว่า “โดเมนสาธารณะ” ซึ่งเชื่อมโยงไปยังไฟล์ MP3:

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    ความใกล้ชิดคำ

    หากคุณพิมพ์การค้นหาเช่น “bing เยี่ยมยอด” คุณจะได้รับหน้าเว็บที่มีคำว่า “bing” และ “เยี่ยมยอด” ที่ใดก็ได้บนหน้าเว็บแม้ว่าจะอยู่ห่างกันมากก็ตาม ใช้ตัวดำเนินการใกล้: เพื่อ จำกัด ระยะห่างระหว่างวลีค้นหา ตัวอย่างเช่นคำค้นหาต่อไปนี้จะแสดงเฉพาะหน้าเว็บที่คำว่า “bing” และ “ยอดเยี่ยม” อยู่ภายในห้าคำของกันและกัน

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    การค้นหา IP

    ใช้โอเปอเรเตอร์ ip: เพื่อค้นหาเว็บไซต์ที่อยู่ IP เฉพาะ ต่อไปนี้เป็นวิธีค้นหาที่อยู่ IP ปัจจุบันของ How-To Geek:

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    ระบุที่ตั้งหรือภาษา

    ใช้โอเปอเรเตอร์ loc: เพื่อระบุตำแหน่งเฉพาะ ตัวอย่างเช่นแบบสอบถามต่อไปนี้จะส่งคืนแหล่งท่องเที่ยวในสหราชอาณาจักร:

    How to use bing’s advanced search operators 8 tips for better searches

    ใช้โอเปอเรเตอร์ language: เพื่อระบุภาษาเฉพาะ.

    ใช้ตัวดำเนินการฟีด: เพื่อค้นหาเว็บฟีดที่มีคำ คุณสามารถใช้สิ่งนี้เพื่อค้นหาบล็อกเกี่ยวกับหัวข้อ ตัวอย่างเช่นค้นหาฟีดที่มีคำว่า “geek” พร้อมกับคำค้นหาต่อไปนี้:

    Cerita Lucah 2017,Kisah Lucah,Skodeng 2017,Tudung Bogel 2017,Koleksi link video lucah, video bokep, gambar bogel,Gambar Bogel 2017,Best Gambar Bogel skodeng skandal awek Melayu lucah sex cun bohsia janda. Koleksi Gambar Bogel, Cikaro Bogel, Awek Melayu Sex, Tudung Bogel,gambar bogel makcik tua, melayu sex, telanjang bulat gadis melayu, wanita.

    tips awal bercinta

    Skodeng 2017,Tudung Bogel 2017,Koleksi link video lucah, video bokep, gambar bogel,Gambar Bogel 2017,Best Gambar Bogel skodeng skandal awek Melayu lucah sex cun bohsia janda. Koleksi Gambar Bogel, Cikaro Bogel, Awek Melayu Sex, Tudung Bogel,gambar bogel makcik tua, melayu sex, telanjang bulat gadis melayu, wanita seksi bogel, imej pepek budak.

    Sample Page

    This is an example page. It’s different from a blog post because it will stay in one place and will show up in your site navigation (in most themes). Most people start with an About page that introduces them to potential site visitors. It might say something like this: Hi there! I’m a bike messenger by day, aspiring actor by night, and this is my.

    Besar tetek makcik

    Cerita Lucah 2017,Kisah Lucah,Skodeng 2017,Tudung Bogel 2017,Koleksi link video lucah, video bokep, gambar bogel,Gambar Bogel 2017,Best Gambar Bogel skodeng skandal awek Melayu lucah sex cun bohsia janda. Koleksi Gambar Bogel, Cikaro Bogel, Awek Melayu Sex, Tudung Bogel,gambar bogel makcik tua, melayu sex, telanjang bulat gadis melayu, wanita.

    Greatest Marriage Proposal EVER | Video Lamaran pernikahan terhebat

    Melayu Bogel,Gambar Lucah,Tudung Bogel,Cerita Lucah Greatest Marriage Proposals EVER.The News recently emerged a video that attracted much attention of people who where the video is uploaded in youtube with the title of Video Greatest Marriage Proposal EVER. or if we know in the Indonesian language video in which the greatest marriage.

    HOT MAMA: SESI LATIHAN PENGAWAL PERIBADI

    Melayu Bogel,Gambar Lucah,Tudung Bogel,Cerita Lucah Omar Khadafi’s female bodyguard Apparently dibawah mama nak kongsi pasal sesi latihan pengawal peribadi wanita di daerah Sanya China. Sebanyak 20 orang wanita menghadiri sesi latihan yang dijangkakan berlangsung selama 8 bulan oleh Tianjiao Special Guard/Security Consultant Ltd. Syarikat.

    DILANCAP TUKANG URUT

    Cerita Lucah 2017,Kisah Lucah,Skodeng 2017,Tudung Bogel 2017,Koleksi link video lucah, video bokep, gambar bogel,Gambar Bogel 2017,Best Gambar Bogel skodeng skandal awek Melayu lucah sex cun bohsia janda. Koleksi Gambar Bogel, Cikaro Bogel, Awek Melayu Sex, Tudung Bogel,gambar bogel makcik tua, melayu sex, telanjang bulat gadis melayu, wanita.

    Tukang Urut Kaki Lancap Orang

    Melayu Bogel,Gambar Lucah,Tudung Bogel,Cerita Lucah Gambar Bogel, Awek Melayu Bogel, Gambar lucah, Video Lucah, Klip Lucah, 3gp Lucah, Cerita Lucah, Buku Lucah, Novel Lucah, Awek Cun Comel, Selfie Bogel, Makcik Minah Tudung, Skodeng – Tukang Urut Kaki Lancap Orang Dilancap Tukang Urut Tag: cerita lucah,cerita seks melayu,melayu.

    Foto Pembantu Sange Lagi Selfie

    Gambar Bogel, Awek Melayu Bogel, Gambar lucah, Video Lucah, Klip Lucah, 3gp Lucah, Cerita Lucah, Buku Lucah, Novel Lucah, Awek Cun Comel, Selfie Bogel, Makcik Minah Tudung, Skodeng,novel seks,blog lucah,cerita lucah,gambar bogel, melayu boleh, awek cun, melayu nakal, gadis telanjang, awek lucah, bohsia cikaro: Foto Pembantu Sange Lagi Selfie.

    Amoy Kurus Seksi Minta Ngentot

    Gambar Bogel, Awek Melayu Bogel, Gambar lucah, Video Lucah, Klip Lucah, 3gp Lucah, Cerita Lucah, Buku Lucah, Novel Lucah, Awek Cun Comel, Selfie Bogel, Makcik Minah Tudung, Skodeng,novel seks,blog lucah,cerita lucah,gambar bogel, melayu boleh, awek cun, melayu nakal, gadis telanjang, awek lucah, bohsia cikaro: Amoy Kurus Seksi Minta Ngentot.

How to turn off youtube’s annoying auto playing thumbnails on android

cumai3211 于 2020-09-21 09:33:51 发布 1698 收藏

How to turn off youtube’s annoying auto playing thumbnails on android

Android: YouTube now shows video previews in the Home panel, which uses up data and is otherwise just annoying. Happily you can turn them off.

Update: In the latest versions of YouTube, this option has been renamed and moved. To find the option, open Settings and tap “General.” Look for the “Muted playback” option and disable it.

更新:在YouTube的最新版本中,此选项已重命名并移动。 要找到该选项,请打开“设置”,然后点击“常规”。 查找“静音播放”选项并将其禁用。

Just tap your profile picture at top-right, then tap Settings > Autoplay. Turn off the “Autoplay on Home” toggle, as shown above, and you’re done.

It makes sense that YouTube would add a feature like this, because it gives users a very clear idea of what the video in question is going to be, but at the same time I understand why users might find this annoying. Happily, it’s easy enough to turn this off.

Thanks to my friend Nancy Messieh at MakeUseOf for pointing this out to me.

Whether you want to avoid disturbing content or preserve bandwidth, here’s how to turn off autoplay videos on Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, Netflix, Hulu, and Amazon Video.

How to turn off youtube’s annoying auto playing thumbnails on android

Autoplay is maybe not as grating as auto tune, but it sure is annoying. Social networks have been quick to add the so-called feature to their offerings but it’s not always a welcome addition.

On mobile, the constant looping can eat into your data and drain your battery. Not to mention the embarrassment of an ill-timed video that springs to life on your phone. And then there are videos that have disturbing content that you might not want to see without a warning.

The good news is you can turn it off on major services. Here’s how.

Twitter

You can turn off autoplay videos on Twitter.com or on mobile.

On Twitter.com, click the three-dot More menu and select Settings and privacy. Click Accessibility, display, and language > Data usage > Autoplay > Never, which will prevent videos and GIFs from automatically playing as you scroll.

How to turn off youtube’s annoying auto playing thumbnails on android

On iOS and Android, click your profile and select Settings and Privacy > Display and Sound and uncheck Media previews.

How to turn off youtube’s annoying auto playing thumbnails on android

Facebook

Autoplay in Facebook means views views views, so the company is unlikely to turn it off.

On Facebook.com, click the downward-facing arrow on the upper right and select Settings & Privacy > Settings. Then on the left menu, select Videos and go to Auto-Play Videos. From the drop-down, select Off.

How to turn off youtube’s annoying auto playing thumbnails on android

On mobile, navigate to Settings & Privacy > Settings. Under Media and Contacts, select Videos and Photos > Never Autoplay Videos.

How to turn off youtube’s annoying auto playing thumbnails on android

Instagram

Instagram does not provide the option to completely disable auto-play. But you can use less data, which is helpful for those with limited bandwidth each month. On mobile, go to your profile, select the hamburger icon on the top right and tap Settings > Account > Cellular Data Use and toggle Use Less Data to on.

How to turn off youtube’s annoying auto playing thumbnails on android

When you open Instagram, the sound on autoplay videos is off. But if you tap the sound on for one video, every other video in your feed will also play sound until you tap your screen again. Once you close out of an Instagram session, the app is reset to silent for the next time you open the app.

YouTube

Google is not one to give up any sweet, sweet video views, so it too has enabled autoplay on YouTube.com. To disable it, look for the small slider with a play icon. Click it to disable autoplay. On mobile, tap the video you’re watching and look for the same prompt; tap to toggle off.

How to turn off youtube’s annoying auto playing thumbnails on android

Netflix

Netflix has two ways to autoplay. First there’s that binge-feeding autoplay that happens with the next episode when you’re watching a series. Then there’s preview autoplays. To turn off both, you need to log into your account from a browser.

On the top right, click your profile icon and select Account. Scroll down to Profile & Parental Controls, select your account (if you have multiple profiles) and click Change next to Playback settings. Under Autoplay controls for [your name], make sure that Autoplay Next Episode in a Series on All Devices and Autoplay Previews on All Devices are unchecked. Click Save.

How to turn off youtube’s annoying auto playing thumbnails on android

Hulu has lots of great offerings, but that doesn’t mean you want to watch them back to back.

On a web browser, while a show or movie is playing, click the gear icon on the bottom right and toggle Autoplay to off. On mobile, select your user icon > Settings > Autoplay and move the slider to the off position.

How to turn off youtube’s annoying auto playing thumbnails on android

On a Roku, Chromecast, or other streaming device, select your user icon and then Settings. Under Autoplay, move the slider to the off position.

Amazon Video

With the Next Up feature, a little box comes up at the bottom corner of the screen at the end of a TV episode, letting you quickly start the next episode. To turn off Auto Play, go to Account > Prime Video settings. Click the Player tab and click Off under Auto Play.

How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

The worst facet of this virus is that it seems respectable and will run a scan which “finds” trojans still left and proper that supposedly have contaminated you computer. Simply because folks see these false positives, they suppose they need the antivirus program and shell out for it. Now the jerks not only messed up your personal computer, but have your credit history card data. Remember to do not tumble for this. I am no computer dummy and it took me almost a entire working day to lastly get a plan in and running to block this so I could eliminate it. I am even now cleaning up after it and will be for a few a lot more hrs.

With Home windows when you want to attempt a new program you normally have to possibly pay out a whole lot for it or else use a pirated edition, a “cracked copy”. With pirated packages you can never be confident of what extra things has been included and may frequently conclude up getting malware or viruses. Even if you do get a legit duplicate then you will be often be predicted stopzilla free trial to research around the internet to down load it from a internet site you have almost certainly in no way witnessed ahead of. It is really typical for malware companies to imitate this sort of sites to get malware onto vast-eyed-end-consumers devices. How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

Now that you know that antivirus software is dependent upon a blacklist utilised for detection of threats, it is very best to realize that the antivirus software program is just quite significantly as excellent as the list. There are threats usually labeled as zero-working day threats that the software program distributors may well not even focus on nevertheless, which in fact there could be no virus definitions in favor of towards update a blacklist. These zero-working day threats may possibly possibly go undetected developed for days toward even months, and by facet of then it could have wreaked a whole lot havoc that even your antivirus application could own been rendered useless.

Never open up e-mail attachments from men and women you never know. This is really important due to the fact a lot of a lot more latest viruses unfold by opening contaminated details in excess of the net as e-mail attachments. Nonetheless people you presently know may unintentionally cross an contaminated file to you. It is really critical notice that merely opening an e mail with an infected attachment will not likely introduce the virus into your program. In no way acquire from the internet unless of course you’ve got gotten virus defense. Observe out about the internet site you desire to obtain from. Contemplate no matter whether or not it is a agency with its reputation at stake or an unfamiliar distinct individual?

So, if you are contemplating acquiring an antivirus programme to guard your computer which a single do you have to pick? When all is alleged and finished all antivirus programmes operate in basically the same way. If you are not confident which one to go for you can locate a quantity of data and comparisons of numerous programmes online. Alternatively, you may be motivated by the experience of close friends or company associates or certainly by price range. The critical element to bear in head is that placing in any antivirus software will give you some diploma of basic safety, so that in alone is a excellent factor. About the Author.

How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

Not numerous people uncover out about this excellent antivirus The BitDefender antivirus proves that it is a greater doing antivirus and the most powerful in the direction of virus basic safety and malware protection (Malwares are notebook viruses, spywares, worms, trojans, and so forth.). It truly is now progressively being recognized as prime antivirus application stopzilla avm 2013 2010 amongst finest antivirus 2010. The makers of this antivirus has created its particular person interface added client pleasant, and simple to realize. It has established wonderful genuine-time security and minimal useful resource usage. It can be rated amongst the really greatest antivirus for Mac. It is priced at approx. $twenty five.

Would you like to uncover out ideal methods to remove spyware viruses applying anti virus software deal net dependent? There are a whole lot different producers of basic safety software program system and offers attainable for acquire over the web, and deciding on the ideal a single on your wants could extremely effectively be fairly baffling sometimes. Far more frequently than not, folk will go for desirable brand name names to begin with with no the require of extremely initial getting into account what the apps can do for them. Inevitably, they end up dissatisfied they failed to do further investigation correct ahead of downloading. How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

The quickest way will be to appear for your bit of antivirus , anti-adware computer software technique that may possibly do the work to cope with the malware in your Computer method suitable now. You may see what every plan is able to carrying out at most anti virus program comparison on-line websites. Their talents are regularly summarized and also introduced in desk kind that can aid you digest the several suggestions presented a wonderful offer a lot more comfortably. But nevertheless, some comparison scores may be way way too specialized which some property buyers may possibly not have the opportunity to know.

1 deadly virus can perhaps halt smooth operating of your Pc and might even lead to exposing your financial particulars.In get to steer clear of this kind of threats it’s extremely essential to have Ideal Antivirus Software program.And in present-day publish we have offered a complete listing of ten Free Antivirus Softwares which you can obtain, you want not invest a penny and can even now hold your Personal computer protected and sound.It’s important to provide a stability from variety of viruses (Trojan,worms,rootkits),phishing,malware,spy ware.With expanding virus threats we need to have to keep up with assortment of very good antivirus softwares and which is a reason why present day list can demonstrate sufficient to offer with these kinds of threats.

Professional antivirus manufacturers have been making and distributing antivirus boot disk in the market place. In a bootable setting, you are administrating a minimalist variation or copy of Home windows in an RAM disk. This allows the Pc challenging push to be dealt with comparable to a flash generate or any attachable storage unit. An antivirus boot disk offers you a hundred per cent achievement rate of eliminating viruses, Trojan horses, spy ware, and other malware. Antivirus boot disks let you to get better your technique files after a remarkable virus or malware infection by means of switching your computer into safe manner. Then, later on, you can delete all viruses and malware in your technique safely and securely and absolutely.

If you suspect your PC is infected with malware and all other Antivirus scans (including Boot-Time scan) were unable to resolve the issue, you can use Rescue Disk. Rescue Disk enables you to scan your PC when your system is not running. This method significantly increases your chances of detecting and removing malware because the malware is unable to counteract.

Refer to the sections in this article for instructions on how to create and use Rescue Disk.

Create a Rescue Disk

To create a Rescue Disk on a blank USB drive or DVD you need:

    Another malware-free Windows PC with Avast Antivirus installed. Refer to the relevant article below for installation instructions:

      | Avast Free Antivirus

    To create a Rescue Disk on a USB driveDVD, follow these steps:

      and select ProtectionVirus Scans. How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean
    1. Click Rescue Disk on the right side of the screen. How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean
    2. Tick Use UEFI boot file for modern PCs to run Rescue Disk on a modern PC with UEFI (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface). For an older PC with BIOS (Basic Input/Output System), untick this box.

    Boot up your PC using Rescue Disk

    After creating a Rescue Disk, you can boot up the infected PC using the USB driveDVD:

    1. Turn off your PC and insert the USB drive containing Rescue Disk into the USB port.
    2. Insert the DVD containing Rescue Disk into the DVD drive of your PC, then turn your PC off.
    3. Turn on your PC. As your PC starts up, press the appropriate key to enter the Boot Menu.

    • Look for text on the PC’s BIOS boot splash screen (usually the PC manufacturer’s logo and/or hardware initialization details that are shown for a few seconds before Windows starts), which tells you how to access the Boot menu.
    • Because of the wide variety of PC and BIOS manufacturers, there are numerous ways to access the Boot Menu. The keys that are commonly used are Esc, F12, or F11. Some PC models or manufacturers also use other keys such as F10, F9, F8, or F5.
    • Once you determine the proper key to access the Boot Menu, restart the PC again and immediately start tapping that key.

    Scan your PC for viruses

    When Rescue Disk starts on your PC, you can begin to scan for malware:

    1. Click the AvastPE Antivirus tile on the main Rescue Disk menu. How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean
    2. If your PC is connected to the internet, click Update VPS to ensure that Rescue Disk still uses the latest database of known virus definitions. How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean
    3. Select an option:
      • All hard disks: scans the entire PC.
      • Selected folders/disks: scans only specific folders or disks on the PC. Click Next to select the folders or disks to scan.

    Repair or delete infected files

    After scanning your PC, Rescue Disk notifies you of the results. If any threats are found, you can select Fix automatically or Fix manually.

    1. Click Fix automatically on the results screen. Rescue Disk attempts to remove the malicious code from all infected files, while keeping the rest of each file intact. If it fails to repair any files, the files are automatically deleted from your PC. How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean
    2. When the selected action is completed, click Finish. How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean
    3. In the main Rescue Disk menu, select FileRestart. How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean
    1. Click Fix manually on the results screen. How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean
    2. Tick the box next to the files you want to apply an action to, then select an action:
      • Fix automatically: removes only the malicious code from the selected files, while keeping the rest of each file intact. Threats that cannot be repaired are automatically deleted.
      • Repair selected: removes only the malicious code from the selected files, while keeping the rest of each file intact. Threats that cannot be repaired need to be manually deleted.
      • Delete selected: permanently deletes the selected files from your PC.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    3. When the selected action is completed, click Skip, then click Finish. How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is cleanHow to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean
    4. In the main Rescue Disk menu, select FileRestart. How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    When your PC restarts, you can remove the USB drive/DVD containing Rescue Disk.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Here is a tutorial how to create bootable ESET SysRescue CD / USB (“Bootable ESET antivirus”) with ESET SysRescue Live Creator.

    What is ESET SysRescue Live or ESET bootable antivirus:

    It is a bootable malware cleaning tool that runs independent of the operating system from a CD, DVD, or a USB. It has direct access to the disk and the file system, and therefore is capable of removing the most persistent threats.

    With the live creator together, you can create a bootable rescue CD / DVD or USB Drive to boot an infected computer from your rescue media to scan for malware and clean infected files.

    Besides that, ESET SysRescue Live Creator is equipped with wipe data tools, which it can delete the drive in seconds. Just connect the drive, start the program again and click “Erase existing SysRescue USB”: another useful feature which you won’t always find elsewhere.

    Before create ESET SysRescue Live CD / USB drive, there are several things need to prepare first:

    3. Prepare bootable antivirus storage media either CD / DVD disc media or USB storage drive.

    *** Please ensure USB storage drive is empty. Else this Live CD will erase any data saved to your USB flash drive. Back up any existing data before you begin.

    Once download ESET SysRescue Live CD / USB creator and ESET SysRescue Live ISO image, you can start follow to create bootable ESET bootable antivirus.

    How to Create Bootable ESET SysRescue Live CD / USB:

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    1. Double-click the ESET Live CD/USB Creator to run the bootable antivirus utility.
    2. Select the USB storge drive or CD/DVD that you want to create your ESET rescue disk on and click Create USB drive or Create CD/DVD. Plus tick on ” Use previously downloaded ISO file”
    3. Once ESET SysRescue Live media is ready, remove it from your computer.
    4. To start bootable live on an infected system, you can require to ensure set the infected computer boot order is boot from USB or CD / DVD media first. Then you’ll see following screen. Select Run ESET SysRescue.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Once you able to enter live CD main screen, try to update latest ESET virus signature database first before you performing on demand scanning if your computer is attached with internet access. It able to check your system with various scan types. The core antivirus engine gets mixed results with the independent labs.

    ESET bootable antivirus also works on Microsoft Windows Server 2000, 2003 (x86 and x64), 2008 (x86 and x64), 2008 R2, 2012, 2012 R2.

    If your computer is infected with certain type of malware, Trojan horse and virus, you may find it difficult to take control of the system for cleaning. The solution? Use a antivirus recovery CD or USB drive. In this tutorial I will show you how to create your own antivirus recovery USB or CD and how to clean your computer in case of danger.

    AVG, known for its free antivirus, offers a new free tool for creating such media. The advantage to boot from a CD or USB drive is that the system can not be altered itself by any attack because operating system is not loaded (in our case Windows).

    From there you will have several options such as in-depth analysis and cleaning of your hard drives for viruses and other junk, navigation and backup your files (FAT32 and NTFS), recovery of partition and deleted or lost files, or alteration of system files and editing the Windows Registry to remove any items that block the system start up for example. To get started and create your Antivirus Rescue USB or CD continue following steps below

    Put AVG Rescue On A CD

    AVG Rescue CD is available as a disk image that you can burn to a CD with software like Nero, CDBurnerXP or with the tools built into Windows 7.

    Step 2: Choose a folder to save the ISO file in the Downloads folder for example and click Save.

    Step 3: Once the download completes, go to folder where you have downloaded your ISO file.

    Step 4: Now double (or right mouse click and from context menu choose Open) click the AVG Rescue ISO downloaded file. The Windows disk Writer image opens. Insert a blank CD/DVD in your drive and click Burn.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Step 5: After a few minutes, your AVG Rescue CD is ready.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Put AVG Rescue CD On A USB Drive

    AVG Rescue CD can be placed on a USB drive and you will need to make it bootable so you can start over when you start your computer.

    Step 2: Click the Rescue CD (for USB Stick).

    Step 3: Click the Save button.

    Step 4: Choose a folder where you want to save the ISO file in the Downloads folder for example and click Save.

    Step 5: Once the download completes open the folder where you have downloaded the .zip file

    Step 6: Then unzip the archive in RAR format with WinRAR or 7Zip for example.

    Step 7: Then open the unzipped folder and select all files. Copy them.

    Step 8: Go to your USB key and paste the copied files.

    Step 9: In the file explorer open the USB key, double click the file makeboot.bat. CAUTION! Be sure to run the file makeboot.bat from the USB, otherwise you could block your system.

    Step 10: Double check that you are on the USB and press any key on your keyboard.

    Step 11: Your USB stick is now bootable and contains tools for AVG Rescue CD to clean and repair a computer.

    Boot from the CD or USB

    To launch AVG Rescue CD from your USB drive or your CD you must “boot” on it, that is to say, start your computer on a USB drive or CD. For this you must set your computer’s BIOS to tell it to boot first on your USB drive or CD instead of your hard drive.

    Step 1: Insert your USB drive or your CD in the infected PC.

    Step 2: Restart your computer. At startup, press necessary key on keyboard to access the BIOS, usually Del, F1 or F2 sometimes depending of the motherboard brand.

    Step 3: Locate the section on the boot, Hard Disk Boot Priority section in the Advanced BIOS Features.

    Step 4: Using the arrow keys and + and – keys, insert the USB key or CD player at the top of the list.

    Step 5: Save your changes by pressing the F10 and Y. Finally, press the Enter key.

    Step 6: Your computer then boots the CD or USB key and AVG Rescue CD is launched.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Clean Your Computer

    Now that you booted from the CD or USB key of AVG Rescue CD, you’ll be able to start the scan and disinfect your computer. If you have an Internet connection, you can even update the databases of viruses.

    Step 1: After starting on the USB key or CD AVG Rescue CD, a welcome screen is displayed. Wait 10 seconds or press the Enter key.

    Step 2: Select I Agree and press Enter.

    Step 3: If an Internet connection (via an Ethernet network connection) is available, you can update AVG database of viruses by selecting Yes.

    Step 4: Select Update from the Internet and click Select.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Step 5: Validate three times by choosing Yes to start the update.

    Step 6: Press any key when the update is complete.

    Step 7: Click OK and then press Return.

    Step 8: To start the analysis and thorough cleaning of your computer, select Configure and run on-demand scan. Press Enter.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Step 9: Select Scan selected volume and press Enter.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Step 10: By default, all partitions detected are selected. Press the Enter key.

    Step 11: If necessary change the analysis options. By default, compressed files will be analyzed, the malware will be detected and heuristics will be applied. Press Enter.

    Step 12: Validate the analysis by Enter.

    Step 13: The analysis is then run. At any time, you can stop using the keyboard shortcut Ctrl + C.

    Step 14: At the end of the analysis, select the Display report file and press Enter

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Step 15: The analysis report is displayed.

    Step 16: If infected files are detected, you can delete them one by one by selecting Handle all infected files separately. You can then choose to delete the malicious files (delete command). Select the Delete all to delete them all.

    • How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean
    • Members
    • 7 posts
    • OFFLINE
    • Local time: 02:41 PM

    Im looking for a scanner that i can instal onto a USB and use on multiple computers without having to install it on the computers. Is there a program? IF not is there a way to make this work with other programs? Malwarebytes, AVG, Etc.

    BC AdBot (Login to Remove)

    • BleepingComputer.com

    #2 quietman7

    • Gender: Male
    • Location: Virginia, USA
    • Local time: 04:41 PM

    List of Free Scan & Disinfection Tools which can be used to supplement your anti-virus and anti-spyware or get a second opinion:

    Note: Many of these tools are stand-alone applications contained within zipped files. meaning they require no installation so after extraction, they can be copied to and run from usb drives.

    Emsisoft Free Emergency Kit and Kaspersky Virus Removal Tool are two of the more effective scanners recommended for use on a usb drive.

    .
    .
    Windows Insider MVP 2017-2020
    Microsoft MVP Reconnect 2016
    Microsoft MVP Consumer Security 2007-2015
    Member of UNITE , Unified Network of Instructors and Trusted Eliminators

    If I have been helpful & you’d like to consider a donation, click

    #3 RhaegarTargaryen

    • Topic Starter
    • How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean
    • Members
    • 7 posts
    • OFFLINE
    • Local time: 02:41 PM

    But will these boot from a USB?

    #4 quietman7

    • Gender: Male
    • Location: Virginia, USA
    • Local time: 04:41 PM

    Not all. most are intended to be used to scan from a usb. This link may be more what you are looking for.

    .
    .
    Windows Insider MVP 2017-2020
    Microsoft MVP Reconnect 2016
    Microsoft MVP Consumer Security 2007-2015
    Member of UNITE , Unified Network of Instructors and Trusted Eliminators

    If I have been helpful & you’d like to consider a donation, click

    #5 softeyes

    • Members
    • 1,894 posts
    • OFFLINE
    • Gender: Female
    • Location: Southern California
    • Local time: 12:41 PM

    @ RhaegarTargaryen, do you mean, will the programs that quietman7 listed launch or run on any computer using the USB stick?

    Meaning once you have actually downloaded and installed for example Malwarebytes Anti-Malware on your computer, copy the installed folder to a USB stick, insert the USB stick into any computer and instantly run Malwarebytes Anti-Malware?

    What an amazing list QM7!

    #6 RhaegarTargaryen

    • Topic Starter
    • How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean
    • Members
    • 7 posts
    • OFFLINE
    • Local time: 02:41 PM

    Exactly I want to be able to run the program without installing it on every computer I plug the USB into

    #7 RhaegarTargaryen

    • Topic Starter
    • How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean
    • Members
    • 7 posts
    • OFFLINE
    • Local time: 02:41 PM

    @Quietman7 What do the rescue CD’s do? A friend of mine pointed me towards them as well.

    #8 quietman7

    • Gender: Male
    • Location: Virginia, USA
    • Local time: 04:41 PM

    LiveCD/Rescue CD/USB utilities are tools provided by most anti-virus vendors to assist with difficult to remove malware without having to boot into Windows. They are primarily used to boot from and repair unbootable or damaged systems, rescue data, and scan the system for malware infections. With a bootable virus scanning utility, you create a flash drive or CD/DVD disc from a working computer and then use it on an infected machine to scan the hard drive for malware. These types of utilities permit offline scanning which can disinfect malware from outside the infected Windows system. The advantage of offline scans is that they can be used when the malware is not running and interfering with the clean-up process. Rescue CD’s typically come as an ISO image file that can be written to a CD or installed on a USB flash drive which is then used to boot-up the computer to run the live operating system in memory.

    .
    .
    Windows Insider MVP 2017-2020
    Microsoft MVP Reconnect 2016
    Microsoft MVP Consumer Security 2007-2015
    Member of UNITE , Unified Network of Instructors and Trusted Eliminators

    If I have been helpful & you’d like to consider a donation, click

    #9 Didier Stevens

    • BC Advisor
    • 2,994 posts
    • OFFLINE
    • Gender: Not Telling
    • Local time: 10:41 PM

    If you are having problems getting rid of viruses on your computer, the first thing to do is boot to Safe Mode and run your Antivirus scanner. If this fails to find or clear the problem, then you may need to boot to a different Operating System (e.g. linux) and scan all the partitions on your computer’s disks.

    Details about the free AVG Rescue CD can be found at http://www.avg.com/ww-en/226386#net_update and the AVG user forums for the Rescue CD can be found at http://forums.avg.com/gb-en/avg-free-forum?sec=theme&act=show&id=183.

    Note: A 4GiB USB drive or larger is required as the ext2 file is 1500MiB.

    Note the \arl_rootfs.ext2 file MUST be on a Removable USB drive in the root folder. If using an Easy2Boot USB HDD, place the \arl_rootfs.ext2 file on any Removable-type USB flash drive and connect both USB drives.

    INSTRUCTIONS

    The instructions below show how to create a USB flash drive, install grub4dos and copy over the AVG USB Rescue CD files required to make a persistent USB drive that you can update via the internet (provided you have a LAN connection and linux recognises your hardware).

    The USB drive must be of the Removable type – the \arl_rootfs.ext2 file will not be found if it is placed on a USB HDD.

    1. If you do not already have a bootable USB Flash drive, create one using RMPrepUSB using the following settings:

    2. (any volume name you like – e.g AVG Rescue)

    4. FAT32 + Boot as HDD + ForceLBA (use FAT16 for small drives)

    5. (do not tick the Copy Files box)

    6. Click Prepare Drive

    After the USB drive has been wiped and formatted, click on the Install Grub4dos button, choose Yes for the MBR option and press Enter when prompted.

    2. Download the zip file version of the AVG Rescue (for USB Stick) from http://www.avg.com/us-en/avg-rescue-cd-download (e.g. v 100.110314).

    3. Unpack the .zip file to a folder on your hard disk – e.g. C:\AVGUSB

    4. Create a folder on the USB drive called AVG and copy the following 4 files from your C:\AVGUSB folder to the USB drive (note that the ext2 file must be located at the root (top) of the USB drive) :

    • \arl_rootfs.ext2 – MUST be on a Removable type of USB drive!
    • \AVG\init
    • \AVG\vmlinuz
    • \AVG\initrd.lzm

    the file \grldr should already be present as it contains the boot code for grub4dos.

    5. Create a file called menu.lst using Notepad on the USB drive containing the following text (or add the text to your existing menu.lst file if you are putting these files on an existing grub4dos boot disk). title AVG Rescue CD\nTip: Always use the reboot command or the menu to reboot – do not switch off using the power button or unplug the USB drive during operation. find –set-root /avg/vmlinuz kernel /avg/vmlinuz max_loop=255 vga=791 init=/avg/linuxrc initrd /avg/initrd.lzm title AVG Rescue CD – Disabled Frame Buffer\nTip: Always use the reboot command or the menu to reboot – do not switch off using the power button or unplug the USB drive during operation. find –set-root /avg/vmlinuz kernel /avg/vmlinuz max_loop=255 video=vesafb:off init=/avg/linuxrc initrd /avg/initrd.lzm title AVG Rescue CD with VGA Resolution selection\nTip: Always use the reboot command or the menu to reboot – do not switch off using the power button or unplug the USB drive during operation. find –set-root /avg/vmlinuz kernel /avg/vmlinuz max_loop=255 vga=ask init=/avg/linuxrc initrd /avg/initrd.lzm

    6. Now see if it boots and try the first menu item (note that you can test the ‘bootability’ and menu by pressing F11 when the RMPrepUSB utility is running, however the linux kernel will not be able to fully boot under QEMU – you need to test that on real hardware!).

    Test using a real system (it may not work using a Virtual Machine as it looks for a Removable USB drive).

    IMPORTANT: Always use the menu or type ‘reboot’ in the command shell to reboot – do not just switch off the system or remove the USB drive – otherwise corruption of the ext2 file may result.

    NOTES

    If your system does not have a LAN Ethernet connection (e.g. uses WiFi/wireless) then you will not be able to update the definitions or AVG version. In this case download the update file (the large 70+MiB IAVI file) onto the USB drive first from http://www.avg.com/us-en/download-update before you begin and then use the Update entry in the AVG Rescue menu once it has booted.

    If you get any strange read-only/overwrite prompts or other file write errors or the Offline Definitions Update fails after using the USB drive for a while, the ext2 file is probably corrupt. Delete it and then copy over the original ext2 file again.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean Forgot your Windows or Mac password? Can’t login? Try kon-boot. Kindle eBook

    Manufacturers just seems to want to make it harder and harder to get into the BIOS these days.

    I’m embarrassed by the amount of time I’ve had to spent fighting with various laptops just to be able to get into the BIOS so I can turn on Legacy and use the tools I’ve been using for years and have worked great for me.

    Does ANYONE make a UEFI Boot Disk for AntiVirus? I’m tired of fighting this battle to make things work for the tools I have and are still effective. I just want something that works without having to go through a new learning experience every time.

    Encrypted Existence

    Well-Known Member
    • Mar 3, 2017
    • #2

    glricht

    Well-Known Member
    • Mar 3, 2017
    • #3

    Larry Sabo

    Well-Known Member
    • Mar 3, 2017
    • #4

    Barcelona

    Well-Known Member
    • Mar 4, 2017
    • #5

    Krynn72

    Well-Known Member
    • Mar 4, 2017
    • #6

    Do you actually understand what he’s asking for?

    I haven’t had a need for one in a long time, but I don’t think there’s many, if any UEFI rescue disks

    NviGate Systems

    Well-Known Member
    • Mar 4, 2017
    • #7

    There are a few projects around. Now this is what I use myself, legality is probably fine for personal use but for Commercial, well not so much.

    Back in the day Norton used to make bootable discs. Don’t know if they still do. Microsoft makes MSDaRT, but that’s not free.

    You can make a standalone Security Essentials boot disc, that should support UEFI.

    Larry Sabo

    Well-Known Member
    • Mar 4, 2017
    • #8

    NviGate Systems

    Well-Known Member
    • Mar 5, 2017
    • #9

    It has to be FAT32 and have a firmware boot file ia32boot.efi or x64boot.efi , the names could be wrong.

    The image or software also has to support EFI, so any DOS based tools are out, and any PE based on Windows Vista or earlier won’t work in x64 EFI, and any PE based on Windows 7 or earlier won’t work in EFI 32 Bit.

    Note some CPU’s may support X64 but are firmware locked to only support 32 Bit. That’s not much of an issues today but first gen devices it was quite common. Also most 64 Bit EFI will not take 32 Bit EFI images.

    Larry Sabo

    Well-Known Member
    • Mar 5, 2017
    • #10

    Diggs

    Well-Known Member
    • Mar 5, 2017
    • #11

    This article discusses all the different AV bootables but it’s probably second-hand info. In the case of Avast, I have never seen it successfully create a bootable “Rescue Disk” and I don’t know anybody that has.

    Larry Sabo

    Well-Known Member
    • Mar 5, 2017
    • #12

    Barcelona

    Well-Known Member
    • Mar 5, 2017
    • #13

    From the “Norton Bootable Recovery Tool” website. ”
    Select the DVD or the USB drive on which you created Norton Bootable Recovery Tool, and then press Enter.
    If you use a UEFI-enabled computer, (italics mine) select the recovery media under the Legacy Boot option instead of the UEFI Boot option. The recovery media is the Norton Bootable Recovery Tool DVD or USB drive. “

    Other sites say the same or similar. I suspect that because they are running on non UEFI versions of Linux (most of these run on Slitaz, TinyCore or Puppy) that it requires a trip into the BIOS to change it manually.

    Edit : It would be great if these tools could be “slipstreamed” into a UEFI version of a full Linux distro like Mint or OpenSuse!
    Where is Klaus Knopper when you need him!

    How to easily put Bitdefender Rescue CD on a USB Flash Drive. Bitdefender Rescue CD is a free bootable anti virus scanner that is based on the Knoppix Linux Operating System. It can be used to independently scan your computer for viruses, and then remove those threats if necessary. In the following section, we show you one way to quickly put it on a USB Flash Drive from Windows.

    Bitdefender Rescue CD – Run from USB

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Distribution Home Page: Bitdefender

    Minimum Flash Drive Capacity: 512MB+

    Persistent Feature: No

    Essentials:

    • Computer that can boot from USB
    • Windows Operating Environment
    • BitDefenderRescueCD_###.iso
    • USB flash drive (fat32 formatted)
    • Universal USB Installer (does the USB Boot conversion)

    How to create a Bitdefender Rescue CD Live USB

    Note : It appears that this tool is no longer supported or offered by BitDefender. This section is left here for those who still have a copy to try.

    1. Download Bitdefender RescueCD ISO
    2. Download and launch the Universal USB Installer
    3. Select the “Bitdefender Rescue CD” option and follow the remaining onscreen instructions.
    4. Once the script has finished, restart your PC and set your BIOS or Boot Menu to boot from the USB device, save your changes and reboot.

    If all went well, you should be booting from your very own Bitdefender Rescue USB.

    report this ad

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    În cazul în care computerul dvs. este infectat cu programe malware, este posibil ca rularea unui antivirus în Windows să nu fie suficientă pentru ao elimina. Dacă calculatorul are un rootkit, malware-ul se poate ascunde de software-ul antivirus.

    Aici intră soluțiile antivirus bootabile. Acestea pot curăța malware-ul din afara sistemului infectat cu Windows, astfel încât malware-ul să nu funcționeze și să interfereze cu procesul de curățare.

    Problema cu curățarea malware din interiorul Windows

    Software-ul antivirus standard rulează în Windows. Dacă computerul dvs. este infectat cu programe malware, software-ul antivirus va trebui să lupte cu malware-ul. Software-ul antivirus va încerca să oprească malware-ul și să îl elimine, în timp ce malware-ul va încerca să se apere și să închidă antivirusul. Pentru software-ul rău intenționat, este posibil ca software-ul antivirus să nu poată să îl elimine complet din Windows.

    Rootkits, un tip de malware care se ascunde, poate fi chiar mai dificil. Un rootkit s-ar putea încărca la momentul încărcării înaintea altor componente Windows și ar împiedica Windows să-l vadă, să-și ascundă procesele de la managerul de sarcini și chiar să-i smulgă aplicațiile antivirus în convingerea că rootkit-ul nu rulează.

    Problema este că malware-ul și antivirusul rulează ambele pe computer în același timp. Antivirusul încearcă să combată malware-ul pe gazonul său de acasă – malware-ul se poate lupta.

    De ce ar trebui să utilizați un disc de boot antivirus

    Discurile de boot antivirus se ocupă de acest lucru prin abordarea malware-ului din afara Windows. Porniți computerul de pe un CD sau unitate USB care conține antivirusul și încarcă un sistem de operare specializat de pe disc. Chiar dacă instalarea Windows este complet infectată cu programe malware, sistemul de operare special nu va avea niciun fel de malware în cadrul acestuia.

    Aceasta înseamnă că programul antivirus poate funcționa din exterior pentru instalarea Windows. Malware-ul nu va fi difuzat în timp ce antivirusul încearcă să-l elimine, astfel încât antivirusul poate localiza și elimina metodic software-ul dăunător fără să intervină.

    Orice rootkituri nu vor putea seta trucurile pe care le folosesc la pornirea Windows pentru a se ascunde de restul sistemului de operare. Antivirusul va putea vedea rootkit-urile și le va elimina.

    Aceste instrumente sunt deseori denumite “discuri de salvare”. Acestea sunt menite să fie folosite când trebuie să salvați un sistem infectat fără speranță.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Opțiuni bootabile pentru antivirus

    Ca și în cazul oricărui tip de software antivirus, aveți destul de multe opțiuni. Multe companii antivirus oferă sisteme antivirus bootabile pe baza software-ului lor antivirus. Aceste instrumente sunt în general gratuite, chiar și atunci când sunt oferite de companii specializate în soluții antivirus plătite. Iată câteva opțiuni bune:

    • avast! Discuție de salvare – Îți place avast! pentru a oferi un antivirus capabil gratuit, cu rate bune de detectare în teste independente. avast! oferă acum posibilitatea de a crea un disc de boot antivirus sau unitate USB. Doar navigați la opțiunea Tools -> Rescue Disk din avast! aplicație desktop pentru a crea suporturi de tip boot.
    • BitDefender Rescue CD – BitDefender pare să primească întotdeauna rezultate bune în teste independente, iar BitDefender Rescue CD oferă același motor antivirus sub forma unui disc bootabil.
    • Kaspersky Rescue Disk – Kaspersky primește, de asemenea, note bune în teste independente și oferă propriul disc de boot antivirus.

    Acestea sunt doar o mână de opțiuni. Dacă preferați alt antivirus dintr-un anumit motiv – Comodo, Norton, Avira, ESET sau aproape orice alt produs antivirus – probabil că veți găsi propriul disc de salvare a sistemului.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Cum se utilizează un disc de boot antivirus

    Utilizarea unui disc de boot antivirus sau a unei unități USB este de fapt destul de simplă. Veți avea nevoie să găsiți discul de boot antivirus pe care doriți să-l utilizați și să-l ardeți pe disc sau să-l instalați pe o unitate USB. Puteți face această parte pe orice computer, astfel încât să puteți crea un mediu de boot antivirus pe un computer curat și apoi să-l duceți la un calculator infectat.

    Introduceți suportul de încărcare în computerul infectat și reporniți-l. Computerul trebuie să se încarce de pe suporturile amovibile și să încarce mediul antivirus securizat. (Dacă nu, este posibil să fie necesar să modificați ordinea de încărcare din firmware-ul BIOS sau UEFI.) Puteți apoi urma instrucțiunile de pe ecran pentru a scana sistemul dvs. Windows pentru malware și pentru al elimina. În timp ce faceți acest lucru, nu se va executa niciun program malware în fundal.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Discurile de boot antivirus sunt utile deoarece vă permit să detectați și să curățați infecțiile malware din afara sistemului de operare infectat. Dacă sistemul de operare este grav infectat, este posibil să nu fie posibilă eliminarea – sau chiar detectarea – a tuturor malware-urilor din interiorul acestuia.

    This project is planed for an usb disk based mobile Linux system, it is not focused on modifying the source code of Linux kernel, but planed to build a U-disk based mobile Linux system with graphic control module such KDE or gnome UI. .

    • File Name: UDicsx – USB Disc Based Linux
    • Author: im.orion
    • License: Freeware (Free)
    • File Size:
    • Runs on: Windows

    YUMI (Your Universal Multiboot Installer), is the successor to MultibootISOs. It can be used to create a Multiboot USB Flash Drive containing multiple operating systems, antivirus utilities, disc cloning, diagnostic tools, and more. Contrary to. .

    • File Name: YUMI
    • Author: Pen Drive Linux
    • License: Freeware (Free)
    • File Size:
    • Runs on: WinXP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 7 x64

    NavyAntivirus is a small but handy USB virus protection tool that will scan and protect your files. Guards / protects from autorun infection (autorun.inf), provides 100% security from usb flash drives, pendrives protects your hard drive from. .

    • File Name: navy.exe
    • Author: Shiva Bhusal
    • License: Freeware (Free)
    • File Size: 3.7 Mb
    • Runs on: WinXP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 7 x64

    YUMI (Your Universal Multiboot Installer), is the successor to MultibootISOs. It can be used to create a Multiboot USB Flash Drive containing multiple operating systems, antivirus utilities, disc cloning, diagnostic tools, and more. Contrary to MultiBootISO’s which used grub to boot ISO files directly from USB, YUMI uses syslinux to boot extracted distributions stored on the USB device, and reverts to using grub to Boot Multiple ISO files .

    • File Name: YUMI-0.0.2.8.exe
    • Author: pendrivelinux.com
    • License: Freeware (Free)
    • File Size: 860 Kb
    • Runs on: Win All

    SARDU enables you to create a multiboot device (USB stick or other removable) containing your Utilities, Antivirus, Windows PE and Windows XP, Vista, Seven Installers with all Windows Recovery Disks.

    • File Name: SARDU_2.0.3.zip
    • Author: Davide Costa
    • License: Freeware (Free)
    • File Size: 7.41 Mb
    • Runs on: WinXP, Win2003, Win2000, Win Vista, Windows 7

    ALL THINGS ABOUT PROJECT ARE TOTALY FOR PROTECTING SOPHISTICATED COMPUTER USERS FROM GETTING COMPUTER VIRUS PROBLEMS UPTO THIS DATE AND STILL UNDER GROWTH PROCESS..

    • File Name: AntiVirus Security & USB-Drive Security
    • Author: SUSHANT KATARE
    • License: Freeware (Free)
    • File Size:
    • Runs on: Windows

    The Kingsoft Free Cloud Antivirus security solution for PC users. Cloud Antivirus defends against viruses, malware, and spyware in real-time. Cloud includes a disk and history cleaner, an LSP, a process supervisor, a set of system repair tools.

    • File Name: KAV100927_ENU_DOWN_01011110_ 0001.EXE
    • Author: Kingsoft Security
    • License: Freeware (Free)
    • File Size: 17.46 Mb
    • Runs on: Win2000, Win7 x32, Win7 x64, WinVista, WinVista x64, WinXP

    The Xyvos Antivirus 1.5 edition is designed to protect against spywares, malwares, viruses and online threats. The solution is a consolidated package of anti-spyware, anti-virus and anti-malware components.

    • File Name: XyvosAntivirus-1.5.0.0.exe
    • Author: Xyvos Technologies
    • License: Freeware (Free)
    • File Size: 2.2 Mb
    • Runs on: WinXP, Win Vista, Windows 7

    First free cloud-based antivirus. Includes a light antivirus agent connected in real time to PandaLabs Collective Intelligence servers, protecting your computer from the latest malware variants.

    • File Name: PandaCloudAntivirus.exe
    • Author: Panda Security
    • License: Freeware (Free)
    • File Size: 237 Kb
    • Runs on: Win7 x32, Win7 x64, WinVista, WinVista x64, WinXP x32

    Mx One is an antivirus designed to protect the removable storage devices like USB sticks (also known as pendrives), iPod d-OC? Mx One is an antivirus designed to protect the removable storage devices like USB sticks (also known as pendrives), iPod d-OC?D?, mp3, mp4, memoirs M2, SD, microSD, and many more devices in an efficient and completely free.Features :+ Protection against: Virus, Trojans, Worms, Spyware (Spyware), Hacking Tools (Hacktools), Software Risk (Riskware).

    • File Name: Mx One Antivirus
    • Author: Martin Malagon
    • License: Freeware (Free)
    • File Size: 1.28 Mb
    • Runs on: WinXP, Win2003, Win2000, Win Vista, Windows 7

    Remora USB File Guard is designed to do file encryption and compression in your USB storage devices. With Remora USB File Guard, you can secure all your files and store them in USB disk anytime and anywhere. And it is totally free.

    • File Name: remorausbguard_green.exe
    • Author: Essential Skill Consultants Limited
    • License: Freeware (Free)
    • File Size: 2.06 Mb
    • Runs on: Win98, WinME, Windows2000, WinXP, Windows2003

    Remora USB Disk Guard is designed as a file encryption switch in your USB storage devices. With Remora USB Disk Guard, you can secure all your files in USB disk anytime and anywhere.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Kui teie arvuti on pahavara nakatunud, ei pruugi Windowsi viirusetõrje kasutamine selle eemaldamiseks piisavaks. Kui teie arvutil on rootkit, võib pahavara peita ennast oma viirusetõrjetarkvarast.

    See on koht, kus sisenevad käivitatavad viirusetõrjelahendused. Nad võivad puhastada õelvara väljaspool nakatunud Windowsi süsteemi, nii et pahavara ei käivitu ega takista puhastust.

    Probleem puhastamaks pahavara Windowsist

    Standardne viirusetõrjetarkvara töötab Windowsis. Kui teie arvuti on pahavara nakatunud, peab viirusetõrje tarkvara võitlema pahavara vastu. Viirusetarkvara püüab pahavara eemaldada ja eemaldada, kui pahavara püüab ennast kaitsta ja viirusetõrje sulgeda. Tõeliselt vastikate pahavara korral ei pruugi teie viirusetõrjetarkvara täielikult eemaldada Windowsist.

    Rootkit, mis on pahavara, mis peidab ennast, võib olla isegi keerukam. Rootkit võis käivitusajal käivituda teiste Windowsi komponentide ees ning takistada Windowsi seda nägemast, varjata oma tööülesannete haldurist pärinevaid protsesse ja isegi viirustõrjerakendusi pettama, uskudes, et rootkit ei tööta.

    Probleem on selles, et mõlemad töötavad mõlemad arvutite pahavara ja viirusetõrjega samal ajal. Viirusetõrje üritab võitluses õelvara oma kodu turvas – pahavara võib panna võitlus.

    Miks peaksite kasutama antiviiruse käivitusketast?

    Viirusetõrjeta käivitusplaadid tegelevad sellega, kui lähened pahavarale väljaspool Windowsi. Laadige oma arvuti viirustõrjet sisaldavast CD-lt või USB-kettast ja laadige ketastest spetsiaalne operatsioonisüsteem. Isegi kui teie Windowsi install on täielikult pahavara nakatunud, ei pruugi spetsiaalsel operatsioonisüsteemil selles sisalduv pahavara.

    See tähendab, et viirusetõrjeprogramm võib töötada Windowsi installimisel väljastpoolt. Viirusetõrjetarkvara ei käivitu, kui viirusetõrje proovib seda eemaldada, nii et viirusetõrje saab kahjulikku tarkvara metodoloogiliselt leida ja eemaldada, ilma et see häiriks.

    Kõik rootkit ei saa Windowsis käivitamisel kasutada nn trikke, et peita end ülejäänud operatsioonisüsteemist. Viirusetõrje võimaldab rootkit näha ja eemaldada.

    Neid tööriistu nimetatakse tihtipeale “päästetöödeks”. Need on ette nähtud kasutamiseks siis, kui on vaja päästa lootusetult nakatunud süsteemi.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Käivitatavad viirusetõrje võimalused

    Nagu mis tahes tüüpi viirusetõrjetarkvara puhul, on sul suhteliselt palju võimalusi. Paljud viirusetõrjefirmad pakuvad oma viirusetõrjetarkvara põhjal käivitavaid viirusetõrjesüsteeme. Need tööriistad on üldiselt tasuta, isegi kui neid pakuvad ettevõtted, kes on spetsialiseerunud tasulistele viirusetõrje lahendustele. Siin on mõned head võimalused:

    • avast! Rescue Disk – meile meeldib avast! et pakkuda sõltumatutesse testidesse sobivat viirusetõrjeprogrammi, millel oleks hea avastamissagedus. avast! pakub nüüd võimalust viirusetõrjebooti või USB-draivi loomiseks. Lihtsalt navigeerige avast avanevasse menüüsse Tools -> Rescue Disk. töölauarakendus käivitatava meediumi loomiseks.
    • BitDefender Rescue CD – BitDefender alati tundub olevat hea skoori iseseisvatel testidel ja BitDefender Rescue CD pakub samasugust viirusetõrjemootorit käivitatava plaadi kujul.
    • Kaspersky Rescue Disk – ka Kaspersky saab ka sõltumatuid testidel häid tulemusi ja pakub oma viirusetõrjebootid.

    Need on vaid käputäis valikud. Kui eelistate mingil põhjusel mõnda muud viirustõrjet – Comodo, Norton, Avira, ESET või peaaegu muu viirusetõrjetooted – tõenäoliselt leiate, et see pakub oma süsteemi päästerõngast.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Kuidas kasutada antiviiruse boot disk

    Viirusetõrjeta käivitusketta või USB-draivi kasutamine on tegelikult üsna lihtne. Peate lihtsalt leidma viirusetõrjebootid, mida soovite kasutada, ja kirjutada kettale või installida see USB-draivile. Saate seda teha mis tahes arvutis, nii et saate puhta arvutiga luua viirusetõrjega alglaadimissaidi ja viia see seejärel nakatunud arvutisse.

    Paigaldage algkandja nakatunud arvutisse ja seejärel taaskäivitage. Arvuti peaks laadima eemaldatavast andmekandjast ja viima turvaline viirusetõrje keskkond. (Kui see ei õnnestu, peate võib-olla muutma oma BIOS- või UEFI püsivara alglaadimissätet.) Seejärel saate ekraanil kuvatavate juhiste järgi skannida Windowsi süsteemi pahavara ja eemaldada see. Sellisel juhul taustal ei käivitu pahavara.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Antiviiruse alglaadimiskettad on kasulikud, kuna need võimaldavad tuvastada ja puhastada õelvara nakkusi väljaspool nakatunud operatsioonisüsteemi. Kui operatsioonisüsteem on rangelt nakatunud, ei pruugi kogu selles sisalduv pahavara eemaldada ega isegi tuvastada.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Jei jūsų kompiuteryje yra užkrečiama kenkėjiška programa, gali būti, kad “Windows” operacinėje sistemoje negalėsite ją pašalinti. Jei jūsų kompiuteryje yra rootkitas, kenkėjiška programa gali paslėpti savo antivirusinę programinę įrangą.

    Čia atsiranda įkrovos antivirusinių sprendimų. Jie gali išvalyti kenkėjišką programinę įrangą iš užkrėstos “Windows” sistemos ribų, todėl kenkėjiška programa nebus veikiama ir netrukdys pašalinti.

    Problema su valymo kenkėjiškų programų iš Windows

    Standartinė antivirusinė programinė įranga veikia “Windows” sistemoje. Jei jūsų kompiuteris yra užkrėstas kenkėjiškomis programomis, antivirusinė programinė įranga turės kovoti su kenkėjiškomis programomis. Antivirusinė programinė įranga stengiasi sustabdyti kenkėjišką programinę įrangą ir ją pašalinti, o kenkėjiška programa bandys apsisaugoti ir išjungti antivirusinę. Tikrai bjaurių kenkėjiškų programų atveju jūsų antivirusinė programinė įranga gali visiškai nepašalinti jos iš “Windows”.

    Rootkitai – tai kenkėjiška programa, kuri slepiasi pati, gali būti dar sudėtingesnė. Rootukas gali įkelti įkrovos laiką prieš kitus “Windows” komponentus ir užkirsti kelią “Windows” tai matyti, slėpti procesus iš užduočių tvarkyklės ir net apgauti antivirusines programas manyti, kad rootkitas neveikia.

    Problema yra ta, kad kenkėjiška programa ir antivirusinė programa tuo pačiu metu veikia kompiuteryje. Antivirusas bando kovoti su kenkėjiškomis programomis savo namuose – kenkėjiška programinė įranga gali kovoti.

    Kodėl turėtumėte naudoti antivirusinės įkrovos diską

    Antivirusinės įkrovos diskai susidoroja su šiuo kenkėjiškų programų šalinimu iš “Windows”. Įkelkite kompiuterį iš kompaktinio disko ar USB disko, kuriame yra antivirusinė, ir įkeliant specializuotą operacinę sistemą iš disko. Net jei jūsų “Windows” diegimas yra visiškai užkrėstas kenkėjiškomis programomis, specialioje operacinėje sistemoje nėra jokių kenkėjiškų programų.

    Tai reiškia, kad antivirusinė programa gali veikti “Windows” įrenginyje iš išorės. Kenkėjiška programa nebus paleista, kol antivirusas bandys ją pašalinti, todėl antivirusinė priemonė gali metodiškai rasti ir pašalinti kenksmingą programinę įrangą, netrukdydama.

    Bet kokie rootkitai negalės nustatyti triukų, kuriuos jie naudoja “Windows” paleisties metu, kad pasislėptų nuo likusios operacinės sistemos. Antivirusinė galės pamatyti rootkitus ir juos pašalinti.

    Šios priemonės dažnai vadinamos “gelbėjimo diskais”. Jie skirti naudoti, kai jums reikia išgelbėti beviltiškai užkrėstą sistemą.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Atsisiunčiamos antivirusinės parinktys

    Kaip ir bet kokio tipo antivirusinę programinę įrangą, turite daugybę galimybių. Daugelis antivirusinių kompanijų siūlo įkrovos antivirusines sistemas, pagrįstas jų antivirusine programine įranga. Šios priemonės paprastai yra laisvos, net jei jas siūlo įmonės, kurios specializuojasi mokamose antivirusinėse programose. Štai keli geri variantai:

    • avast! Gelbėjimo diskas – mes mėgstame avast! nepriklausomiems bandymams pasiūlyti galingą nemokamą antivirusinę priemonę su geru aptikimo lygiu. avast! dabar siūlo galimybę sukurti antivirusinės įkrovos diską arba USB diską. Tiesiog nukreipkite į “Tools” -> “Rescue Disk” parinktį “avast”! darbalaukio programa, skirta kurti įkeliamąsias laikmenas.
    • BitDefender Rescue CD – “BitDefender” visada, atrodo, gauna gerus rezultatus nepriklausomuose bandymuose, o “BitDefender” gelbėjimo kompaktinis diskas siūlo tą patį antivirusinį variklį kaip įkrovos diskas.
    • “Kaspersky Rescue Disk” – “Kaspersky” taip pat gauna gerus rezultatus nepriklausomuose testuose ir siūlo savo antivirusinės įkrovos diską.

    Tai tik keletas variantų. Jei dėl kokių nors priežasčių norite pasirinkti kitą antivirusinę priemonę – Comodo, Norton, Avira, ESET arba beveik bet kurį kitą antivirusinę produktą – tikriausiai turėsite galimybę rasti savo sistemos gelbėjimo diską.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Kaip naudoti antivirusinę įkrovos diską

    Antivirusinės įkrovos disko ar USB disko naudojimas yra gana paprasta. Jums reikės rasti antivirusinės įkrovos diską, kurį norite naudoti, ir įrašykite jį į diską arba įdiekite jį USB diske. Šią dalį galite atlikti bet kuriame kompiuteryje, kad galėtumėte sukurti antivirusinę įkrovos priemonę švariajame kompiuteryje ir nukreipti ją į užkrėstą kompiuterį.

    Įdėkite įkrovos terpę į užkrėstą kompiuterį ir tada paleiskite iš naujo. Kompiuteris turėtų būti įkeltas iš keičiamos laikmenos ir įkelkite saugią antivirusinę aplinką. (Jei to nepadarėte, gali reikėti pakeisti BIOS arba UEFI programinės aparatinės įrangos įkrovos tvarką.) Tada galite sekti instrukcijas ekrane, kad nuskaitytumėte “Windows” sistemą kenkėjiškos programos ir ją pašalintumėte. Fone, kol tai atliksite, kenkėjiška programa nebus paleista.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Antivirusinės įkrovos diskai yra naudingi, nes jie leidžia aptikti ir išvalyti kenkėjiškų programų infekcijas už užkrėstos operacinės sistemos ribų. Jei operacinė sistema yra labai užkrėsta, gali būti neįmanoma pašalinti ar net aptikti visos kenkėjiškos programos iš jos.

    You can create a bootable USB flash drive to use to deploy Windows Server Essentials. The first step is to prepare the USB flash drive by using DiskPart, which is a command-line utility. For information about DiskPart, see DiskPart Command-Line Options.

    To create a bootable USB flash drive for use in recovering or reinstalling Windows on a PC instead of a server, see Create a recovery drive.

    For additional scenarios in which you may want to create or use a bootable USB flash drive, see the following topics:

    To create a bootable USB flash drive

    Insert a USB flash drive into a running computer.

    Open a Command Prompt window as an administrator.

    In the new command line window that opens, to determine the USB flash drive number or drive letter, at the command prompt, type list disk , and then click ENTER. The list disk command displays all the disks on the computer. Note the drive number or drive letter of the USB flash drive.

    At the command prompt, type select disk , where X is the drive number or drive letter of the USB flash drive, and then click ENTER.

    Type clean , and the click ENTER. This command deletes all data from the USB flash drive.

    To create a new primary partition on the USB flash drive, type create partition primary , and then click ENTER.

    To select the partition that you just created, type select partition 1 , and then click ENTER.

    To format the partition, type format fs=ntfs quick , and then click ENTER.

    If your server platform supports Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI), you should format the USB flash drive as FAT32 rather than as NTFS. To format the partition as FAT32, type format fs=fat32 quick , and then click ENTER.

    Type active , and then click ENTER.

    Type exit , and then click ENTER.

    When you finish preparing your custom image, save it to the root of the USB flash drive.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Pokud je váš počítač napaden malwarem, spuštění antivirového programu v systému Windows nemusí stačit k jeho odstranění. Pokud má váš počítač rootkit, může se malware skrýt sám z antivirového softwaru.

    Zde přicházejí zaváděcí antivirové řešení. Oni mohou vyčistit malware mimo infikovaný systém Windows, takže malware nebude spuštěn a nebude zasahovat do procesu čištění.

    Problém s vyčištěním škodlivého softwaru ze systému Windows

    Standardní antivirový software běží v systému Windows. Pokud je váš počítač infikován malwarem, antivirový software bude muset bojovat s malwarem. Antivirový software se pokusí zastavit malware a odstranit ho, zatímco malware se pokusí bránit a vypnout antivirus. V případě opravdu škodlivého malware nemusí váš antivirový software plně odstranit ze systému Windows.

    Rootkity, což je typ malwaru, který se skrývá, může být ještě obtížnější. Rootkit by se mohl načíst při zavádění před jinými součástmi systému Windows a zabránit tomu, aby se systém Windows zobrazoval, skrýval procesy z správce úloh a dokonce trikoval antivirové aplikace do domněnce, že rootkit nefunguje.

    Problém je v tom, že oba typy malwaru a antiviru běží současně v počítači. Antivirový program se pokouší bojovat proti malware na svém domácím terénu – malware může bojovat.

    Proč byste měli používat antivirový zaváděcí disk

    Antivirové zaváděcí disky se zabývají tím, že přistupují k malwaru z vnějších systémů Windows. Spusťte počítač z jednotky CD nebo USB obsahujícího antivirový program a načte z disku speciální operační systém. I když je instalace systému Windows zcela napadena malwarem, speciální operační systém nebude mít v něm žádný malware.

    To znamená, že antivirový program může fungovat na instalaci systému Windows zvenčí. Malware nebude spuštěn, pokud se antivirový program pokusí jej odebrat, takže antivirový program může metodicky vyhledávat a odstraňovat škodlivý software bez toho, aby zasahoval.

    Jakékoli rootkity nebudou schopny nastavit triky, které používají při zavádění systému Windows, aby se skryli ze zbytku operačního systému. Antivirus bude moci zobrazit rootkity a odstranit je.

    Tyto nástroje jsou často označovány jako “záchranné disky”. Jsou určeny k použití, pokud potřebujete zachránit beznadějně infikovaný systém.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Možnosti spouštěcí antivirové ochrany

    Stejně jako u jiných typů antivirového softwaru máte spoustu možností. Mnoho antivirových společností nabízí bootovatelné antivirové systémy založené na antivirovém softwaru. Tyto nástroje jsou obecně zdarma, i když jsou nabízeny společnostmi, které se specializují na placené antivirové řešení. Zde je několik dobrých možností:

    • avast! Záchranný disk – Líbí se nám avast! nabízející schopný antivirový program s dobrými detekčními rychlostmi v nezávislých testech. avast! nyní nabízí možnost vytvořit antivirový spouštěcí disk nebo USB disk. Jednoduše přejděte na možnost Nástroje -> Záchranný disk v programu avast! desktopové aplikace pro vytváření zaváděcích médií.
    • BitDefender Rescue CD – Zdá se, že BitDefender vždy získává dobré výsledky v nezávislých testech a BitDefender Rescue CD nabízí stejný antivirový engine ve formě zaváděcího disku.
    • Kaspersky Rescue Disk – Kaspersky také získává dobré výsledky v nezávislých testech a nabízí svůj vlastní antivirový zaváděcí disk.

    To jsou jen hrstka možností. Pokud dáváte přednost jinému antiviru z nějakého důvodu – Comodo, Norton, Avira, ESET nebo téměř jakýkoli jiný antivirový produkt – pravděpodobně zjistíte, že nabízí svůj vlastní systémový záchranný disk.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Jak používat antivirový zaváděcí disk

    Použití antivirového spouštěcího disku nebo USB disku je ve skutečnosti velmi jednoduché. Budete muset najít antivirový spouštěcí disk, který chcete použít, a vypálit na disk nebo jej nainstalovat na disk USB. Tuto část můžete provést na libovolném počítači, takže můžete na čistém počítači vytvořit antivirové zaváděcí médium a pak jej přenést na infikovaný počítač.

    Vložte zaváděcí médium do infikovaného počítače a restartujte počítač. Počítač by měl zavádět z vyměnitelného média a načíst bezpečné antivirové prostředí. (Pokud tomu tak není, bude pravděpodobně nutné změnit pořadí zavádění v BIOSu nebo firmwaru UEFI.) Potom můžete sledovat pokyny na obrazovce, abyste skenovali systém Windows pro malware a odstraňte jej. Během práce na pozadí nebude spuštěn žádný malware.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Antivirové zaváděcí disky jsou užitečné, protože umožňují detekovat a vyčistit infekce malware mimo infikovaný operační systém. Pokud je operační systém silně infikován, nemusí být možné odstranit – nebo dokonce rozpoznat – veškerý škodlivý software zevnitř.

    System Sweeper, Microsoft bootable antivirus CD / USB that helps Windows user start an infected PC and perform an offline scan to help identify and remove rootkits and other advanced malware. This Microsoft bootable antivirus CD / USB is extremely useful for those windows users can’t install install or start an antivirus solution on your PC, or if the installed solution can’t detect or remove malware on your PC.

    Besides that, Microsoft Standalone System Sweeper Beta is not a replacement for a full antivirus solution providing ongoing protection; it is meant to be used in situations where you cannot start your PC due to a virus or other malware infection. If you want full antivirus solutions, you can check this free Antivirus software list to protect your system on real time basics.

    Microsoft Standalone System Sweeper download size is 250MB only and comes with both 32 and 64 bit version. Besides that, it can become basic portable antivirus tool that does the job of scanning, removing and booting up unbootable computer infected with boot sector viruses. Plus more, it uses the same antivirus engine as the Microsoft Security Essentials product.

    Following is the Microsoft System Sweeper minimum requirements list for both the computer infected with a virus or malware and the computer on which you are creating the bootable media.

    • Operating system: Windows XP Service Pack 3; Windows Vista (RTM, Service Pack 1, or Service Pack 2, or higher); Windows 7 (RTM, Service Pack 1, or higher).
    • Required processor:
      Windows XP: 500 MHz or higher 1.0 GHz or higher
      Windows Vista and Windows 7: 1.0 GHz or higher
    • Required memory:
      Windows XP: 768 MB RAM or higher
      Windows Vista and Windows 7: 1 GB RAM or higher
    • Required video card: 800 × 600 or higher
    • Available hard disk space: 500 MB

    The following requirements apply only to the computer infected by a virus or malware:

    • The computer infected with a virus or malware must have the same Windows operating system architecture as Microsoft Standalone System Sweeper Beta, either 32-bit or 64-bit.
    • In addition, BitLocker must be disabled to use Microsoft Standalone System Sweeper Beta.

    The following requirements apply only to the computer on which you are creating the bootable media:

    • Internet connection: Required for installation and download of the latest virus and spyware definitions for Standalone System Sweeper.
    • Internet Browser: Windows Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher or Mozilla Firefox 2.0 or higher.

    How to create bootable Microsoft System Sweeper:

    2. Once activate EXE file, select the appropriate bootable medium that you prefer. Once you start the creation, it will download the package and latest updates from Microsoft official site. So, make sure you have direct or proxy internet connection with download access.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    3) If you select CD, then insert the blank CD in next screen. Then the build-in windows burning software will burn sweeper system into blank CD disc. if it is an USB drive, just remember this program will format the USB drive and install System Sweeper.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    4. A successful message will appear after the Microsoft bootable antivirus completion. Then restart your computer.

    5. To ensure your computer can load the bootable Microsoft System Sweeper. Remember to setup the computer booting media from USB or CD / DVD first.

    6. Once loaded into bootable System sweeper interface, just press any button to startup System Sweeper. It loads like latest Microsoft Operating Systems. Malware and virus clean up should start nicely.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    If you’re unsure whether rootkit or malware infected your computer, you can always boot System Sweeper to scan your computer. Plus more, it doesn’t damage your to your computer operating system.

    Trying to do bootable disk wipe for your data security in Windows 7/8/10? You will get the best bootable disk wipe freeware to do that job easily and securely for you.

    By Emily / Last Updated March 4, 2022

    Why need a Bootable Disk to wipe?

    When you want to change a new desktop computer or laptop, it is necessary to wipe the internal hard drive before abandoning or selling it, but Windows does not allow you to wipe the internal hard drive. And you can make a bootable USB that can directly boot up your PC without entering the Windows system to wipe your hard drive. Especially, Windows 11 removed the Windows to Go function, there are some people who want to wipe a disk to make it a Windows 11 bootable USB.

    And when it comes to erasing data on a hard drive, some people may try to delete and format the data on it. Howerver, simple deleting is not secure enough to wipe a disk because the data on it can be easily lifted by any recovery software.

    So you would better choose a reliable data wiper that is capable of making a USB bootable and easing data completely and permanently.

    What is the Best free disk wipe software?

    To wipe a disk, many people will choose the freeware-AOMEI Partition Assistant Stardard, which is one of the best wiping software. It gives you the best solution to create a WinPE bootable media then wipe boot disk (the Windows refuses you to wipe boot drive under Windows environment).

    And this free disk wipe software employs zero-filling wiping method that fills secoters of your internal hard disk with zeros to erase the data thoroughly and securely. And it comes with a easy-to-use interface making all the operation simple. You can erase a bootable disk in a few clicks

    How to create a bootable disk to wipe your PC or laptop?

    ✍Before you do:

    Prepare a external disk like USB drive at least 13GB and insert it to your PC.

    Back up the external disk, because it will be formatted.

    Step 1. Create a bootable disk

    1. Install and open AOMEI Partition Assistant , on the main console, choose “Make Bootbale Media”.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    2. Choose “USB Boot Device”, and select the disk you prepared, and click “Proceed” and it will note you that the drive will be formated, click “Yes” to continue.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Step 2. Wipe a hard drive with the bootable drive

    1. Insert the bootable drive to your computer, and enter BIOS to boot the computer from it.

    2. Then you will see the main console of the AOMEI Partition Assistant, and right-click on the internal hard drive, or the drive you want to wipe. And choose “Wipe Hard Drive”.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    3. Choose “Fill sectors with Zero (Safe, Quick)”, and click “OK”.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    ✍Note: You can upgrade to Professional edition to unlock the other 3 wiping methods with higher Safety: Fill sectors with random data, DoD 5220. 22-M, and Gutmann.

    4. Then the program will ask message that your computer won’t start the next time if you wipe the internal hard drive. Click “Yes” to confirm.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    5. Click “Apply” in the main interface to execute the wiping operation.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    ● If your computer is using an SSD

    An SSD uses a different way to store data, so the same way to wipe it can have a negative impact on its lifespan. Luckily, the AOMEI Partition Assistant Professional edition has a wiping method for an SSD without hurting it.

    Just create a bootable drive, and connect the SSD that you want to wipe to a working Windows 7 computer via SATA port. And right-click on the SSD, and choose “SSD Secure Erase” and follow the instructions to finish the rest steps.

    How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

    Conclusion

    With AOMEI Partition Assistant, you can easily create a bootable disk to wipe a PC in Windows 10, 8,7. By the way, the AOMEI Partition Assistant has the ability to manage partitions, like merge, split, format, delete, move partitions, etc.

    The Professional edition has the privilege to allocate free space, migrate OS to SSD, quick partitioning, convert primary partition to logical, and more. AOMEI Partition Assistant Server has all of the advanced features in Professional edition in Windows Server 2003, 2008 (R2), 2012 (R2), 2016 and SBS 2003, 2008, 2011. If you have a server computer, you may have a shoot.

    • ESET Protection Products
      • ESET for Business

      ESET Now Protects the Google Play Store. Read More

      ESET SysRescue Live

      If your computer is already infected with malware, it can be difficult to clean it or to even install an antimalware product. Traditionally, the onerous task of removing the computer’s hard drive, connecting it to a known good computer and scanning it there would have been required, but thanks to ESET SysRescue, you can boot your computer into a safe, virus-free environment and scan and clean your hard drive in an offline state.

      ESET SysRescue is a malware cleaning tool that runs independently of the operating system from a USB flash drive. It has direct access to the disk and the file system, and therefore is capable of removing even the most persistent threats.

      ESET SysRescue is a free download to help you clean a persistent malware infection from your computer. Once clean, you can install your ESET product for proactive, ongoing protection against threats.

      1 Download the ESET SysRescue Image

      In order to create your USB or CD/DVD Live Disk, you will need a computer and a USB flash drive. Everything that is on the flash drive will be deleted, so make sure you either have a backup, or it is a new drive.

      ESET SysRescue is distributed as a .ISO image, which means you must use a tool such as balenaEtcher or dd to create your bootable disk.

      2 Clean your system with ESET SysRescue

      Insert your newly created ESET SysRescue USB flash drive and reboot your computer.

      When presented with the ESET SysRescue boot menu, choose “Run ESET SysRescue”.

      Tip: If your system does not show the ESET SysRescue menu, you may need to enter your computer’s BIOS and change the boot order, or on some systems you may see an option to press a particular key during boot to choose your boot device, at which time you may choose your USB/CD/DVD appropriately.

      First things first, click “Update” to ensure your ESET SysRescue instance knows about all the latest malware. Once complete, click “On-demand scan” and then select “Smart scan” or “Custom scan”. Follow the prompts to a clean system.

      3 Add Proactive ESET Protection

      ESET SysRescue Live is only intended as an on-demand scanning and removal tool to get rid of persistent threats. It will help you clean up existing infections, but it will not protect your system against incoming threats.

      For comprehensive, real-time protection of your computer, you must purchase an appropriate ESET license for business use or for home use.

      Boot your computer to Comodo Rescue Disk (CRD) and you can scan your entire system for viruses before Windows loads.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      1. Home
      2. Rescue Disk

      Comodo Rescue Disk: What it does?

      • Boot disk that runs Comodo Cleaning Essentials virus scanner in a pre-boot environment
      • Includes full AV scanning engine capable of removing rootkits embedded so deeply they cannot be removed with CCE for Windows
      • Automatically downloads latest virus signatures prior to executing scan for maximum security
      • Perfect for ensuring computers are totally clean of threats when troubleshooting problems or setting up a secure network of endpoints
      • Also includes tools that allow you to explore files, take screenshots and browse the Internet
      • No installation required – runs directly from USB or CD/DVD

      Comodo Rescue Disk (CRD)

      is a bootable disk image that allows users to run virus scans in a pre-boot environment. It is a powerful virus, spyware, and rootkit cleaner which works in both GUI and text mode. CRD can provide a more comprehensive and thorough scan than regular malware cleaning applications because it cleans your system before Windows is loaded.

      CRD is intended to be used when malware embeds itself so deeply into your system that regular AV software cannot remove it. The rescue disk is also very effective at removing infections that are preventing Windows from booting in the first place. Apart from the virus scanner, CRD also provides tools to explore files in your hard drive, take screenshots and browse web pages.

      • Windows 8 (Both 32-bit and 64-bit versions)
      • Windows 7 (Both 32-bit and 64-bit versions)
      • Windows Vista (Both 32-bit and 64-bit versions)
      • Windows XP (Both 32-bit and 64-bit versions)

      Boot your computer to Comodo Rescue Disk (CRD)
      and you can scan your entire system for viruses before Windows loads.

      Intel Pentium II 233 MHz or equivalent processor / Minimum RAM required is 512 MB / 210 MB hard disk space for both 32-bit and 64-bit versions.

      Features of Comodo Rescue Disk

      Comodo Rescue Disk is an invaluable addition to any computer owner’s security toolkit and forms a great complement to ‘regular’ AV software such as Comodo Antivirus.

      Bootable ISO allows you to run anti-virus scans before Windows loads

      On-demand malware scanner unearths rootkits and other deeply hidden threats

      Extremely efficient malware removal routines thoroughly clean infected computers

      Automatic download of latest virus signatures

      Comprehensive event logs provide a detailed overview of malware activity

      Requires no installation and can be launched directly from removable media

      Can be operated in either GUI or text mode

      Ensures a PC has a clean bill of health before proceeding onto OS installation

      Fast, free, and easy to use

      Boot your computer to Comodo Rescue Disk (CRD)
      and you can scan your entire system for viruses before Windows loads.

      FAQ about Comodo Rescue Disk

      After using the CRD ISO to create your bootable CD/DVD/USB drive, you next need to make sure the BIOS is set to boot from the correct drive. In most cases, this will require you to manually prioritize the CD/DVD/USB as the boot drive ahead of your usual C: drive. To make this change, you first have to access your computer’s BIOS configuration utility.

      While the specifics vary from computer to computer, the following steps should be of use to most users:

      • Place the CD/DVD in your drive or insert the USB key as appropriate
      • Shut down your computer. Note – do a full shut down. A soft restart will not clear memory and the BIOS setup might not appear.
      • Turn your computer back on and be ready to react quickly. During system startup, you will see a message similar to one of the following:

      Note – if these instructions do not help then please consult your system manufacturer’s website (or call their support) for more details on how to change the boot order.

      Sometimes, viruses and other malware get embedded so deeply into Windows that they cannot be cleaned by ‘regular’ anti-virus software running in a Windows environment. You can find and remove these buried threats by booting your computer to CRD and running a virus scan of your system before Windows boots up.

      Yes. CRD itself even runs on a lightweight distribution of the Linux operating system.

      • Comodo Forums – join the Comodo Forums to ask technical questions and find out more about CRD. The forums are populated with experienced users, helpful moderators and our developers regularly make contributions. Join us for free today at forums.comodo.com
      • Online user guide – see help.comodo.com/topic-170-1-414-4573-Introduction-to-Comodo-Rescue-Disk.html

      The on-demand malware scanner uses the same core engine as Comodo Antivirus but does not require installation and can be run directly from removal media such as a USB stick. Awarded Virus Bulletin VB100 status, the scanning engine uses the very latest heuristic techniques to identify previously unknown, zero-day threats with a very high level of efficiency. The scanner is also extremely effective at disinfecting and removing viruses once they have been identified.

      Portable applications do not need to be installed and can be run directly from media such as a USB stick.

      Boot your computer to Comodo Rescue Disk (CRD)
      and you can scan your entire system for viruses before Windows loads.

      Make sure to have your order number or subscription information available.

      For technical product questions visit our Support Home Page click on the “Submit a Ticket” link and select “Internet Security Support” from the dropdown menu and submit.

      Check out our Online Help Guide for tips on how to use and configure our products and for detailed technical information.
      Go to the Help Guide

      Our Forum is populated with fellow Comodo users and developers alike and can quite often be the quickest and friendliest way to find answers to questions that you have.
      Read the Forum

      This post shows how to create a bootable USB flash drive for Windows 10 and then how to boot Windows 10 from the USB flash drive.

      By Bryce / Last Updated March 11, 2022

      Need to boot Windows 10 from USB flash drive

      USB flash drive, a kind of data storage device, is very popular among computer uses for it portability and convenience. In general, you want to run Windows 10 from USB under the three situations described as follows:

      ▪ Want to use the same Windows 10 environment in different places.

      ▪ Need to repair damaged or crashed operating system when you are unable to boot the computer.

      ▪ Need to delete or format system partition in Windows PE environment.

      Create a Windows 10 bootable USB drive at first

      To boot from USB flash drive, it is necessary to make USB flash drive bootable at first. Refer to two ways on how to create a bootable Windows 10 USB flash drive presented below.

      Make bootable USB drive for portable Windows 10 environment

      When you want to keep the same Windows 10 under different computers, you can use a new feature released by Microsoft, called Windows To Go if you are Windows 10 Enterprise Edition user to create Windows 10 bootable USB flash drive. Thus, you can carry the USB flash drive anywhere and run Windows 10 from it.

      But For Windows 10 Home Edition users, Windows To Go is not available. In such a condition, AOMEI Partition Assistant Standard can be your right choice; its Windows To Go Creator function enables you to make portable windows environment on USB drive from Windows 10/8/7 ISO or ESD file even when you are Windows Home Edition user. Have a look at detailed steps:

      PS.: As this operation will erase all data on the USB flash drive, you’d better backup important data on it in advance.

      Step 1. Insert a USB flash drive with a capacity of no less than 13 GB and connect to your computer. Free Download, install, and run AOMEI Partition Assistant Standard.

      Step 2. In the main interface, click “Windows To Go Creator” in the left pane.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      Step 3. In the pop-up window, click “Browse” to select Windows 10 installation file. If it is not detected automatically, click “Refresh” to select manually. Then, click “OK” > “Proceed” > “Yes”.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      Notes:

      ▪ It is better to apply USB 3.0 drive than USB 2.0 drive as a 2.0 USB drive will take a longer time.
      ▪ It is advised to use ISO installation files offered by Microsoft official website out of compatibility.
      If you upgrade it to Professional version, you can make windows 10 bootable media that supports booting on Mac, after that, you can run ▪ Windows 10 from external drive on Mac computer.

      Make bootable USB flash drive to enter WinPE environment

      If you need to enter WinPE environment to repair system or delete/format C drive, you can turn to AOMEI Partition Assistant Standard as well. It’s Make Bootable Media function can create a Windows bootable media that allows you to rebuild MBR, check bad sector, format partition, etc.

      PS.: All data on the USB flash drive will be deleted during the process.

      Step 1. Connect the USB flash drive to your computer and run the software.

      Step 2. In the main interface, click “Make Bootable Media” and click “Next” in the pop-up window.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      Step 3. Choose USB Boot Device among three options and click “Proceed”.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      Step 4. Read the pop-up notice and click “Yes” to perform this operation.

      Notes:

      It is available to create bootable media via AOMEI Partition Assistant via CD/DVD.

      If the operating system is Windows XP, please download Windows AIK to configure and deploy OS to new hardware.

      Boot Windows 10 from the bootable USB drive

      After creating Windows 10 bootable USB flash drive, you can boot Windows 10 from it take steps as follows:

      Step 1. Connect the USB flash drive that you need to boot. Then, reboot the computer and press certain key to enter BIOS.

      Step 2. Select USB Device and hit “Enter” key to boot from the USB flash drive.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      Then, you can run Windows 10 from the USB flash drive to work within the same environment (if you have chosen “Windows To Go Creator” function) or enter Windows PE environment to format /delete C drive or rebuild MBR (If you have chosen “Make bootable Media” feature).

      Verdict

      From all above, it can be easily concluded that you can boot Windows 10 from USB flash drive successfully if you have made the USB flash drive bootable firstly via AOMEI Partition Assistant Standard. In fact, it enjoys many other functions. For example, it can help you to manage disk effectively by resizing partition and merge partitions. It allows you to clone HDD to HDD or SSD, so that you replace your disk without reinstalling operating system and applications.

      A common use USB flash drives is to use them to boot into Windows. Booting from removable media such as a USB drive allows you to perform diagnostics on a computer that is having trouble booting from the hard drive. This guide will outline making a bootable USB flash drive with Windows XP, Vista, or 7.

      The computer you want to use your bootable USB drive on must be able to use a USB drive as a boot device. Most computers built since Windows Vista was released are capable of booting to a USB device. Before the Windows Vista time frame, it’s hit or miss with motherboards.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      To determine if a computer is capable of booting to a USB device, access the computer’s BIOS and check the bootable device list. If a USB device is listed, set the USB drive to be the first boot device. If you do not see a USB device in the list of bootable devices, your BIOS is not capable of booting to a USB device.

      You may need to have your USB flash drive plugged in when you access the BIOS).

      Windows Vista and Windows 7 users

      To make a bootable USB drive for Windows Vista or Windows 7, you need to have Windows Vista or 7 installed on your computer. We recommend you have a flash drive of at least 4 GB in size, to store all the necessary files.

      Before you start, plug in the USB drive and backup any files you have stored on the USB drive. The drive is formatted during this process and all files on it are deleted.

      You need to have a Windows Vista or Windows 7 DVD for these instructions to be successful.

      1. Open an elevated Windows command line window by clicking Start, typing in cmd in the search text field, then pressing Ctrl + Shift + Enter on your keyboard (at the same time). You can also access this by navigating to Start, All Programs, Accessories, right-click with your mouse on the Command Prompt menu item and select Run as Administrator.
      2. At the command prompt, type cd c:\windows\system32 to change the directory to the Windows System32 directory. Ensure your USB drive is plugged in, type DISKPART, then press Enter . Type LIST DISK and press Enter .
      • See our diskpart command page for additional information on this command.
      1. A listing of the disk drives connected to your computer appears. Find the disk number of your USB drive and type SELECT DISK [USB disk #], where “[USB disk #]” is the disk # for your USB drive. It should now state the USB drive is the selected disk. If you’re not sure what disk is the USB disk, eject the USB drive, perform step number 2 again, connect the USB drive again, and compare the results. Usually, the USB drive will be the last drive.
      2. Type in the following commands, one by one, pressing Enter after each command.

      (may take a few minutes, depending on the USB drive size)

      Keep the command prompt window open, but you can minimize it for a little bit.

      1. You now need your Windows Vista or 7 installation DVD. Put the DVD in your computer’s DVD drive. Open up My Computer and note which drive letter is assigned to your DVD drive and your USB flash drive.
      2. Go back to the command prompt window and type in D: CD BOOT (substitute your DVD drive letter for D:, if necessary) and press Enter . Type CD BOOT again and press Enter . Lastly, type BOOTSECT.EXE /NT60 H: (substitute your USB flash drive letter for H:, if necessary) and press Enter .
      3. The last step is to copy the entire contents of the Windows DVD to your USB flash drive. In the My Computer window (opened in step 5 above), right-click the DVD drive and select Open to view the contents of the DVD. Copy all the files and folders on the DVD to the USB flash drive.

      Your USB flash drive is now set up to be a bootable USB drive for Windows Vista or 7.

      Windows XP users

      To make the bootable USB drive for Windows XP, your flash drive should have at least 4 GB capacity and need to acquire a valid copy of Windows Server 2003 SP1.

      Before you start, plug in the USB drive and backup any files you have stored on the USB drive. The drive is formatted during this process and all files on it are deleted.

      You need to have a Windows XP Professional CD for these instructions to be successful. Windows XP Home Edition does not work.

      1. Install PE Builder on your computer. For the sake of ease, install the program to a C:\PEBuilder folder. After you’ve installed PE Builder, create a folder titled SRSP1 in the PEBuilder folder.
      2. Now you need to extract two files from Windows Server 2003 SP1. The file name is quite long, so we recommend you rename the file to something shorter, like WS-SP1.exe. Open a command prompt (Start > Run, type cmd, and press Enter ). Then, use the cd command to change to the folder where you downloaded the Windows Server 2003 SP1 file. For instance, to change to the c:\downloads folder, run cd c:\downloads. Then, type WS-SP1.exe -x to extract the files. A window should open asking where to extract the files. You can enter the same folder where the file was downloaded.
      3. A new folder titled “i386” is created by the extraction process. Type cd i386 to change to that folder. You now need to copy the setupldr.bin file to the SRSP1 folder you created in the PE Builder folder. Type copy setupldr.bin c:\PEBuilder\SRSP1 to copy the file.
      4. Expand the ramdisk.sys file to the SRSP1 folder. Type expand -r ramdisk.sy_ c:\PEBuilder\SRSP1
      5. Open My Computer and navigate to the c:\PEBuilder\SRSP1 folder and verify the two files are there.
      6. Next, you need to create a compressed version of Windows XP using PE Builder. Make sure the Windows XP Professional CD is in your computer’s CD drive, then launch the PE Builder program. In the Source field, type in the drive letter assigned to your CD Drive (you can check in My Computer if you are not sure) (e.g., “d:“). In the Output field, type BartPE. Make sure the None option is selected in the Media output section. Then click the Build button.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      A progress report shows the progress of the bootable image build. When the build process is complete, click the Close button.

      1. Now, you can create the bootable USB flash drive. Open a command prompt again and type cd c:\PEBuilder to change to the PEBuilder folder. Make sure your USB drive is plugged in to your computer. Then, type pe2usb -f e: (change “e:” to the drive letter assigned to your USB flash drive, if necessary) to create the bootable drive. When prompted to begin the process, type YES. When the process is complete, press any key to exit the program.

      Your USB flash drive is now set up to be a bootable USB drive for Windows XP using the Bart PE interface.

      In more recent years, one of the most common ways for a virus to spread itself has been through the autorun.inf file that resides on the root of your removable device such as a USB stick or hard drive. When you insert the device into a computer, the autorun file then executes the program it’s told to which in many cases can be malicious file, and then you have a problem on your hands.

      Thankfully in Windows XP and above the Autorun.inf virus issue is now pretty much redundant as the inf file no longer gets executed by default in Windows when it’s inserted and so the malicious file cannot get launched. The problem with removable USB devices is they are so portable that the drive could have been plugged into several other computers before it comes back to you. And with that in mind, there’s always a chance that it could have been infected and other types of malicious files might have been transferred onto it along the way.

      Several Antivirus packages these days will offer to scan USB devices when inserted, but sometimes this option is buried in the settings and not automatically enabled.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      Some others don’t offer this function or only scan the Autorun.inf file to see if it has been infected and you would have to run a manual scan yourself which can easily be forgotten. Here we have a way to automatically scan the USB flash drive whenever it is inserted or plugged in to a Windows computer.

      is a small program that will launch any program you provide as a command line parameter each time a USB drive is inserted. As you might guess, the author uses it to start a full virus scan on the inserted USB drive, and named it as such. But the program can actually be used to launch any program, batch file or script you tell it to and isn’t limited to just running security software.

      USBVirusScan isn’t really a tool for beginners though because it doesn’t have graphical user interface (GUI). The configuration and launching is done from a batch file called Start.bat and the tool itself only has an About screen that looks like the image below which shows the command line options.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      The only thing you need is an Antivirus package installed. If you don’t have one and don’t want to pay for one, have a look at our comprehensive list of free Antivirus software. Then you’ll need to find out the commands that need to be on the line that can perform a scan when you insert a USB drive. Once you have the command line, just edit the Start.bat file in the USBVirusScan folder.

      The command line options can be a bit confusing for some users and finding the correct syntax and commands is not always easy because every antivirus software is different. So for your convenience we’ve provided a few command lines for some popular antivirus software. If you’re using a 64-bit Windows, you may need to change the \Program Files\ entries to \Program Files (x86)\ depending on which folder your Antivirus uses. The simplest way to check is to browse and see which folder the Antivirus is in and use the correct one in the batch file.

      Place “Start USBVirusScan.exe” without the quotes at the beginning of Start.bat and add one of the commands to the line depending on the Antivirus software package you have. Then simply execute the bat file and the program will sit in the system tray waiting for a USB drive to be inserted. Memory usage is small occupying only 1MB on our Windows 7 64-bit test system, so can easily sit in the background all the time if you come into contact with lots of USB flash drives.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      On the next page we’ll show you the command line options required for USBVirusScan in 15 popular antivirus and internet security packages.

      Although it’s not such a major problem with computers manufactured in more recent years, if you have a slightly older computer, something it might not be able to do is boot up directly from a USB device. Being able to boot your computer from USB flash drive is an advantage because there are so many tools around that can be used to install or repair Windows such as Antivirus discs, and repair CD’s. Having them on USB is easier and quicker than burning discs every time.

      Installing Windows by running the setup files from a USB drive is also popular because it can be a good bit quicker than installing from a CD/DVD drive, even Windows 8 setup files can be downloaded and copied straight onto USB these days. It depends entirely on the computer’s BIOS as to whether USB booting is supported and some manufacturers may have provided a BIOS update to enable it. However, what if you encounter an old computer that doesn’t support booting from USB?

      Thankfully, all is not lost because there is an excellent little tool called Plop Boot Manager which can do the impossible and allow you to boot the computer from USB even if the BIOS does not support it. Plop can boot different operating systems such as Windows or Linux from hard disk, floppy, CD/DVD or from USB.

      There are probably 2 main scenarios where you would like to use Plop; firstly to be able to boot a USB device when you already have Windows installed, maybe loading a Live Linux or a rescue/antivirus disc etc. Another way is when you have no operating system currently loaded and perhaps would like to install one via USB. Here, we’ll show you both ways to install the Plop boot manager, one using the Windows Boot Menu and one from a bootable CD.

      Adding Plop to the Windows Boot Menu

      The easiest way to set up Plop to boot your USB flash drive is by adding it to the Windows boot menu so when you have the option to choose a Windows installation on boot, you will also have an entry to load the Plop Boot Manager and launch a USB boot.

      This isn’t nearly as complicated as it used to be because to get the entries into the boot menu, you used to have to edit the XP boot.ini or manually use BCDEdit in Vista or 7. These days it’s far easier and only requires the execution of a batch file to get the Plop Boot Manager entry inserted into your windows boot menu.

      1. Download Plop Boot Manager, then extract it to a folder.

      2. Navigate into the plpbt-[version]\Windows folder. Run the InstallToBootMenu.bat file. If you don’t have full admin rights already in Vista and 7, right click on the bat file and “Run as Administrator”.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      3. When asked if you want to continue, just press Y and enter. The necessary files will be coped and the boot entry added to the menu.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      Now when you boot your computer, the Plop Boot Manager entry will be there and you can now select it and boot from a USB flash drive.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      Even though they have different boot menus, running the batch file will create the correct menu entry for both XP or Vista / 7 depending on which you’re using. For anyone who wants to rename the default “Plop Boot Manager” menu entry, open the InstallToBootMenu.bat, look for “set ENTRYNAME=Plop Boot Manager” and change it to what you want.

      Removing the entry from the Boot Menu

      1. This is quite easy whether you have XP, Vista or 7 and you just need to run the C:\plop\plpbt4win tool or run plpbt4win from the Windows folder in the Zip you extracted in the previous step 1.

      2. Type L and press enter. This will give you the current entries of the boot menu, note down the ID number for the Plop Boot Manager entry.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      Type R [ID] to match the ID from step 2 which removes the boot menu entry.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      For example “R 3” will remove the Plop entry from the list above.

      Installing Plop if You Don’t Have Windows installed

      If you want to boot your computer from USB and have no Windows installed, then you’re probably looking to install Windows from a USB flash drive which can be quicker than using an optical drive. Plop Boot Manager does itself also include an ISO image which can be burned to a CD and then USB can be launched from there.

      1. Download the Plop Boot Manager Zip file, then extract it to the folder of your choice.

      2. Navigate to the extracted Plop main folder and find the plpbt.iso file, it’s the disc image file around 550KB if you have show extensions turned off in Explorer.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      3. Now all you have to do is burn the ISO file to a CD and then boot from it. To make a bit more use of the leftover space on the CD, this next solution could be useful…

      A rescue and repair CD we just can’t stop recommending to people is Hiren’s Boot CD. This disc has so many useful tools there are very few things it doesn’t do when you need to perform a number of fixes or recovery operations. Another one of its included features is the Plop Boot Manager which can be loaded straight from the main Hiren menu.

      1. All you need to do is Download Hiren’s Boot CD if you don’t already have it, and then burn the ISO to a CD.

      2. Boot your computer using the CD and you will get to the main Hiren boot menu. Use the arrows keys to go down to the “PLoP Boot Manager” option and press Enter.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      You will then get the standard Plop boot options and can boot from USB.

      Using Plop Boot Manager

      After you have either booted from a CD or used the Windows boot menu and selected “Plop Boot Manager”, a new menu will appear. If you want to boot your computer from USB, make sure the flash drive is inserted and use the arrow keys to highlight the USB option and press enter.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      If your computer is old enough to not even have a boot from CD-ROM option, a floppy version of Plop can be downloaded from the website and it can be used to boot a CD in a similar way. When we tried tried Plop on a laptop that couldn’t boot from USB, it was able to boot up a Windows 7 or 8 setup from USB and install the operating system with no problems at all.

      Your computer won’t start correctly. You have to reinstall Windows. Your operating system keeps showing an error message and you need to run a diagnostic tool. These are just a few of the many reasons why you might need to start your system using boot media . but what if you don’t know how to boot from DVD rescue media?

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is cleanAcronis Disk Director 12.5

      Even if you’ve never had experience with rescue boot media before, don’t worry. Making a bootable DVD or CD is not difficult and it ensures you can get your system running, even when it doesn’t want to.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      What is rescue boot media?

      Normally when powering your computer, the system “boots” (a.k.a. starts) from the operating system (OS) that is installed on your hard drive. Whether it is Windows, Linux, macOS, or something else, the OS tells all of the components of your computer what to do.

      But sometimes you cannot use the installed OS, either because it is damaged or because you’re going to make changes to the OS that you cannot make while it’s in use. That’s where boot media comes in: it’s essentially a small, stripped down version of your operating system that can get your computer running when you can’t use the OS on your hard drive.

      You can create boot media on a DVD, CD or Blu-ray disk that is loaded through your optical drive, which we’ll describe below. (You can also store your rescue “disk” on a USB drive, but the process for creating and using USB boot media is different.)

      What’s needed to make a bootable CD or DVD?

      To create a bootable disk, you’ll need three things:

      1. Your computer must have an optical read/write drive,
      2. A blank DVD or CD that will become your boot disk,
      3. A software utility that will create the boot media. While there are other tools available, we’ll be using Acronis Disk Director 12. It is fully certified to work with all Windows operating systems up to and including Windows 10, and can run in the Windows Pre-installation Environment (WinPE). With WinPE-based media you can boot a crashed machine or one without any operating system.

      How to make a bootable DVD or CD

      Making a rescue boot disk using Acronis Disk Director 12 a simple process.

      1. In the main window, click Tools and open the Acronis Bootable Media Builder:

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      1. On the welcome screen, click Next:

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      1. Next, select Windows PE for the bootable media type, and Windows-like representation for the drive:

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      1. To create WinPE boot media, your machine must have the Windows’ Automated Installation Kit (AIK) installed. If it’s already installed, Acronis Disk Director 12 will detect it. If not, you will be prompted to download and install it. (For instructions on Windows AIK, refer to this article.)
      2. You’ll then be able to Create WinPE automatically, and the WinPE preparation will start.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      1. If you have compatibility issues with the machine’s hardware and the WinPE media, you’ll be able to add any specific drivers you need:

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      1. Then simply select the type of media to create. Generally you’ll want to select an ISO image, but if you are creating a custom WinPE image, you have the option to create a WIM image file.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      1. Then you just choose where to save the image file and click Proceed.

      How to use an antivirus boot disc or usb drive to ensure your computer is clean

      1. Once the WinPE media image is created, simply burn it to a disk.

      How to boot from DVD or CD rescue media

      1. Go to your computer’s BIOS settings and confirm that the optical drive is listed first in the boot sequence. If it is not, reorder the list so the optical drive is first. That ensures your computer to boot from the DVD (or CD) instead of the hard drive as it normally does. (Most computers with an optical drive are already have it as the first boot item, but you should check first.)
      2. Insert the rescue boot disk into the optical drive.
      3. Restart your computer. You can do that from within Windows or a hard reset using the power button.
      4. Stay alert! Depending on your system, you may be prompted with a message to “Press any key to boot from CD or DVD” and you will only have a few seconds to respond.
        If you do not press a key, your computer will go to the next device in the boot sequence list, which will likely be your hard drive. so you’ll have to restart the system again.
      5. Your computer should start using the rescue boot disk.

      Troubleshooting boot disk

      If you followed all of these steps above, everything should be working fine. But if you find that your system is not booting from the disk like it’s supposed to, there are a few things you can check.